Policies Guide

About Policies

The Bryant University Organizational Policy and Resource Guide has been prepared to serve as a practical guide to many University policies. The Guide offers valuable information on a wide variety of topics in an easy online format. It is, however, only a summary of policies compiled for your convenience and is not intended to cover all topics or circumstances.

Where there are differences between the provisions of the Guide and more specific provisions contained in Bryant’s contractual agreements, catalogs, handbooks, benefit booklets, collective bargaining agreements, summary plan descriptions, or other records or documents, the latter are controlling.

Nothing in this Guide is intended to create a guarantee of procedures
to be followed. It is merely a source of information and its provisions may be changed without notice.

This Guide is generally updated three times per year. This version replaces all prior versions, whether in print or electronic.

Academic Affairs

Academic excellence is a hallmark of Bryant University. Excellence is embodied in the teaching and research of the faculty and in the accomplishments of our students.

The Office of the Provost and Chief Academic Officer provides oversight and direction for all educational programs at Bryant University, which include undergraduate and graduate degree programs as well as extension programs. These include continuing education and programs for executive development that serve the business community.


Rupendra Paliwal, Ph.D., Provost and Chief Academic Officer

Wendy Samter, Ph.D., Associate Provost

Veronica McComb, Ph.D., Dean, College of Arts and Sciences

Terri Hasseler, Ph.D., Associate Dean, College of Arts and Sciences

Madan Annavarjula, Ph.D., Dean, College of Business

Diya Das, Ph.D., Associate Dean, College of Business

Awarding of Degrees

Undergraduate and graduate degrees are awarded after degree candidates have been certified. To be eligible for a degree, a student must have completed the required number and distribution of courses and grade point average requirements for the intended degree; and, students must have met all financial and other obligations to the University.

Academic Calendar

Please click below for the Bryant University Academic Calendars and Final Exam Schedule.

Academic Calendars

Final Exam Schedule

Final Examinations Schedule and Policies:

Final examination and the scheduling of them are key aspects to the completion of a successful course. All faculty are expected to meet their class for an examination or substantive class exercise during the scheduled exam period unless they have received the approval for other plan of action from their respective chair and dean. Comprehensive examination may not be administered during the last week of regularly scheduled classes. Scheduled starting times for exams should be strictly adhered to. Further, during the last regularly scheduled week of classes, faculty members are expected to confine their class activities to the regularly assigned class times unless other arrangements have been cleared with the chair of the department.

University policy currently requires all grades to be submitted within one week of the final examination period for a course, or the last examination in the case of a multiple section course. In the case of graduating seniors, grades must be submitted no later than seventy-two (72) hours prior to Commencement.


Special recognition is accorded to undergraduate students who show distinction in academic achievement. Honors may be awarded on the basis of cumulative averages, as follows: Cum Laude (3.45-3.64), Magna Cum Laude (3.65-3.84), and Summa Cum Laude (3.85-4.00). Students must have completed 60 semester hours of work at Bryant University to be eligible for honors. Graduate students must attain a grade point average of 3.75 or better to graduate with honors.


Commencement ceremonies honor certified graduates and candidates for degrees who have been scheduled to complete course work by the end of the academic year (July 31). Diplomas are issued after grade reports are completed and candidates are fully certified. Graduation honors noted on the Commencement program are based on cumulative records as of the end of the fall semester; honors recorded on the diploma are based on finalized cumulative averages.

Undergraduate Grading Plan

Grading Plan
The grading plan is determined by the instructor in each course and must be announced to the class at the beginning of the semester. The plan must meet the following criteria:

  1. In one of the first three class meetings, the instructor must provide students with complete evaluation criteria to be used in a course — preferably in writing.
  2. Usually a minimum of three evaluation criteria are required for each course.
  3. A syllabus course outline should be provided for each course. Each instructor is to provide copy of such syllabi to the department chair at the outset of each semester.
  4. The plan should keep the student reasonably current as to her/his standing in the class. Every effort should be made to return graded tests within one week.
  5. The conditions under which final examinations are optional or required and their weighting must be specified.
  6. The attendance requirement and the effect of failing to meet this criterion must be specified.
  7. Final grades will be submitted by the faculty member within one week of the final examination of a course, or the last such examination in the case of a multiple section course.

Grade Replacement Policy and Procedure

Undergraduate Grade Replacement Policy and Procedure
Undergraduate students may have the option of replacing a grade in a course by retaking the course. Note the following conditions:

  1. For any one course, this grade replacement option may be used once. Also, credit for a repeated course may be used only once.
  2. This policy can be applied to a maximum of four different courses.
  3. For purposes of GPA calculation, the grade earned during the first course enrollment will stand until the recording of the final grade in the second enrollment is completed. When the second enrollment is completed, the grade for that second enrollment will become the grade used in all GPA calculations, regardless of whether the grade earned is higher or lower than the grade obtained during the first enrollment.
  4. The transcript will record both course enrollments and the grade earned in each enrollment. The first attempt will be marked with an X to indicate grade replacement (e.g., XF, XD, XC).
  5. In the case of multiple attempts to achieve a passing grade in any one course, the X grade will apply only to the first attempt. The grades from all other attempts will be included in GPA calculations.
  6. Students will not be allowed to apply the grade replacement policy to a course in which there has been documented academic dishonesty that has not been reversed on appeal.
  7. The grade from the first attempt will continue to stand for those students who withdraw with a W or WP grade from the course during the second attempt. The grade for withdrawing with a WF during the second attempt will be an F for the course. Any type of withdrawal will count as one of the four allowed attempts.

A student who wishes to apply for a grade replacement should petition the Undergraduate Advising Office. Students are encouraged to meet with an advisor before making a petition.

Petitions must be filed by the end of the add/drop period of the semester in which the student will complete the second attempt. The Director of Undergraduate Advising will review all applications and may deny permission in cases where repeating a course will delay appropriate progress toward completion of the student’s academic program. A student may appeal the decision to den a second enrollment to the department chair responsible for his or her primary academic program.

Grade Reports

Grade Reports
All final grades will be submitted within five (5) working days of the class’s final examination. Final grades for graduating seniors will be submitted no later than 72 hours (3 days) prior to Commencement. Students can access and view their grades on the Banner Web site.

Errors in final grades should be reported to the Office of the Registrar within two weeks of the end of the semester. Transcripts of grades are released only upon a written request from the student, and may be requested, for a fee, in the Office of the Registrar*. Students who believe their work has been unfairly evaluated may request a review of their final grade by completing and submitting the appropriate form in the Office of the Registrar.

*Note: FERPA does not require a University to issue a grade report, a transcript and/or diploma to students who are in default on obligations (such as library late fees, tuition, parking fines, etc.) owed to the University.

Credit Hour
As an institution of higher education, Bryant University holds the responsibility for determining and upholding standards related to the awarding of credit hours for student work consistent with national standards.

  • One hour (50 minutes) of classroom or direct faculty instruction and a minimum of two hours out of class student work each week for approximately fifteen weeks for one semester.
  • A least an equivalent amount of work as required outlined above for other academic activities as established by the institution including laboratory work, internships, practica, studio work, and other academic work relating to the award of credit hours.

Bryant University ensures a minimum of 750 minutes of instruction per credit hour (2,250 minutes of instruction for a standard, three-hour course), regardless of mode of delivery. Winter and Summer sessions offer accelerated courses, and the schedule is adjusted to meet the above standard.

Conflict of Interest Statement

Conflict of Interest Statement

The Board of Trustees (“Board”) of Bryant University (“University”) has established a Conflict of Interest Policy (“Policy”). The Policy calls for disclosure, to the Board, of any material interest or affiliation on the part of the trustees, officers, or key employees of the University, which is likely to conflict with the duties of such persons. Each trustee, officer, or key employee of the University shall sign a conflict of interest statement and the Secretary of the Corporation shall maintain a file of information disclosed by trustees, officers or key employees of the University. The full Policy is on file with the President’s Office.

University Events

Special Events Management


  • The University Events Office coordinates several special events for the campus community.
  • The staff provides the overall coordination and implementation of the University’s graduation activities, including Undergraduate Commencement, Graduate School Commencement, Baccalaureate Service, the Graduation Fair, and the various receptions throughout the week.
  • In conjunction with Human Resources, the staff works to develop both Team Day and the Holiday Party for University employees.
  • The office’s staff also provides assistance with major campus events such as the annual Women’s Summit. In addition to traditional campus events, the staff works to support other events, such as special speakers, groundbreakings, dedications, large-scale banquets, 4th of July Fireworks, the Town of Smithfield High School Graduation and general campus celebrations.

Grading System

Undergraduate Grading System
The grading system is as follows:

A (Excellent) 4.0
A- 3.7
B+ 3.3
B (Good) 3.0
B- 2.7
C+ 2.3
C (Satisfactory) 2.0
C- 1.7
D+ 1.3
D (Unsatisfactory) 1.0
F (Fail) 0.0
P (Pass) 0.0
AU (Audit) 0.0
I (Failure to complete ) 0.0

AU – Audit grade is not included in GPA calculation

I – Incomplete (because of extenuating circumstances, the instructor has allowed additional time, usually two weeks, to complete the course.) The Incomplete is not included in calculating the GPA. If the Incomplete is not finished before the end of the next regular term (i.e., Fall or Spring terms), the grade will automatically be converted to an F. For purposes of this policy, “end of the next regular term” shall be interpreted to mean the last date on which that instructor’s grades must be submitted.

W – Withdrawn within first 10 weeks of semester – no academic penalty.

WD – Student is allowed to withdraw from semester without penalty up to and including the tenth (10th) week of classes.

WP – At the discretion of the faculty member, student is allowed to withdraw without penalty after the tenth (10th) week of classes and prior to the administration of the final exam.

WF – At the discretion of the faculty member, student is allowed to withdraw WITH academic penalty (failing grade) after the tenth (10th) week of classes and prior to the administration of the final exam.

NA – In those cases where the instructor fails to meet the deadline date for submission of grades, the grade report will reflect the symbol “NA” which means “not available at time of processing of grade reports.” Student must check with instructor for grade.

All courses attempted at Bryant University are permanently recorded and appropriately calculated in the grade point average.

FERPA (Privacy Rights of Students)

Privacy Rights of Students

In accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), an individual enrolled at Bryant University is listed as an eligible student and any rights previously accorded to parents under the Act are transferred to the student.

Information contained in the educational record of the student may not be released without the student’s written consent, except as indicated in the Act.

1. The Bryant University student has the right to inspect and review those records, files, documents, and other materials that contain information directly related to the student and which are maintained by the University, but with the following exceptions:

1.1 Records of institutional, supervisory, and administrative personnel, and educational personnel that are in the sole possession of the maker, and that are not accessible or revealed to any other person except a substitute.

1.2 Records that are created or maintained by a physician, psychiatrist, psychologist, or other recognized professional or paraprofessional.

1.3 Confidential letters and statements of recommendation that were placed in the educational records prior to January 1, 1975.

1.4 Records maintained solely for law enforcement purposes.

1.5 Parents’ financial records and related parental financial information.

2. Who has access to records:

2.1 The student (former or present) upon presentation of proper identification.

2.2 Other University officials, including faculty within the University or local educational agencies who have been determined by the responsible official to have legitimate educational interest.

2.3 Officials of other schools in which the student seeks to enroll, upon condition that the student is aware of the transfer, receive a copy of the record if desired, pays the appropriate fee, and has the opportunity to challenge the content of the record.

2.4 Authorized government officials as described in the Act.

2.5 Authorities to whom request for financial aid has been made.

2.6 State and local officials or authorities specifically required by the Act.

2.7 Authorized organizations conducting studies on behalf of educational agencies, provided such studies do not disclose personally identifiable materials.

2.8 Accrediting organizations.

2.9 Parents of a dependent student as defined in Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954.

2.10 Authorized persons, if the knowledge of such information is necessary to protect the health or safety of the student or other persons.

2.11 Compliance with judicial order or subpoena – the student is to be notified in advance of compliance.

3. Other than the routine in-office use of the record, the purpose for requesting access must be indicated.

4. The University maintains records in many media including but not limited to handwriting, print, tapes, microfilm, microfiche, and computer disks.

5. Policy on Review, Appeal, and Expungency of Record:

5.1 Upon receipt of a written request to review the record, an appointment will be arranged.

5.2 In the event that some item is challenged by the student, an appeal may be made, described by the particular office (e.g., in the case of an academic item, after meeting with the appropriate academic Dean, the matter may be pursued to the University Committee on Scholastic Standing for its recommendation to the Provost).

5.3 A favorable decision on the appeal would result in the item being expunged.

6. Copies of Records:

6.1 The student, upon payment of a $5 fee per item ($10 for a faxed copy), may obtain a copy of his or her academic transcript generated by the University.

6.2 Copies of records generated from other institutions must be secured from such institutions subject to their policies.

7. Student Directory Information:

7.1 Name, address, e-mail address, telephone listing, date, and place of birth.

7.2 Major field of study and class schedule.

7.3 Participation in officially recognized activities and sports, including weight and height of members of athletic teams.

7.4 Dates of attendance.

7.5 Distinguished academic performance, degrees and awards received, including dates.

7.6 Most recent previous educational agency or institution attended.

7.7 Photographic view or electronic images.

7.8 Unless the student requests to the contrary, all of the above directory information will be published by the University as appropriate. A request not to publish must be made annually in writing to the Office of the Registrar within two weeks of the start of the fall semester.

8. The privacy of Bryant students and their parents is protected under the authority of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (P.L. 93-380) as amended (P.L.93-568), also known as the Buckley Amendment.

9. Waivers:

9.1 The University cannot require eligible students to waive their rights.

9.2 A student may waive the right of access to confidential statements submitted on or after January 1, 1975.

9.2.1 A student has the right to know the names of all persons making confidential recommendations. Such recommendations are used solely for the purpose for which they were intended.

9.2.2 Waivers may not be required as a condition for admission to, receipt of financial aid from, or receipt of any other services or benefits from such agency or institution of the University.

FERPA and Graded Student Work

Policy regarding the return of graded papers, tests, assignments, and projects:

Since the enactment of the FERPA rules on confidentiality, graded papers, exams and projects cannot be left outside of a faculty member’s office for anyone other than the target student to view. Any materials to be handed back to students should be done directly by the professor. Under no circumstances is it permissible for student assistants working in faculty office suites to handle such sensitive materials.

Student Records

Students’ academic records are maintained by the University and are a private matter between the student and the University. Disciplinary records are held separately from academic records and are maintained solely for the use of the University. All disciplinary records are maintained by the Dean of Students. These records are not forwarded outside the University, except with the permission of the student or by judicial order. Academic records are maintained permanently. Access to all records is limited. The guidelines and procedures for gaining access are stated under “Privacy Rights of Students.”

Educational records are maintained as follows:
Academic Transcripts Office of the Registrar/Academic Records Ms. Susan McLacken
Admission (Applications) Office of Admission Ms. Michelle Cloutier
Alumni Relations Development Office Ms. Robin Warde
Athletics Chace Wellness and Athletic Center Mr. William Smith
Career Services/Placement Amica Center for Career Education Mr. Kevin Gaw
Counseling Counseling Services Ms. Noelle Harris
Disciplinary Records Student Affairs/                           Residence Life Dr. Inge-Lise Ameer
Tuition/Fees Bursar Ms. Michelle Murray
Financial Aid Financial Aid Office Mr. John Canning
Health Records Health Services Dr. Steven Hokeness
Housing Office of Residence Life Mr. John Denio
Immigration Intercultural Center Ms. Kaoru Paganelli
Library Services Douglas and Judith Krupp Library Ms. Laura Kohl
Public Safety Public Safety Office Mr. Stephen Bannon
Student Academic Records Office of the Registrar Ms. Susan McLacken
Student Advising Records Office of Undergraduate Advising Ms. Laurie Hazard
Registration Records Office of the Registrar Ms. Susan McLacken


A transcript is only released upon request of the student/ alumni/ae. You can order a transcript (official or unofficial) in three ways:

Option 1: On the internet.

The quickest and most convenient way to request a transcript is through the National Student Clearinghouse. The Clearinghouse is available 24/7, offers secure transactions, and the ability to track your order.

  • To place an order for your academic transcript, simply log in to the  Clearinghouse secure site(studentclearinghouse.org). Once you place your order you will receive e-mail updates regarding the status of your request.  The processing time for transcripts is 3-5 business days.
  • The site will walk you through placing an order, including delivery options and fees.  You will be charged $5.00 per transcript along with the clearinghouse processing fees.
  • You may order transcripts using any major credit card.  Your card will only be charged after your order has been completed.
  • You may order as many transcripts as you like in a single session. The Clearinghouse will charge a fee per address.

Option 2:  In person.

  • You may complete a transcript request form located in the Office of the Registrar. The payment of $5.00 per copy may be made in cash, by check, or with a major credit card. Your transcript will be mailed within 3-5 days.
  • A Picture I.D. is required to order and pick up transcripts in person.

Option 3:  By mail.

  • You may request your transcript by sending a form/letter along with your $5.00 check or credit card number and expiration date to:

Bryant University – Office of the Registrar

1150 Douglas Pike, Smithfield, RI 02917

  • Please identify yourself completely with your name, ID number, DOB, dates of attendance, and signature.

Please Note:

  • Students are required to clear all financial obligations due to the university and any other transcript “holds” before transcripts are mailed.
  • Official/unofficial transcripts will include all coursework completed at Bryant University.
  • Official/unofficial transcripts will also include Work-In-Progress (currently enrolled classes).
  • In accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, records are not released without the written, signed authorization of the student.

Veterans Affairs

Certification of benefits is a service provided by the Veterans Benefit Coordinator in the Office of the Registrar. The office serves as a liaison between the University and the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. We advise student veterans concerning certain procedural requirements, and certify enrollment of student veterans to the Department of Veterans Affairs.

Academic Credit

Advanced Standing
Bryant University awards up to 30 credits for scores of 3 or higher on some of the Advanced Placement (AP) tests available through the University Entrance Examination Board. Each AP exam must be reviewed and approved by Bryant’s Office of Admission. Bryant University will consider granting up to 12 credits for a limited number of subject examinations available through the University Level Examination Program (CLEP). Credit may also be awarded to students who have successfully completed military service schools as qualified by “A Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Experience in the Armed Services.” Students who have significant, relevant work experience may also satisfy certain course requirements through departmental testing programs. Challenge exams are available to students who believe they have acquired, through employment and/or individual study, the knowledge and skill that is equivalent to a Bryant University catalog course. To sit for a “challenge examination,” a student must apply through the appropriate department chair and pay the associated fees. There are testing fees associated with several of these advanced placement tests.

Recognizing the strength and quality of the curriculum offered by the International Baccalaureate Program, Bryant University grants advanced standing credit for acceptable higher-level exams with a score of 5, 6, or 7. Bryant awards up to 30 credits based on the particular curriculum requirements. Incoming freshmen students can transfer in a maximum of 30 credits for any combination of the following: Advanced Placement Exams, International Baccalaureate Program with acceptable higher level exams – College Level Examination Program and credit earned and appearing on a college or university transcript with a “C” or better.

Business Credit Hours
At least 50 percent of the business credit hours required for the business degree must be earned at Bryant University. This statement applies to both the residency requirement and limits on transfer credits.
Credit for Off-campus Courses During Special Sessions
Freshmen, sophomores, and juniors (the last 30 credits must be taken at Bryant) desiring to take courses at another University for transfer into Bryant must get prior written approval from an Academic Advisor in the Undergraduate Advising Office. A course description from the bulletin of the University where the course is to be taken should be presented at the time of the request. Courses that are transferred into Bryant are not calculated into the GPA. Under special circumstances, a full-time student may be permitted to take a course at another institution during the regular semester (except senior year), provided that standards of academic progress are not violated, and that a similar course is not available at Bryant.
Double Major or Concentration
Students in good academic standing may choose to develop a double major or concentration. To do so, the student must satisfy the degree requirements for both majors/concentrations. This may mean that students will need to take courses beyond the 122-hour degree program requirement. Students must complete a “Major/Concentration Declaration Form” for both majors or concentrations.
Dual Degree
At the undergraduate level, students must take the equivalent of a full year of study beyond the first baccalaureate degree to earn the second degree. Eligible students are those students in good standing. An application for pursuing dual degrees must be submitted to the Director of Undergraduate Advising in consultation with an academic advisor by the end of the sophomore year. To be awarded two baccalaureate degrees, the student must satisfy the program requirements for both degrees and complete 30 credit hours beyond the first degree for a minimum total of 152 credits.
Transfer Credit
Upper division courses are not eligible for transfer unless they have been taken at appropriate levels at an acceptable institution, and some business courses are subject to validation examinations. Bryant may accept a maximum of 92 semester hours of credit from a four year institution, and a maximum of 62 semester hours of credit from a two year institution. Only courses equivalent in scope, content, and level with a grade of “C” or better may transfer into Bryant. Students who have reached junior standing (62 credits passed) may not transfer courses from a junior college. Courses that are transferred are for credit only and are not calculated into the grade point average (GPA).

Academic Grievance

Academic Grievance Procedures
Students who have academic grievances are entitled to have their dispute reviewed by a formal and systematic process. The student must initiate the grievance process by obtaining a form in the Office of the Registrar that outlines the steps to be taken for this review. The deadline for students to initiate an academic grievance is the middle of the next regular semester. For purposes of this policy, “middle of the next regular semester” will be interpreted to mean the date that mid-semester grades are due.

The Academic Grievance Policy should begin with a good faith effort for resolution between the student and the professor. In the event the issue cannot be resolved between the student and professor, the student may subsequently take up the review with the Department Chair and then Associate Dean  and Dean of the respective college. If the issue cannot be resolved by the aforementioned steps, the student may request a hearing with the Undergraduate Academic Grievance Committee.

The Undergraduate Academic Grievance Committee will hold hearings on academic grievances asserted by undergraduate students. The Committee shall meet only when the student has not been able to resolve the grievance through the faculty member, the Department Chair, and the Dean’s level review.  The Committee shall have the authority to make recommendations for disposition of grievances to the Provost, the Provost shall consider the recommendation but will not be bound by the recommendation; and his/her decision on the grievance will be final. At each stage in the grievance process a written record that summarizes each party’s understanding and disposition is expected.

Academic Honesty

Academic Behavior
Fundamental to the dissemination of knowledge is an environment imbued with honor and integrity. Honesty at all times on the part of all community members is essential if the University is to achieve its goal of academic excellence in preparation for business leadership.
A student’s education is the result of his or her initiative and industry. A high standard of conduct in his or her academic experiences is expected. The academic community has a right to expect that students will conduct themselves in ways that are consistent with the highest standards of academic honesty. The academic community, therefore, does not tolerate any form of “cheating,” – the dishonest use of assistance in the preparation of outside or in-class assignments. Such violations, which include forms of plagiarism, are subject to disciplinary action.

Academic dishonesty includes but is not limited to:

  • Plagiarism in any form;
  • Copying from another student’s examination, term paper, homework, or lab report;
  • Intentionally missing an exam to gain an unfair advantage;
  • Submitting the same paper or report in more than one course without permission of the instructors;
  • Falsification or invention of data;
  • Unauthorized access to or the use of the computerized work of others;
  • Misappropriation of examination materials or information;
  • Giving illicit aid on exams, papers, or projects.

Lack of knowledge of the above is unacceptable as an excuse for dishonest efforts.


A student must be informed of any accusations of alleged academic dishonesty made by a member of the Bryant community. The procedure for handling cases is as follows:

1. If the case occurs with respect to an individual professor and course, the case should be dealt with by the professor. The student may be penalized up to and including failure in the course and expulsion from the class. The professor must file a report with the Department Chair. In the event an issue cannot be resolved between the student and professor, the student may subsequently take up the review with the appropriate Department Chair and then the Associate Dean and Dean of the respective college.

If the issue cannot be resolved by the aforementioned steps, the student may request a hearing with one of the following committees:

  • In cases of academic dishonesty related to a grade for a course assigned by a professor, the appeal will be heard by the Undergraduate Student Academic Grievance Committee.
  • In cases of academic dishonesty related to the alteration of a grade that was recorded in the University information system or misappropriation of examination materials or information, the appeal will be heard by the Undergraduate Student Disciplinary Committee.

The appropriate committee will report its findings to the Provost for final disposition.

2. Any member of the Bryant University community may bring an alleged violation of this academic code directly to the Dean of the respective college.

Academic Performance

President’s List
Students earning a semester GPA of 4.0 on at least 12 academic credits in a regular semester will be named to the President’s List –an academic distinction reserved for Bryant’s highest achievers.

Traditional (full-time) students – Students earning a semester GPA of 4.0 on at least 12 academic credits in a regular semester of course work will be named to the President’s List. Traditional students will be named to the President’s List each semester after final grades have been calculated and the standards of progress have been processed.

Non-traditional students – Students taking at least 12 academic credits over two regular semesters of course work in the academic year and earning a GPA of 4.0 on all academic credits taken during those two semesters will be named to the President’s List.

Each academic year, non-traditional students will be named to the President’s List at the end of the spring semester, after final grades have been calculated and the standards of progress have been processed. (Note: Special sessions are not included in the calculation.)

Note for both Traditional and Non-traditional students: Students are not eligible retroactively for a President’s List designation under the Grade Replacement Policy.

Example: Student receives four A’s and one D in Spring 2016.  In Fall 2016, student applies to replace the “D” class and re-register it.  The student will not receive the designation award for the Spring 2016 semester, even after the D is modified to XD.

Recognition for all students:

  1. Students named to the President’s List receive a certificate of achievement from the President of Bryant University.
  2. Students named to the President’s List receive a letter of congratulations from the Provost.
  3. President’s List distinction is noted on the student’s official academic record.
  4. Students named to the President’s List are celebrated at appropriate University functions.
  5. The President’s List is published on campus and available for public release through University Relations.
Academic Standards of Progress – Undergraduate
The Academic Standards of Progress measure a student’s advancement toward meeting the grade point average requirements for a degree. Requirements for a degree include a minimum grade point average of 2.0 in three categories: 1) major/concentration, 2) minor , and 3) overall (cumulative).

To be eligible for a degree, a candidate must have completed the required number and distribution of courses and have met all other requirements of the University, including any financial obligations.


Academic Performance is calculated and posted on the grade report and transcript.

  • For traditional students, the academic performance is calculated at the end of the fall and spring semesters.
  • For nontraditional students, the academic performance is calculated only at the end of the spring semester each year. No status will be reported at the end of the fall term.

Academic Performance is posted on the transcript and grade report according to the following levels:

PRESIDENT’S LIST – Students earning a semester GPA of 4.0 on at least 12 academic credits in a regular semester will be named to the President’s List.

DEAN’S LIST – Students with a grade point average of 3.40 or better on at least 12 semester hours of work in the regular semesters will be named to the Dean’s List.

GOOD – This means that the student is in good Academic Standards of Progress -Performance academic standing; his or her semester AND cumulative grade point average > 2.0.

WARNING – In this situation, the student has achieved a semester GPA below a 2.0 but has a cumulative GPA greater than or equal to a 2.0.

PROBATION 1 – This indicates that the student has entered the first phase of academic difficulty with a cumulative GPA less than 2.0.

PROBATION 2 – The student, on Probation 1, has made “satisfactory” progress toward the degree by earning a semester GPA greater than or equal to 2.0; however the cumulative GPA remains below 2.0.

DISMISSAL – This occurs when the student has been through Probation 1 and 2 without having raised the cumulative GPA to a 2.0 or better.

The student is academically dismissed from the University; and in general the student is required to take a one-semester leave of absence. Students on dismissal status are not eligible to enroll for courses at Bryant University. This includes winter and summer sessions.


A dismissed student who believes there are extenuating circumstances surrounding his or her academic standing can apply for a hearing with the University Committee on Scholastic Standing (UCSS). Successful appeals most often relate to special circumstances within a semester that clearly caused the student to be distracted or incapacitated. These typically include significant medical issues (physical/mental), family crises, or legal issues. Other successful appeals involve demonstration of improved performance with supportive letters from University faculty or staff.

Documentation for such appeals should be primarily from professional sources such as physicians, therapists, clergy, attorneys or educators. In documenting the death of a relative or close friend, documentation should include a funeral or obituary notice. All documentation must be verifiable.

If the UCSS denies a hearing for an immediate appeal, the dismissed student can apply for a hearing to the Provost or his/her designee. If the Provost grants a hearing for an immediate appeal, the student will no longer have any recourse with the UCSS. If the Provost denies a hearing for an immediate appeal, the dismissed student is required to take a semester leave from Bryant University.

If the immediate appeal is granted, students must appear before the UCSS to apply for reinstatement. Students must provide evidence that their academic performance will be significantly improved upon their reinstatement.

If reinstatement is denied, the student may appeal the decision to the Provost or his/her designee and will no longer have any recourse with the UCSS.

If reinstatement is approved and the student fails to achieve the conditions specified by the committee, the student will be permanently dismissed from Bryant University.


Dismissed students returning after up to three semesters away from Bryant must appear before the UCSS to apply for reinstatement. Students must provide evidence that their academic performance will be significantly improved upon their reinstatement. Suggested evidence would include grades from courses taken while away and a detailed plan outlining steps for academic success.

If reinstatement is denied, the student may appeal the decision to the Provost or his/her designee and will no longer have any recourse with the UCSS.

If reinstatement is approved and the student fails to achieve the conditions specified by the committee, the student will be permanently dismissed from Bryant University.

Those dismissed students who are petitioning to return after being away from Bryant for more than two academic years must reapply to the University through the Transfer Admission Office.

NOTE WELL: Students on dismissal status from Bryant University are NOT eligible to enroll in classes at the University for any term.

Students who are eligible to appeal their dismissal status may enroll in the special Winter or Summer terms on a non-matriculated basis.

Grades earned by students while on a non-matriculated basis will be posted to the transcript but will not be averaged into the GPA calculation.

The student’s GPA calculation and academic status will remain unchanged until such time as the student is readmitted to the University and has met any and all conditions set forth by the University Committee on Scholastic Standing or the Provost.


A student who has been academically dismissed or who has withdrawn from the University with a cumulative grade point average which places the student in the Dismissal category may apply for readmission under the provisions of the Academic Renewal Policy no less than 5 years later. This option is available only one time to qualified students. Grades of “C” or better, previously earned at Bryant University, will be treated as transfer credits when applicable. Academic recognition will not be granted for a combined total of more than 61 credits of course work earned at Bryant University or transferred to Bryant University.

Eligible students must apply for readmission to both the Office of Admission and the University Committee on Scholastic Standing (UCSS).


The Academic Standards of Progress for Cumulative GPA in Major/Concentration have been established as a warning system to alert students to any deficiencies in their academic progress and to provide a vehicle for corrective action.


Credits                               Major/
Attempted in Major/       Concentration
Concentration                  GPA                  Academic Performance

3 – 6                           Less than 2.0         Unsatisfactory Progress in Major/Concentration

7 – 12                         Less than 2.0         Deficiency in Major/Concentration

More than 12             Less than 2.0         Dismissal from Major/Concentration

Degree Program        Less than 2.0         Degree Deficient

*Refers to major or concentration GPA depending upon degree program.

Academic Program Declaration of Major/Concentration

All undergraduate students are required to officially declare a major/concentration by the end of the second semester of their sophomore year. Students in the College of Arts and Sciences must declare their major. In addition to the concentration declaration, students in the College of Business must also declare their required liberal arts minor.

To officially declare a major/concentration or minor, students must complete a “Major/Concentration Declaration Form” or “Minor Declaration Form”. Forms are available from either the Office of the Registrar website or the Undergraduate Advising website. These forms must be completed and signed by your academic advisor and the Department Chair/Coordinator for your major/concentration or required minor. Submit the signed forms to the Office of the Registrar.

Students that do not complete the official process of declaring their major/concentration or required minor will have a registration hold placed on their Banner account in the fall of the junior year. The hold prevents registration for spring semester courses.


Undergraduate Add/Drop
The Add Process

During the fall and spring terms, students may add courses for (1) week after the first day of classes. Students have two weeks to drop classes after the first day of classes. Students much complete an add/drop form with appropriate faculty signatures and return to the Office of the Registrar. Refer to the Office of the Registrar web page for add and drop deadlines for the winter and summer terms.

Attendance Make-up Policy

The academic experience takes priority over all other activities. Accordingly, full attendance and participation in classes are expected of all students and is the responsibility of all students. Because of the unique nature of each course, teaching style, course objectives, and student situation and performance needs, the class professor is in the best position to determine fair and reasonable attendance and make-up policies for his/her course. Guidance on developing attendance and make-up policies can be provided by the Department Chair. The professor’s attendance and make-up policies shall be clearly defined in the course syllabus.

While professors have wide latitude in determining to what degree attendance and/or class participation may count toward the course grade, they are expected to make reasonable accommodations for students to make-up missed exams or assignments under the following documented circumstances:

  • The student is away from campus attending an official University function or is representing the University in an official capacity (e.g. professional meeting, conference, as a member of a judging team, academic or athletic competitions, etc.);
  • Required military duty as certified by the student’s commanding officer;
  • Jury duty;
  • Illness or injury sufficient to prevent class attendance;
  • Death or serious illnesses in the family.

Students are to contact the Office of the Registrar in the event of situations requiring prolonged absences. In turn, the Office of the Registrar will provide initial notification of the student’s absence to her/his professors for the current term. However, this will not preclude or replace the necessary communication between student and the professor regarding the absence.

Withdrawing from Bryant

Students are considered active and responsible both academically and financially unless they withdraw formally from the University. All undergraduate students who plan to withdraw from Bryant University are required to notify and complete an official withdrawal form in the Office of the Registrar. At that time, the student will complete an exit interview and be advised about his/her obligations to the University. After the tenth week of the term, students will be graded according to the University Grading Policy. The withdrawal form can be processed immediately or at the end of the semester, and the student’s intent to withdraw will be communicated to the appropriate offices. Additional future registrations and housing will be canceled.

Return from Withdrawal

Students who have been withdrawn for more than two consecutive semesters must reapply through the Admission Office and meet all course, distribution, and quality requirements in effect at the time of reentry.

Class Cancellation Policy

During inclement weather, the President may cancel or delay classes. Notifications of delays or cancellations will be announced over local radio and television stations.

A detailed message will also be available by calling the University’s Weather Line at (401) 232-6002. The decision to cancel or delay classes will also be available on the University website at www.bryant.edu.

Faculty absence and class session cancellation:

If a professor decides to cancel a class, s/he must notify three parties of that decision: the Department Chair, the respective Dean, and his/her Suite Coordinator. In turn, Suite Coordinators will request that the Office of the Registrar (ext 6080) have the professor’s cancelled classes listed on the AXIS TV system: notification of a class session cancellation via the classroom blackboard or classroom door is not acceptable.

If a specific Suite Coordinator is not available, it is not acceptable to request student assistants to notify others of the class cancellation; they may assist the professor in contacting another Coordinator, but ultimately it is the professor’s responsibility to contact a Suite Coordinator regarding the cancellation of a class session.

Residency Requirement

All matriculating students at Bryant must complete the last 30 credits (10 courses) of their degree requirements at Bryant. If a student lives a considerable distance from the University so as to preclude commuting, he/she may petition the Director of Undergraduate Advising to complete no more than the last six credit hours at an approved institution. None of this work may be in the student’s area of concentration, and only one of the two courses may be in the business area. The petition will be considered for approval provided that the student has matriculated for at least 30 credit hours, and has no more than six credits remaining to meet the distributive requirements, and otherwise meets the standards of academic progress. The University is prepared to accept up to 92 semester hours credit in transfer from a four-year institution and up to 62 semester hours credit from a two-year community college or institution. Courses that are transferred are for credit only and are not calculated into the grade point average (GPA). Students who have reached junior standing (62 credits passed) may not transfer credits from a junior college.

Limitation Period for Degree Candidates

Degree requirements are normally to be completed within four years, although students may take up to five years. Additional time, up to 10 years from the date of matriculation, may be granted upon formal request to the Director of Undergraduate Advising. Students who have been withdrawn for more than two consecutive regular terms are designated as former students. Former students must reapply through the Admission Office and must meet all course, distribution, and quality requirements in effect at the time of reentry.

The Centers for Student Success

The Centers for Student Success

The Centers for Student Success are dedicated to helping all Bryant University students achieve academic success. The goal   is to help students become self-reliant, independent, confident learners so that they may successfully meet the demands of their chosen academic curricula. This is achieved through an internationally accredited peer tutoring program and study skills instruction by the professional staff. Professional staff members, peer tutors, and faculty work together to foster a supportive learning environment.

The Academic Center for Excellence

The Academic Center for Excellence (ACE) is dedicated to helping all Bryant University students achieve academic success. The goal at ACE is to help students become self-reliant, independent, confident learners so that they may successfully meet the demands of their chosen academic curricula. This is achieved through our internationally accredited peer tutoring program and study-skills instruction by our professional staff. Group sessions are encouraged as a mode of instruction. Professional staff members, peer tutors, and faculty work together to foster a supportive learning environment.

Students with learning disabilities can process academic accommodation requests in the Academic Center for Excellence. To receive academic accommodations, students must submit current documentation that describes the nature of the learning disability to the Assistant Director of Access Services in ACE. Diagnostic testing that identifies the existence of the learning disability must have been completed within the past three years. The Assistant Director of Access Services recommends academic accommodations; however, it is incumbent upon the student to schedule an appointment with the Assistant Director of Access Services at the beginning of each new semester to arrange for service. Students with learning disabilities should contact the Assistant Director of Access Services at (401) 232-6746.

Academic Services for Student-Athletes:

ACE, in partnership with the Department of Athletics provides tailored assistance for the unique needs of student-athletes. Students in our Division I athletics programs have challenging schedules and often need additional help finding a balance between the demands of athletics and academics. ACE provides these students support with general study skills, time management and overall organization. Quiet study time is provided in ACE’s comfortable lounge areas and study rooms.

Academic Services for International Students and English Language Learners:

The Academic Center for Excellence and the Writing Center offer specialized services for international students and English language learners to help them increase their academic confidence and improve their performance as Bryant students, preparing them for the global job market.

The Writing Center

Effective written communication is essential throughout an individual’s education and career. The Writing Center offers students assistance in both personalized and workshop settings. Peer writing consultants and professional staff help students with papers for any course. The Writing Center’s purpose is to help students develop as writers by helping them recognize their writing strengths and weaknesses. The staff views writing as a process and is prepared to assist students at any stage. They do not write for students but rather guide students to address their particular concerns through questions and comments.

Academic Internships and Practica

Bryant University offers qualified students the opportunity to combine significant work experience with academic study through internships and practica. Such opportunities recognize the value of work integrated learning and critical reflection as an important avenue for learning. Internships and practica are arranged with employers representing a variety of industries and career opportunities. Student’s learning is assessed by faculty as a three credit elective course resulting in a letter grade. Practica are valued at six, nine, or twelve credits as determined by the Department Chairs in specific areas of study. Resources are provided by the Amica Center for Career Education to meet specific student interests and provides the opportunity for career exploitation, both nationally and internationally.

Student eligibility:

  • Must complete a minimum of 60 credits.
  • Must be in good academic standing – requiring a minimum overall GPA of 2.0.
  • Must have established a major/concentration GPA of 2.0 to apply for an internship in a major/concentration area of study, with the exception of the Finance and International Business departments requiring a minimum overall GPA of 2.5.
  • Must have established a minor GPA of 2.0 or better to apply for an internship in a minor area of study.
  • Must meet all prerequisites for the internship as determined by the specific academic department and stated in the course description located in the course catalog (course elective listed as 391, 450, or 491).
  • Transfer students must complete one full semester of study at Bryant University to establish a GPA prior to applying for an internship or practicum opportunity.

A maximum of nine credit hours of any combination of internships and practica may be applied to fulfill degree requirements; a maximum of three credit hours may be applied to fulfill requirements in a major/concentration or minor area of study. All academic internships are reviewed and approved by the appropriate academic department chair. Each intern works with a faculty supervisor and is awarded a grade based on learning objectives and work performance. The internship site employer provides training and supervision during the course of the academic internship and provides performance evaluations to the student and faculty supervisor. Eligible students are allowed to do one internship or practicum per semester.

Internships and practica may be taken as part of the regular semester course load during the fall or spring sessions, usually at no added tuition costs to the student. When taken during the summer session, internships and practica are subject to relevant course fees.

The Washington D.C. Internship Program

Eligibility: Must Complete a Minimum of 75 Credits; Minimum Overall G.P.A. of 2.75

Bryant University has partnered with The Washington Center for Internships and Academic Seminars in Washington D.C. to provide supervised internships in business, government agencies, for-profit or nonprofit sectors as well as in international organization in DC. Internships are available in all degree programs, concentrations, and minor area of studies. The program is offered in the summer (10 weeks, 9 credits), and fall and spring terms (15 weeks, 12 credits). Internship placement and housing is provided.

Students apply to the program and are matched with an organization based on their academic pursuits and career interest. Substantive, supervised internships are provided in businesses, government agencies, for-profit or nonprofit sectors and international organizations. The Washington Center Program consists of three components: the supervised internship that is applied to the student’s academic program (6 credits), one three-credit course offered through The Washington Center, and weekly leadership lecture series featuring decision makers in politics, business, and not-for-profit organizations. Three (3) additional credits can be taken as Directed Study coursework. The Washington Center Program is offered in the summer (10 weeks, 9 credits), and during the fall and spring semesters (15 weeks, up to 15 credits). Housing is provided.

The Washington Center places students in businesses, government agencies, nonprofit and international organizations based on student’s academic studies, career goals and interest. The program consists of the following components:

  • a supervised internship that provides substantive projects and tasks that develop skills and knowledge within a profession,
  • one evening course related to student’s concentration or minor area of study,
  • participation in LEAD colloquium program to include:
    • lecture series featuring decision makers in business, government and non-profit organizations
    • civic engagement project
    • profession track workshops with peers pursuing similar career paths

Information Systems/Data Science Practicum

The Information Systems and Analytics academic department offers a six month, full-time paid internship program earning 9 credits (Summer-Fall or Spring-Summer time period). Second semester sophomores and juniors may apply after meeting with the ISA Department Chair and discussing eligibility with an academic advisor in the Undergraduate Advising Office. Minimum requirements are the completion of 45 credits and a minimum overall GPA of 2.5.

Directed Study Programs

  1. A directed study course is an independent, in-depth study or research project pursued by a student. It involves working individually under the direction of the supervising faculty member with the approval of the appropriate department chair.
  2. The topic to be studied must be submitted by the student to the supervising faculty member for approval prior to or at the start of the semester.
  3. The topic to be studied should explore a subject beyond its treatment in an advanced-level course in the University curriculum.
  4. The student’s ability to define a problem and investigate it thoroughly (through intensive study that leads to the preparation of a well-researched paper) will be central to his/her success in any directed study course.
  5. Students are limited to one directed study per semester and a maximum of two directed studies during their Bryant career.
  6. Directed studies cannot be used as substitutes for Bryant courses in the catalog.

Study Abroad

At Bryant students learn to compete in a global economy. And there is no better way to learn about the world than to study abroad.

Bryant’s study abroad opportunities include a two week experience, academic term programs (regular, winter, or summer), and travel components with selected academic courses. Students have the chance to become proficient in another language, begin to cultivate a global perspective, and take amazing courses unique to that location and/or culture, while enjoying experiences in a different culture.

Bryant offers sponsored study abroad programs in most regions of the world, through partner relationships with the following organizations:

Arcadia University: The College of Global Studies sponsors university affiliated programs in a variety of locations around the world. Approved Arcadia programs are located in Australia, China, England, France, Greece, Ireland, Italy, New Zealand, Scotland, South Africa, Spain, and Wales. Arcadia University also offers internship programs in a variety of cities around the world.

The Alliance for Global Education offers study in India and in China. The Alliance is a non-profit partner of Arcadia University.

CIEE (Council on International Education Exchange) sponsors more than 109 university affiliated programs throughout the world.  Approved programs with CIEE include the following: Argentina, Belgium, Botswana, Brazil, Cambodia, China, Chile, Costa Rica, Czech Republic, Dominican Republic, France, Ghana, Hungary, India, Italy, Japan, Jordan, Korea, Mexico, Morocco, Netherlands, Peru, Poland, Portugal, Senegal, Spain, Sweden, Taiwan, Tanzania, Thailand, Turkey, Vietnam. CIEE also offers internship programs in a variety of cities around the world.

API (Academic Programs International) sponsors university-affiliated programs in a variety of locations around the world. Approved API programs are located in Argentina, Bhutan, Chili, China, Croatia, Cuba, Costa Rica, England, France, Germany, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Poland, Qatar, Scotland, Spain, UAE, and Wales. API also offers internship programs in a variety of cities around the world.

IES (Institute for the International Education of Students)sponsors university-affiliated programs in a variety of locations around the world. Approved IES programs are located in Argentina, Austria, Chile, China, Ecuador, European Union, France, Germany, India, Italy, Japan, and the Netherlands.

ISA (International Studies Abroad) sponsors a number of university affiliated programs in a variety of locations around the world. ISA approved programs are located in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Costa Rica, Dominican Republic, Mexico, Peru and Spain.

IAU College (The Institute for American Universities) provides students with academic programs in Southern France for a semester or summer. IAU is one of the few study abroad programs in France to offer coursework in English. In addition, they offer internships to students with an advanced level of French.

The Education Abroad Network (TEAN) sponsors a number of university affiliated programs in a variety of locations around the world. TEAN approved programs are located in Australia, New Zealand, China, South Korea, Singapore, Cambodia and Thailand. TEAN also offers internship programs in a variety of cities around the world.

The U.S.-China Institute at Bryant specializes in offering both short and long-term study abroad and internship programs in China with partner universities in Wuhan, Beijing, and other cities.

Customized International Business Program Bryant’s International Business (IB) program provides customized study abroad opportunities for their students. Currently, they offer programs in Spain, Chile, France, China and Italy. These customized programs are designed to strengthen the students’ understanding of international business and their language skills. Each of the customized programs offers students a study abroad experience and an international internship in their second language.

Direct Exchange Opportunities 

Each year Bryant is adding more direct exchange opportunities to its available options. What this means is that you will enroll at a partner university where you have the possibility to take both business and A&S courses that fulfill degree requirements. The direct exchanges are a more immersive experience that enables you to meet more students from around the world.

In addition, the direct exchange billing works differently, so you will only pay Bryant tuition (financial aid still applies). The housing and meal options are paid directly to the partner program, so there may be a possibility to find a program that is more affordable for you. Check in with the Study Abroad Office to learn more about the options available.

Student Fees for Study Abroad Programs 2020-2021

Study Abroad participants are charged the same rates that a traditional Bryant University student would be assessed if they were studying on campus unless the total charge at the host institution abroad exceeds the comparable charges at Bryant University. Students are billed by Bryant University directly and are expected to make the payment to Bryant on the traditional billing due dates (August for the fall term and January for the spring term).

Certain Study Abroad Programs will require application fees.

Application Fee:

  • IAU: $85 paid by the student directly to IAU

Deposit Fees:

  • Upon acceptance, the confirmation deposit will be paid directly by Bryant University

Security/Refundable Deposits:

  • Students participating in a program through The Education Abroad Network (TEAN) will be responsible for their own security refundable deposit. Each provider will directly bill the student for the refundable security deposits, and the student is expected to pay that out of pocket.

Below are the 2020 regular term costs for study abroad participants:

Tuition $22,983
Room* $4,794.50-6,265.00**
Meal Plan*

Study Abroad Fee



Additional Fees* (Not charged by Bryant) $4,000-$6,000+
*Varies based on program location

**The University will pay up to $6,265.00 in housing costs to the host institution. If a student chooses a housing option that exceeds the cost, the student will be billed and is responsible for paying the difference.

The tuition rate is the cost of a traditional term of study at Bryant University. Tuition may vary depending upon student’s catalog year and financial aid package.

The room rate is dependent upon the type of housing that a study abroad participant chooses. If the participant is housed in a room that is typical of the Bryant University on-campus dorm-style living, the fee is $4,794.50 (double). However, in certain circumstances, participants are given the option to live alone and are housed in a facility that is typical of the Bryant University on-campus townhouse-style living and those students are charged at the higher rate of $5,832.00 (double) or $6,265.00 (single). Also, certain programs offer housing (on and off campus) that is not comparable to on-campus living at Bryant. In these situations, the host institution may assess a surcharge to cover additional services that are offered with the housing (i.e. telephone, internet, bed linens, cleaning services, etc.). Please be advised that the surcharge will be added to your Bryant University tuition bill. These surcharges will not be on your initial bill since the host institution does not notify Bryant University until after the semester has begun. You will be notified via your Bryant University email address that an updated Electronic Bill (E-Bill) is ready for viewing.

Meal Plan
Depending on the program, a student may receive meals (e.g. home-stay accommodation), have the option to purchase meals on their own (i.e. self-catered), or participate in a meal program at the university they are attending abroad. If they participate in the meal program abroad, or are receiving meals through their housing option, a fee of $2,846.50-3,307.50 will be assessed to their Bryant University account, depending on the number of meals they are receiving abroad. Since the meal plan is optional in some locations, and is not typical at most institutions, additional fees do not apply to every student. Meal plan charges will not be on your initial billing statement. If Bryant is notified by the host institution of meal plan enrollment and/or additional fees, you will be notified via your Bryant University email address that an updated Electronic Bill (E-Bill) is ready for viewing.

Home Family Accommodations
Bryant students are billed at the Bryant University on-campus residence hall style-living for host family accommodations $4,794.50 (double).  A student will be assessed a meal plan fee of $2,846.50-3,307.50 to their Bryant University account if they are receiving 1-3 meals per day in their home-stay accommodations. Meal plan charges will not be on your initial billing statement. If Bryant is notified that your home-stay includes 1-3 meals per day, then you will be notified via your Bryant University email address that an updated Electronic Bill (E-Bill) is ready for viewing.

Additional Fees
Additional fees are any supplemental costs of the program and are billed directly by the third party provider or paid directly by the student.  The amounts listed are estimates based upon amounts experienced by past participants. The actual costs may vary. Such fees may include, but are not limited to, R/T airfare, VISA processing fee, health insurance fee, cell phones, health club memberships, cleaning fee, bed-linen fee, etc.

Withdrawal Policy
In case of cancellation, the student is subject to the refund policy of the program provider. Each program provider lists the cancellation policy on their website, so be sure to read that information before applying.

Study Abroad Surcharge
If the total charge at the host institution abroad exceeds the comparable charges at Bryant University, a surcharge will be assessed to the student’s account in the amount equal to the difference between the two costs.
All study abroad billing inquiries should be addressed to the Bryant University Bursar’s Office at (401) 232-6030. Please Note: Students will initially be billed the Bryant University rates. Once Bryant University is billed by the host institution, any appropriate adjustments are made to the student’s account and the student will be notified via Bryant University email address that an updated Electronic Bill (E-Bill) is ready for viewing.

Coursework and Credit

  • Written pre-approval (course agreement) from a Bryant University Undergraduate Advisor is required for coursework taken at the Host Institution if transfer credit or Financial Aid is to be awarded.
  • For students on Financial Aid, written pre-approval for all coursework to be taken at the Host Institution is required by a Bryant University Financial Aid Officer.
  • A “C” grade or better (or the equivalent of “C” grade or better as determined by a Bryant University Study Abroad official) is required if transfer credit is to be awarded.
  • Grades earned at the Host Institution appear on the Bryant University transcript with no quality points. Grades are not calculated in the Bryant University GPA. Course credits are added to the total credits earned.

Study Abroad Eligibility

  • Bryant studednts with a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 are eligible to apply for Bryant University approved term Study Abroad programs. The Sophomore International Experience requires a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0. The GPA for short-term programs in the summer and winter terms may vary.
  • Good standing at Bryant University is a requirement for participation in all Study Abroad programs.
  • Students are responsible for meeting all deadlines as posted by Bryant University and the Host Institution.
  • Financial obligations must be fulfilled.
  • Transfer students must complete one full semester of study at Bryant University to establish a GPA prior to applying for a study abroad semester program. Transfer students are eligible to apply for the SIE program during their first academic year at Bryant University.

Academic Course with Travel Component
Bryant also offers short-term study abroad programs in conjunction with faculty-developed courses. Short-term programs provide students with experiential learning overseas, which enhances the classroom component of the total academic experience. These faculty-led trips are a unique opportunity to improve understanding of language, business, culture, history, and geography.  Fees for the travel component of these courses vary and are charged separately and in addition to normal tuition and term fees.

Sophomore International Experience (SIE)
Bryant offers the Sophomore International Experience. Students have the opportunity to earn three academic credits spending 10 to 12 days overseas and learning about other cultures and how businesses operate globally. The Sophomore International Experience is offered during the winter and summer breaks. Costs, fees, and eligibility for these programs differ from other study abroad programs. Details about this program can also be viewed at www.bryant.edu/sophomore.

SIE Eligibility

  • Student must be going into their sophomore year at Bryant OR have at least one’s semester’s worth of a Bryant GPA if they transferred in the previous academic year;
  • Students must have a minimum of a 2.0 cumulative GPA at time of application;
  • Good academic, financial, and judicial standing at Bryant University is a requirement for participation in all SIE programs.

SIE Payments
Bryant does not bill for the SIE programs; students must make deposits for this program through the Student Account Center. Students can access the payment dates on the Study abroad website located in the Bryant portal. Questions regarding payments should be addressed to the Bryant University Bursar’s Office at (401) 232-6030.

SIE Refund & Cancellation Policy
The $500.00 application deposit is non-refundable unless the University is unable to place the student in an SIE program or if s/he withdraws before s/he has been formally accepted to the program.  In addition, depending on when the date of withdrawal from an SIE, a student may still be responsible for the full amount of the SIE program.  Therefore, students should be certain that they intend to participate in the SIE when they apply.  Part of the SIE application process includes information regarding the withdrawal/cancellation policy that must be accepted in order to apply.

Academic Advising

The Undergraduate Advising Office provides academic advising services, as well as program planning and policy information, for all undergraduate students. At the start of the first year, all undergraduate students are assigned a professional academic advisor.

Through participation in academic advising students will:

  • Demonstrate the ability to make effective decisions concerning their degree and career goals.
  • Develop an educational plan for successfully achieving their goals and select courses each semester to progress toward the completion of their undergraduate degree.
  • Demonstrate an understanding of the value of higher education.
  • Utilize the resources and services on campus to assist them in achieving their academic, personal, and career goals.
  • Be able to accurately read and effectively utilize a degree audit in their educational planning.
  • Graduate in a timely manner based on their educational plan.

Academic advising is a collaborative educational process whereby students and their advisors are partners in meeting the essential learning outcomes, ensuring student academic success, and outlining the steps for achievement of the students’ personal, academic, and career goals. This advisor/student partnership requires participation and involvement of both the advisor and the student as it is built over the student’s entire educational experience at the University.

Honors Program

The Bryant University Honors Program offers its members a personalized, distinctive experience that enriches their academic, social, cultural and professional talents in a mentor-oriented environment.

Academically-talented students with a proven record of achievement are invited to join the Bryant University Honors Program. These exceptional students along with dedicated faculty comprise a community of scholars who are committed to pursuing an enriched educational experience. Successful completion of the program results in the student being recognized as an Honors Program graduate, a distinction that is noted on his or her Bryant University diploma and official academic transcript.

More than twenty courses have been designed specifically for The Honors Program. While some of the Honors courses are adapted from standard courses and others are developed around unique topics, all are enhanced by additional course material, group projects, stimulating discussions and/or special assignments. These honors-designated courses are intentionally scheduled with smaller class sizes to afford students opportunities to interact with peers and professors.

Invitation Eligibility
First-year students may be considered for an invitation to the Honors Program with a minimum SAT score of 1200 (math and verbal)/ACT 27 and one of the following: a class rank in the top 20 percent of their high school class or, a grade point average of at least 3.60. Students transferring from another institution with a grade point average (GPA) of 3.5 or better from college-level courses may also be invited to participate in The Honors Program. Current Bryant students interested in applying to The Honors Program must have earned a minimum GPA of 3.4 after the completion of 30 hours of credit along with letters of recommendation.

Graduation Criteria
To be an Honors Program graduate from Bryant University, students must successfully complete a minimum of 24 credits (eight courses) of honors course work.

As part of the eight Honors courses requirement, each student must successfully complete the course HON490. This capstone course requires the submission and approval of a formal proposal. Along with a faculty advisor, the student will complete a research-based project during his or her senior year. The subject matter and topic can be selected by the student with the approval of a faculty advisor in a designated academic department.

To graduate as a member of the Honors Program, students must earn a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.4 and an Honors GPA of at least 3.2.

Army ROTC Program
The ROTC Program is designed to train and qualify men and women for commissions as second lieutenants in the U.S. Army while they pursue an academic program of their choice. Bryant is one of more than 300 colleges throughout the U.S. dedicated to providing qualified military leaders for the United States Army. Courses in military science are part of the Army Reserve Officers’ Training Corps (ROTC) Program, which is offered as part of the curriculum at Bryant University on a voluntary basis.


Honors, Awards and Recognitions

Alpha Kappa Delta

The International Sociology Honor Society, AKD, is dedicated to the ideal of Anthropon Katamanthanein Diakonesein or “to investigate humanity for the purpose of service.” The Society promotes scholarly excellence in the study of sociology, the research of social problems, and such other social and intellectual activities as will lead to improvement of the human condition. To be eligible for membership, a student must have at least junior year standing, an overall GPA and a sociology GPA of at least 3.0, be in the top 35% of their class in general scholarship, and have completed at least four courses in sociology. Membership is not limited to Sociology majors.

Beta Gamma Sigma

Membership in Beta Gamma Sigma is the highest national recognition a student can receive in an undergraduate or master’s program in business or management accredited by AACSB International – The Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business. To be eligible for membership, a student must have earned a cumulative Grade Point Average (GPA) of 3.5 (cumulative GPA of 3.75 for graduate students), rank in the upper ten percent of the second-semester junior class, upper 10 percent of the senior class, or upper 20 percent of the graduating master’s class. Members are elected to membership and publicly recognized during the spring term.

Chi Alpha Sigma

Bryant is one of only 60 institutions nationally to be recognized with a Chi Alpha Sigma chapter. Chi Alpha Sigma is the nation’s only student-athlete honor society. To be selected for induction, student-athletes must be juniors or seniors, hold at least a 3.4 overall GPA, earn a letter in their sports, and clearly exhibit strong personal character through a commitment to community service.

Kappa Mu Epsilon

Kappa Mu Epsilon is a specialized honor society in Mathematics. KME was founded in 1931 to promote the interest of mathematics among undergraduate students. Its chapters are located in colleges and universities of recognized standing which offer a strong mathematics major. The chapters’ members are selected from students of mathematics and other closely related fields who have maintained standards of scholarship, have professional merit, and have attained academic distinction. Students must have completed at least three college semesters and rank in the upper 35% of their class. In addition, they must have completed at least three courses in mathematics, including at least one semester of calculus and attained an average of B or better in all mathematics courses.

Lambda Pi Eta

Lambda Pi Eta is an accredited member of the Association of College Honor Societies. It is the official communication studies honor society of the National Communication Association. To be eligible for membership, students must have completed at least 12 hours of communication courses, have a GPA of at least 3.25, and be in the upper 35 percent of the graduating class.

Mu Kappa Tau

Mu Kappa Tau (MKT) is the only marketing honor society to be recognized by the Association of Collegiate Honor Societies and is committed to the pursuit and recognition of academic excellence in marketing. MKT exists to recognize academic achievement, to encourage high ethical standards, and to advance the marketing profession. Since 1966, marketing faculty across the nation have nominated talented marketing students to join MKT. In order to qualify for membership, students must be a junior or a senior marketing major, or business concentration with a marketing minor, with a cumulative GPA of 3.25 or higher.

Mu Sigma Rho

Mu Sigma Rho is the national honorary society for statistics.  Its purpose is the promotion and encouragement of scholarly activity in statistics, and the recognition of outstanding achievement among students in eligible academic institutions.  To be eligible for induction in Mu Sigma Rho, a student must be a junior or senior, have completed 8 semester hours of statistics courses (of which at least 5 semester hours must be at the junior level or higher), have a 3.25 grade point average in all statistics courses, and be in the top 1/3 of the class in all course work.

Omicron Delta Epsilon

Election to the Gamma Chapter of Omicron Delta Epsilon, the National Economics Honor Society, recognizes seniors who have chosen economics for their major field of concentration, have attained a cumulative average of 3.0 or higher in a minimum of four economics courses, and have received the recommendation of the economics department.

Omicron Delta Kappa

Omicron Delta Kappa is a nationally recognized leadership and honor society. Students of junior or senior standing are recognized for excellence in academics (top 35 percent of the class), athletics, community service, mass media, or the performing arts. All members are nominated by current members of the society.

Phi Alpha Theta

Phi Alpha Theta is a professional society whose mission is to promote the study of history through the encouragement of research, good teaching, publication and the exchange of learning and ideas among historians.  The society seeks to bring students, teachers and writers of history together for intellectual and social exchanges, which promote and assist historical research and publication by our members in a variety of ways. Undergraduate students must complete a minimum of 12 semester hours (4 courses) in History and achieve a minimum GPA of 3.1 in History and a GPA of 3.0 or better overall. Eligible candidates must also be in the top 35% of their class. Membership is not limited to History majors.

Phi Sigma Iota

The Phi Sigma Iota Honor Society recognizes outstanding accomplishment in the study or teaching of any of the academic fields related to foreign language, literature, or culture. Phi Sigma Iota is the highest academic honor in the field of foreign languages. Students in the undergraduate program at Bryant pursuing a major, minor or concentration in one of the languages offered at Bryant (Chinese, French, Italian or Spanish) who have completed at least one course at the 300 level (305 or above), have completed 45 semester hours (second semester sophomore), have a minimum grade point average of 3.0 overall and a minimum grade point average of 3.5 in their language courses, and rank in the top 35% of their class will be eligible for membership.

Pi Sigma Alpha

Pi Sigma Alpha is the only national honor society for college students of political science in the United States.  Founded in 1920, there are now more than 700 chapters at colleges across the country. To be eligible for membership, a student must have completed a minimum of 12 semester hours of political science courses with a minimum grade point average of 3.3 and must have an overall minimum grade point average of 3.3. Membership is not limited to Politics & Law majors.

Psi Chi

Psi Chi is the international honor society in psychology which recognizes academic excellence in psychology. To be eligible for membership, students must have an overall GPA that is in the top 35% of their class, have earned an overall grade point average of at least 3.0, and must have a cumulative average of that is at least 3.00 in their psychology courses. Membership is limited to applied psychology majors who are at least juniors and have taken a minimum of nine hours of psychology.


Phi Sigma Iota

The Phi Sigma Iota Honor Society recognizes outstanding accomplishment in the study or teaching of any of the academic fields related to foreign language, literature, or culture. Phi Sigma Iota is the highest academic honor in the field of foreign languages. Students in the undergraduate program at Bryant pursuing a major, minor or concentration in one of the languages offered at Bryant (Chinese, French, Italian or Spanish) who have completed at least one course at the 300 level (305 or above), have completed 45 semester hours (second semester sophomore), have a minimum grade point average of 3.0 overall and a minimum grade point average of 3.5 in their language courses, and rank in the top 35% of their class will be eligible for membership.

Sigma Tau Delta

Sigma Tau Delta is the International English Honor Society. A member of the Association of College Honor Societies, it was founded in 1924 at Dakota Wesleyan University. Sigma Tau Delta’s central purpose is to confer distinction upon students of the English language and literature in undergraduate, graduate, and professional studies. To be eligible for induction in the Alpha Tau Rho Chapter of Sigma Tau Delta, a student must have completed a minimum of two college courses in English language or literature beyond the usual requirements in freshman English. The candidate must have a minimum of a B or equivalent average in English and in general scholarship, must rank at least in the highest thirty-five percent of her/his class, and must have completed at least three semesters or five quarters of college course work.


Dean’s List

Full-time students who have a GPA of 3.4 or better for at least 12 semester hours of work will be named to the Dean’s List.

Graduation Honors (ALSO  – under Awarding of degrees- Commencement Awards) Special recognition is accorded those who show distinction in academic achievement. Honors may be awarded on the basis of cumulative averages, as follows: Cum Laude (3.45-3.64), Magna Cum Laude (3.65-3.84), and Summa Cum Laude (3.85-4.00). Students must have completed 60 semester hours of work at Bryant University to be eligible for honors.

Commencement Ceremony – Awarding of DegreesCommencement ceremonies honor certified graduates and candidates for degrees who have been scheduled to complete course work by the end of the academic year (July 31). Diplomas are issued after grade reports are completed and candidates are fully certified. Graduation honors noted on the Commencement program are based on cumulative records as of the end of the fall semester; honors recorded on the diploma are based on finalized cumulative averages.

Bryant Symbols

The Harriet C. Jacobs Memorial Mace
Carried at Commencement and other University convocations, the mace is crowned in gold and bears the two dominant symbols of the institution: the seal of the State of Rhode Island and the seal of Bryant University. The mace was donated by E. Gardner Jacobs and his sister, Mrs. Dorothy J. Lederer, in memory of their mother, Harriet C. Jacobs.

The Bryant Seal
The Bryant seal represents the educational mission of the University and its worldwide implications. The central symbol is an ellipsoid globe with quills on each side to signify the traditional emblem of communication in business. In the center, behind the globe, is a torch that reflects liberty, the spirit of free inquiry, academic freedom, and learning. The Archway, forming the background for the globe, torch, and quills, is a University landmark affectionately remembered by thousands of alumni. The Latin motto expresses the purpose of the University: Cognitio – Virtus – Successus – “Knowledge – Character – Success.” The seal recognizes the achievements of the faculty in their pursuit of educational excellence.

Commencement Awards

The Achievement in Creative Expression Award: This award is presented to a graduating senior who has achieved excellence in creative expression, as demonstrated in the written, performance, film, fine or applied arts.

The Anna M. & Jere St. Angelo ‘61 Accounting Award (2):These awards are presented to two graduating seniors in accounting who have demonstrated a high level of achievement, are in the top 10 percent of their class, are residents of an urban area, and will enter a career in public accounting.

Athletics Department Awards (2)

The Female Senior Scholar-Athlete of the Year Award: This award is presented to the female senior student-athlete with the highest overall grade point average.

The Male Senior Scholar-Athlete of the Year Award: This award is presented to the male senior student-athlete with the highest overall grade point average.

The Bryant University Good Citizenship Award: This award is presented to a graduating senior who has demonstrated the qualities of sincerity and vigorous industry in the interest of good citizenship and who has, by example furthered better government both on and off campus.

The Bryant University Good Citizenship Award: This award is presented to a graduating senior for outstanding achievement and exceptional competency in all of the contemporary communication arts.

The Communication Department Award: This award is presented to a graduating senior for outstanding achievement and exceptional competency in all of the contemporary communication arts.

The Information Systems and Analytics Department Award: This award is presented annually to a graduating senior with a concentration in computer information systems who has excelled academically, enriched his or her computer information systems education through meaningful work experience, and demonstrated an unselfish attitude toward others through active involvement in organizations, clubs, or events.

The Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key: This award is presented to the graduating senior with the highest cumulative academic average toward a degree in business administration or economics.

The Environmental Science Leadership Award: This award is presented to an outstanding graduating senior in environmental science who has excelled in the classroom and laboratory, exhibited leadership in initiatives for improving sustainability at the University, and shown potential for valuable contributions to the environmental field.

The Excellence in Applied Psychology Award: This award is presented to a graduating senior for outstanding achievement in the study of applied psychology.

The Excellence in Biology Award: This award is presented to a graduating senior in biology who has exhibited excellence in the classroom and research laboratory, shown care and concern about world health problems, and demonstrated a potential for outstanding contributions in the field of biological science.

The Excellence in Economics Award: This award is presented to a graduating senior with the highest grade point average in the major.

The Excellence in Marketing Award: This award is given to a student graduating with a concentration in marketing who has demonstrated outstanding scholarship and leadership in marketing, and made significant contributions to the Bryant community and marketing program.

The George J. Kelley Award: This award is presented to a graduating senior who has completed at least 102 credits at Bryant and is recognized and honored for having the highest cumulative grade point average at the end of the fall semester.

The George M. Parks Award: This award is presented to a graduating senior whose recognized leadership qualities have significantly enhanced the reputation of the University.

The History / Social Sciences Department Awards:

Global Studies Award, Legal Studies Award, Political Science Award Sociology Award: These awards are presented to graduating seniors for their outstanding achievement in the study of global studies, legal studies, political science, and sociology.

The Jack H. Rubens Leadership in Finance Award: This award is presented to a graduating senior who has demonstrated outstanding performance in academics, service to the finance department, and enthusiasm and leadership in extracurricular activities related to finance.

The Jack H. Rubens Leadership in Financial Services Award:This award is presented to a graduating senior who has demonstrated outstanding performance in academics, service to the finance department, and enthusiasm and leadership in extracurricular activities related to financial services.

The Jeremiah Clark Barber Award: This award is presented to the graduating senior who has shown the most consistent academic improvement resulting in Dean’s list recognition.

The John Hancock Insurance Company Award (2): This award is presented to two graduating seniors who have demonstrated superior achievement in the study of actuarial mathematics.

The Leander Francis Emin Endowed Homestead Award: This award is presented to a graduating senior who has achieved scholastic excellence in accounting. It was inaugurated by the family of Leander Francis Emin, Bryant alumnus of the class of 1907, to honor his memory and his birthplace and home – the 1708 House and the entire Emin homestead, farm, and airport – which now become the campus of his alma mater.

The Literary and Cultural Studies Award: This award is presented to a graduating senior for outstanding achievement in, and a strong commitment to, the study of literature and cultural studies.

The Modern Languages Department Award: This award is presented to a graduate with exceptional competency in the study of a language other than English.

The Pell Medal for United States History Award: The medal is presented to a graduating senior who has displayed excellence in the study of United States history. The late Honorable Claiborne de Borda Pell created this medal to honor the memory of his father, the late Herbert C. Pell, statesman and diplomat, who served the United States as Ambassador to Hungary and Minister to Portugal.

The President’s List Sash: This sash is worn by the graduating senior(s) who have achieved President’s list distinction (4.0 grade point average) every semester while at Bryant.

The Reserve Officers’ Training Corps Achievement Award:This award is presented to a graduating senior who has excelled in military science studies and other courses, and who has shown superior leadership potential in the military science program and in extracurricular activities.

The Rhode Island Society of Certified Public Accountants Award: This award is presented to a graduating senior who, in the opinion of the accounting faculty, has demonstrated excellence in accounting studies and intends to pursue a career in public accounting.

The Roger W. Babson Award: This award is presented to a graduating senior who is distinguished within the University community for his or her character, orderly mind, sound judgment, and systematic business habits.

The SAS Institute Award (2): This award is presented to two bachelor’s degree candidates who have demonstrated superior achievement in the study of applied mathematics and statistics and have successfully completed coursework involving the application of SAS statistical software in their data analysis.

The Student Senate Service Award (6): This award is presented to six deserving graduating seniors in recognition of their outstanding service to the student body of Bryant University. The recipients are selected by the Student Senate Service Awards Committee.

The Northeast Human Resources Association Management Department Commencement Award (3): This award is presented to three outstanding graduating seniors with a concentration in Human Resource Management (HRM). It is presented to individuals who have demonstrated academic excellence in HRM, active engagement with Human Resources practitioners, and a passion for a career in the profession.

Full-Time Status

To maintain full-time status, you must be enrolled at Bryant University in at least four courses (12 credits) per semester. A normal class load is five courses (15 credits). Students are permitted to carry six courses (up to 20 credits) with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the end of the previous semester; a minimum GPA of 3.2 and an extra fee is required to carry more than 20 credits.

Registration Process

The order of registration by Student Classification Number (SCN) is as follows:
8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1

Your classification number is based on the number of credits completed to date, and is calculated as follows:
0 – 14                 1 (First-Semester Freshmen)
15 – 29            2 (Second-Semester Freshmen)
30 – 44             3 (First-Semester Sophomore)
45 – 59            4 (Second-Semester Sophomore)
60 – 74                  5 (First-Semester Junior)
75 – 89               6 (Second-Semester Junior)
90 – 104                7 (First Semester Senior)
105 – and up          8 (Second Semester Senior)

Seniors in their last semester may register for six (3 credit) courses plus up to two (1 credit) lab courses. All other students may register for only five (3 credit) courses plus up to two (1 credit) labs during early registration.  After early registration has ended, students with a minimum GPA of 2.5 may add a sixth course by contacting the Undergraduate Advising Office. Students are advised to select a full complement of courses during early registration, since add/drop is designed to amend schedules not to build them.

Mid-term Grades

The purpose of mid-term grades for first-year students is to alert students to potential academic issues in time to take appropriate corrective action.

Full-time Study for Traditional Students

To maintain full-time status, you must be enrolled at BryantUniversity in at least four (3 credit) courses for a total of 12 credits per semester. A normal class load is five (3 credit) courses for a total of 15 credits per semester. Current students are permitted to carry six (3 credit) courses plus two (1 credit) labs (up to 20 credits) with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the end of the previous semester; a minimum GPA of 3.2 and an extra fee is required to carry more than 20 credits.  Incoming freshmen are enrolled in five (3-credit) courses and one or two (1-credit) courses for a total of 16 or 17 credits.


Non-traditional students are described as those students whose primary focus is on work and/or family and who pursue their education on a part-time basis.

Part-time Study for Non-traditional Students

To study part time, students must apply to the Admissions Office as nontraditional students. To study part-time, nontraditional students must enroll in fewer than 12 credit hours of study during each semester. To register for more than three courses, part-time students must obtain authorization from the Registrar and pay traditional (full-time) semester tuition. Part-time students have up to 12 years to complete their bachelor’s degree requirements, and must complete their final 30 credits at Bryant. Students may choose day and evening courses.

All non-traditional students must be admitted to a degree program. Students interested in pursuing a degree part time should schedule an appointment with the Office of Admission. When applying for admission, students must submit the following:

  1. Completed application for non-traditional, part-time status and the associated application fee;
  2. Official final high school transcript or an official copy of the results of the general equivalency examination;
  3. Official transcripts from any colleges previously attended.
    Credits from another institution may be transferred to Bryant in fulfillment of degree requirements according to transfer credit evaluation policies in affect at the time of application.

A variety of support services are available to students who pursue their degree through part-time study. Services include information and advice on career placement, learning assistance, academic counseling, and access to the Chace Wellness Center and all library and computing resources.

A limited amount of financial aid is available to degree candidates registered for six through nine credits per semester. Students studying part time are also encouraged to review their eligibility to receive tuition reimbursement through employer educational benefits.

Note: On-campus housing is not available to non-traditional students, and participation in campus clubs and organizations is limited.

Returning after Withdrawal

Students who have been withdrawn for more than two consecutive semesters must reapply through the Admission Office and meet all course, distribution, and quality requirements in effect at the time of reentry.

Committee on Faculty Rank and Appointment

The Committee on Faculty Rank and Appointment shall be composed of the Deans, who shall be nonvoting members of the committee, and seven (7) members of the full-time faculty who shall be the voting members of the Committee. At least three (3) members shall be from business disciplines and at least three (3) members shall be from liberal arts disciplines. At least six (6) voting members of the Committee shall be tenured. No faculty member who will be considered for tenure or promotion during a given academic year shall serve on the Committee during that academic year. Members of the Committee may be considered for parity awards and/or merit awards. If a committee member applies for a parity and/or merit award, he/she shall be recused from that respective award deliberation and voting during that academic year. The Committee shall meet to consider promotions, reappointments, tenure, parity, and merit of faculty members. Individual faculty members shall have access to the files maintained on them by the Rank and Appointment Committee. The Committee shall be provided with the hire letter of each faculty member being considered for reappointment, promotion, or tenure at the time such action is before the Committee.

Committee on University Organization

The Committee on University Organization (CUO) shall be composed of the Deans, who shall be nonvoting members of the committee, and five (5) members of the full-time faculty who shall be the voting members of the Committee.

The Committee shall serve as the representative body of the faculty in the formulation of the undergraduate academic structure and policy of the University and shall meet to consider and recommend all changes involving same. Any academic policy or change in the academic structure of the University related to the undergraduate program which emanates from any administrative office which directly affects the academic departments of the University must be submitted to the committee for its recommendation.

Recommendations of the committee, with supporting evidence, shall be transmitted in writing to the Provost or his/her designee for his/her consideration within one (1) month after receipt of the proposal unless mutually agreed upon by the University and CUO. In the event the Provost or his or her designee disagrees with the committee’s recommendation, he/she shall reject the same and report her/his decision to the committee together with her/his reasons therefore set forth in writing.

In case of neglect or refusal of the Provost or the appropriate Dean to answer or accept the committee’s recommendations within ten (10) working days, the committee may take its recommendation directly to the President of the University within ten (10) working days following the expiration of the initial waiting period for the answer or acceptance.

The President, in the exercise of her/his discretion as chief executive officer of the University, shall accept or reject the Provost’s or the appropriate Dean’s and/or the committee’s recommendation within ten (10) working days after it is transmitted to him/her. The President’s decision on a recommendation submitted to him/her in either instance shall be transmitted in writing, with the reasons therefore, to the committee within ten (10) working days.

In any case of either (a) neglect or refusal of the President to answer the committee’s request within ten(10) working days or (b) a rejection of a committee recommendation by the President, the committee may present its recommendations within ten (10) working days to the Faculty Federation for consideration. The Faculty Federation may then submit the recommendation of the committee and its position to the next regularly scheduled meeting of the Executive Committee of the Board of Trustees of the University for a final determination.

No changes in Academic structure or policies shall be implemented until the process described in this section has been completed.

Issues arising under this Section that extend beyond commencement shall not be subject to the ten (10) day response period. During the period from commencement until resumption of fall classes, the response period for each step shall be extended to twenty (20) days.

Issues arising under this Section 7.4 shall not be subject to the grievance procedure.

Curriculum Committee

The Curriculum Committee shall be composed of the Deans, who shall be nonvoting members of the committee, and six (6) members of the full-time faculty who shall be the voting members of the committee. At least three (3) members shall be from business disciplines and at least three (3) members shall be from liberal arts disciplines. The duties of the committee are to consider proposals for the addition, deletion, and revision of courses and degree programs and to make recommendations in this regard in writing to the Provost or his/her designee. The Committee is also responsible for approving program assessment plans developed by the academic departments and making recommendations to the Provost or his/her designee for appropriate action. In undertaking these responsibilities, the committee will ensure that departments and programs affected by proposed changes are afforded appropriate opportunities to review and make recommendations on them.

In the event that a proposal for curriculum change does not originate in a department, the Curriculum Committee will direct a copy of the proposal to the Chair of the appropriate department(s) upon receipt and invite departmental recommendation. A favorable departmental recommendation is not necessary for the proposal to be considered by the Curriculum Committee. The Curriculum Committee will then consider the proposal and make a recommendation not later than two (2) calendar months following its receipt of the proposal.

The Curriculum Committee shall form two subcommittees, one for business disciplines and one for liberal arts disciplines. Recommendations to the University Administration shall be from the Committee, not the subcommittees.

The Committee shall meet every month and at such other times as necessary at the call of the elected chair. The department heads and the appropriate administrators shall be consulted as to the implementation and feasibility of proposals as they relate to students’ schedules and degree programs. Recommendations of the Committee must be consistent with the basic philosophy and academic goals of the University. The Committee shall submit a report of the year’s activities to the President of the University and the Provost or his or her designee by May 31.

Recommendations of the Committee, with supporting evidence, shall be transmitted in writing to the Provost or his/her designee for her/his consideration. In the event the Provost disagrees with the committee’s recommendation, he/she shall reject the same and report her/his decision to the committee together with her/his reasons therefore set forth in writing.

In case of neglect or refusal of the Provost or his or her designee to answer the committee’s recommendation within fifteen (15) working days, the committee may take its recommendation within fifteen (15) working days directly to the President of the University. The committee may request the President in the exercise of his/her discretion as chief executive officer of the University to accept or reject the Provost’s or his/her designee’s recommendation. The President’s decision on such recommendations shall be transmitted in writing, with the reasons therefore, to the committee.

In any case of either (a) neglect or refusal of the President to answer the committee’s recommendation within fifteen (15) working days or (b) a rejection of a committee recommendation by the President, the committee may present its recommendations within fifteen (15) working days to the Faculty Federation for consideration. The Faculty Federation may, if it deems necessary, submit its recommendations to the next regularly scheduled meeting of the Executive Committee of the Board of Trustees of the University for a final determination.

Issues arising under this Section 7.3 shall not be subject to the grievance procedure.

Faculty Development

The Faculty Development Committee shall be composed of the Deans, who shall be nonvoting members of the committee, and five (5) members of the full-time faculty who shall be the voting members of the Committee.

The Faculty Development Committee shall (1) review and make recommendations on applications for participation in the Sabbatical Leave Program, the Fellowship Program and for leaves of absence; (2) review annually and make recommendations on the instrument used for student evaluation of faculty; (3) make other recommendations related to the development of faculty teaching and research/publication; (4) recommend criteria for faculty participation in research and/or programs financed by outside grants; and (5) make recommendations related to the provision of developmental programs and events in the area of diversity and globalization.

The committee will review applications for sabbatical leaves, fellowships, and leaves of absence, and will forward their recommendations to the Provost or his/her designee for his/her approval. A copy of this recommendation will be sent to the Department Chair and the faculty member. If there is any question concerning any application, the committee shall request the individual applicant to appear in person to clarify the application.

Issues arising under this Section 7.5 shall not be subject to the grievance procedure.

Graduate Faculty Advisory Committees

College of Business Graduate Faculty Advisory Committee (GFAC/B)

The GFAC/B shall be composed of the Dean, who shall be a non-voting member, and five (5) full-time graduate faculty members teaching in the graduate program of the College of Business. Faculty members of the GFAC/B shall be elected annually by the full-time graduate faculty. Elections shall be conducted by the Federation and the list of eligible voters shall be prepared by the Dean. One member may be from a department in the College of Arts & Sciences.

The members of the GFAC/B shall be elected for two (2) year staggered terms and these elections shall be held annually not later than by the last day of classes, spring semester. In the event a GFAC/B member resigns or vacates an unexpired term of office, he/she shall be replaced by special election to serve the unexpired term. It shall be the duty of the GFAC/B to maintain liaison and communications with other University administrators and faculty during the process of its deliberations.

The duties of the GFAC/B shall be to review the offerings of the College of Business graduate program and recommend additions, deletions, and revisions of courses and programs and to consider changes involving academic structure and academic policy of the University with respect to the graduate program.

Such recommendations shall be forwarded by the GFAC/B to the Provost or his/her designee for his/her decision. The GFAC/B is also responsible for reviewing program assessment plans. Such plans shall be developed in consultation with academic departments and/or concentration/program coordinators. Recommendations shall be made to the Provost or his/her designee for appropriate action.

Any academic policy or change in the academic structure of the University related to the graduate program which emanates from any administrative office which directly affects the academic departments of the University must be submitted by the Provost to the committee for its recommendation.

College of Arts & Sciences Graduate Faculty Advisory Committee (GFAC/A)

The GFAC/A shall be composed of the Dean, who shall be a non-voting member, and five (5) full-time graduate faculty teaching in the graduate program of the College of Arts & Sciences. Faculty members of the GFAC/A shall be elected annually by the full-time graduate faculty. Elections shall be conducted by the Federation and the list of eligible voters shall be prepared by the Dean. One member may be from a department in the College of Business.

The members of GFAC/A shall be elected for two (2) year staggered terms and these elections shall be held annually by the last day of classes, spring semester. In the event a GFAC/A member resigns or vacates an unexpired term of office, he/she shall be replaced by special election to serve the unexpired term. It shall be the duty of the GFAC/A to maintain liaison and communications with other University administrators and faculty during the process of its deliberations.

The duties of GFAC/A shall be to review the offerings of the College of Arts & Sciences graduate programs and recommend additions, deletions, and revisions of courses and programs, and to consider changes involving academic structure and academic policy of the University with respect to the graduate program.

Such recommendations shall be forwarded by the GFAC/A to the Provost or his/her designee for his/her decision. The GFAC/A is also responsible for reviewing the program assessment plans. Such plans shall be developed in consultation with academic departments and/or concentration/program coordinators. Recommendations shall be made to the Provost or his/her designee for appropriate action.

Any academic policy or change in the academic structure of the University related to the graduate program which emanates from any administrative office which directly affects the academic departments of the University must be submitted by the Provost to the committee for its recommendation.

Calendar Committee

The Calendar Committee will review the calendar (graduate and undergraduate) as published for the current academic year and as proposed for the next academic year to determine if modifications are desirable. The Committee’s recommendations, with rationale, are made to the Provost. (At this time, the School of Health Sciences calendar does not come under the purview of the committee.)

Additionally, the committee should develop and submit for approval the academic calendars for the next five years.


  • Dean or Associate Dean, College of Arts and Sciences – 1, and Dean or Associate Dean, College of Business – 1
  • Graduate Programs – 1
  • One of the Program Directors, College of Arts and Sciences – 1
  • Registrar and Undergraduate Advising – 3
  • Human Resources – 1 (Associate Director)
  • Other – 1 (To be determined by Provost)
  • Faculty – 2 (one faculty member from each of the colleges – College of Arts and Sciences and College of Business)
  • Students – 2 (Selection to be made by Student Senate in conjunction with the Office of the Provost – one student from each of the colleges)

MEETINGS: As necessary at the call of the Chair.

REPORT: The final report should be made to the Provost by October 1 for inclusion in University publications for the next academic year.

Commencement Awards Committee

CHARGE: The Committee will review all of the Commencement awards, approve the criteria for selection of award recipients, implement a procedure appropriate for selection of award recipients, and carry out that procedure.

Recommendations to effect changes in awards are made to the Provost.


  • Administrators – (3) 1-Associate Dean of Students, 1-Office of Campus Engagement, 1-Office of the Provost
  • Faculty (1) College of Arts and Sciences
  • Faculty (1) College of Business
  • Students (2) with Junior standing; one from the College of Arts and Sciences and one from the College of Business (Selection to be made by Student Senate in conjunction with the Office of the Provost).

MEETINGS: As necessary at the call of the Chair.

REPORT: The final report of the Committee which lists all award recipients, including the rationale and criteria for selection and a brief biography on each recipient, is to be submitted to the Provost for his/her approval by April 15 of each academic year. The Provost announces the award winners.

Graduate School Academic Grievance Committee


The Graduate Student Academic Grievance Committee will hold hearings on academic grievances filed by graduate students.  The grievance process should begin with a good-faith attempt for resolution between the student and professor. In the event an issue cannot be resolved between the student and professor, a student must subsequently confer with either the appropriate program director if the student is in the College of Arts and Sciences, or the Chair of the academic department if the student is in the College of Business. Failing these first two steps, the student can seek resolution by appealing to the Associate Dean of his/her respective college; unresolved grievances may then be appealed to the Dean. The Committee will meet only when the student has not been able to resolve the grievance through the dean’s level review.  The Committee will have the authority to make recommendations for disposition of grievances to the Provost. The Provost will consider the recommendation; however, he/she will not be bound by the recommendation, and his/her decision on the grievance will be final.


The composition of the committee will be as follows:

  1. The student/faculty ratio is 4/4; four (4) faculty members and four (4) graduate students;
  2. Two faculty representatives must serve from each of the colleges; the College of Arts and Sciences and the College of Business;
  3. Administrators (1) representative of the university administration (preferably from the Graduate Programs Office).
  4. Student members must be screened by the Graduate Programs Office for academic integrity and the code of conduct, and must have achieved a minimum 3.3 GPA.
  5. Two student representatives must be selected from each of the colleges; the College of Arts and Sciences and the College of Business; (Selected by the Deans of each college)
  6. The confidentiality statement must be signed and adhered to as a requirement for membership.
  7. The faculty membership term is for two years and staggered for continuity.


The Committee will meet as soon as possible subsequent to the Chair receiving a written request for a hearing from a graduate student.  A written recommendation shall be submitted to the Provost and copies to the respective Dean, Director of Operations, Graduate Programs, College of Business, and the Program Director involved from the College of Arts and Sciences within one week after the Committee has heard a grievance.  The Provost will respond to the Committee concerning the disposition of the grievance report within one week after his/her having received the report, and the Provost’s decision will be final.


The Committee will submit an annual report of its activities to the Provost by June 15 of each academic year.

Honors Council


The Honors Council will review and make recommendations to CUO related to the Bryant University Honors Program.  These would include:

  • Review and make recommendations on admissions/entrance/retention requirements for undergraduate honors students;
  • Review and make recommendations to Curriculum Committee regarding curriculum requirements for undergraduate honors students;
  • Review Senior Honors Students’ Capstone Honors Projects proposals and completed work;
  • Assist in ensuring that all involved in the Honors Program function as an Honors community;
  • Provide support to the Director of the Honors Program in efforts to strengthen the Honors Program.


  • Honors Program Director (non-voting)
  • Faculty (12) At least five faculty members must be selected from each of the colleges – College of Arts and Sciences and College of Business
  • Ex Officio: Provost’s Designee


Submit an annual report on student projects and the progress of the Honors Program in general to the Provost by June 15 each year.

University Committee Scholastic Standing – Undergraduate Students


The University Committee on Scholastic Standing is responsible for reviewing and recommending standards of academic performance required for the awarding of degrees and academic honors, and the quality of work leading to an academic warning, probationary status, or academic dismissal.

The Committee will meet to hear, review, and decide on the appeals of those students who have been academically dismissed and who request such a review. The initial decision regarding readmission rests with the Committee, which, upon review, will establish the particular conditions for readmission. These conditions may be academic as well as non-academic in nature.

A student who has been readmitted to Probation Status by the Committee and who does not adhere to all the conditions set by the Committee will be dismissed from the University without further appeal to the Committee.  The decision of the Committee may be appealed to the Provost (or his/her designee) for final disposition.

The Committee will establish, at the earliest possible date, written policies and procedures addressing the following areas:  committee confidentiality, requirements for a quorum, role of the chair to the committee, and a philosophy to guide the workings of the Committee.

Recommendations to effect changes in policy and procedure are made to the Provost.


  • Administrators (3) – Undergraduate Programs, Student Affairs, Admission
  • Faculty (4) – 1 elected as Chair, another as Vice Chair


The Committee will meet a minimum of three (3) times – once after the fall and spring term end-of-processing is complete and once in August (if necessary) to hear academic appeals and make recommendations on readmission.


A written report will be submitted at the beginning of each regular term on the activities of the previous term to the Provost (e.g., February 10 and September 10).

Undergraduate Student Academic Grievance Committee


The Committee will hold hearings on academic grievances asserted by undergraduate students.  The appeal process for an academic grievance shall initially be pursued through the faculty member involved, the appropriate academic department chairperson, and the Associate Dean and the Dean of the respective college. The Committee will meet only when the student has not been able to resolve the grievance through the dean’s level review process.  The Committee shall have the authority to make recommendations for disposition of grievances to the Provost.  The Provost will consider the recommendation but will not be bound by the recommendation; his/her decision on the grievance will be final.


The composition of the committee will be as follows:

  1. The student/faculty ratio is 4/4; four (4) faculty members and four (4) undergraduate students;
  2. At least one faculty representative must serve from each of the colleges: The College of Business and The College of Arts and Sciences;
  3. One representative of the university administration (preferably from the Registrar’s Office).
  4. Student restrictions are as follows:
    • Student members must have achieved at least junior status.
    • Student members must be screened by Academic Affairs for academic integrity, and must have achieved a minimum 2.5 GPA.
    • Select two students from each of the colleges – College of Arts and Sciences and College of Business (selection to be made by Student Senate in conjunction with the Office of the Provost).
  5. The confidentiality statement must be signed and adhered to as a requirement for membership.
  6. The faculty membership term is for two years and staggered for continuity.


The Committee will meet as soon as possible subsequent to the Chair receiving a written request for a hearing from an undergraduate student.

A written recommendation will be submitted to the Provost within one week after the Committee has heard a grievance.  The Provost will respond to the Committee concerning the disposition of the grievance report within one week of his/her having received the report; and the Provost’s decision will be final.


The Committee will submit an annual report of its activities to the Provost by June 15 of each academic year.

Institutional Review Board on Human Subjects


The IRB on Human Subjects shall review all federally funded research and all other research involving the use of human subjects – including that conducted by students – prior to initiation of that research. Review is voluntary for non-federally funded projects. The IRB exists to help ensure the protection of human subjects used in research projects, to provide guidance to researchers in the design of experiments, to inform and protect the faculty on legal issues, and to provide a process that encourages the review of experimental protocols.


IRM members are appointed by the President or his appointed designee (Provost). The IRB is composed of six members with varying experience, expertise, background, and gender in order to promote adequate review of research activities. Members include: Four faculty from liberal arts disciplines; four faculty from business disciplines; one administrator who will also serve a record-keeper; and a faculty member who is not affiliated with Bryant University, either directly or indirectly.

Members of the IRB are required to take NIH training.


The IRB will meet as needed to respond to proposals within two weeks, shorter if possible. The IRB will make every effort to prevent the delay of research projects or submission of funding proposals.


All committee deliberations will be a matter of public record. Minutes will be kept at all committee meetings, and the committee’s decisions on proposals will be communicated in writing to the investigator, the Chair of the investigator’s department, and the Provost. Copies of these minutes and final decisions will be available to the Bryant Community.

The Provost will conduct an annual review of the program to ensure that the review process is adequately serving the research community, and that proper protection is being afforded human subjects.

Undergraduate Admission

Bryant University seeks young men and women who want to tailor their education to match their academic and career interests. A combination of liberal arts, business, and technology courses provides students with flexibility as well as the academic foundation necessary to pursue their professional goals.

The total undergraduate enrollment of Bryant University is regulated by action of the board of trustees, with a resulting limitation in the number of candidates who can be admitted each year. Because of the limitations on enrollment, the Office of Admission, under the leadership of the Vice President of Enrollment Management, conducts a selective review of candidates for admission. Every student seeking entrance to an undergraduate degree program must apply through the Office of Admission. Students may be admitted to the University on a full-time or part-time basis.

The criteria for admission are intended to identify those students who are most likely to successfully complete four years of rigorous study at Bryant University. The Admission Committee considers each candidate individually and bases its decisions on a number of factors. The material that follows pertains to undergraduate admission. Graduate students should contact the Office of Graduate Admission and refer to the requirements of individual programs. Although admission standards are consistent for first-time freshmen and transfer students, we recommend that students interested in transferring credits from another institution carefully read the information provided under the heading “Transfer Admission.”

Candidates for all bachelor’s degrees should be graduates of an approved, accredited high school or the equivalent, with a distribution of courses of sufficient breadth and depth to offer a proper background for the core curriculum at Bryant. Individual differences will exist in such programs, but applicants to Bryant should have four years of English, two years of history or social science, two years of lab science, four years of college preparatory mathematics (with a preference for precalculus or calculus in the senior year), and two years of a foreign language (American Sign Language courses are acceptable). It is recommended that the remaining units necessary for high school graduation be in mathematics, foreign language, science, and social studies.

Although the course work recommended for admission represents the equivalent of the usual four-year college preparatory curriculum, the admission policy of the University is designed to enroll students with a variety of backgrounds. Evidence of academic growth, demonstrated leadership ability, and motivation are special qualities that may not be reflected in the accumulation of credits. The Admission Committee, however, considers such qualities vitally important. The committee also places value on recommendations from the high school college counseling department and others concerning character traits, and personal qualifications not shown in the academic record.

For further information regarding the Office of Admission and/or the policies linked on the left-hand side of this page, please contact us at:

Bryant University
Office of Admission
1150 Douglas Pike
Smithfield, RI 02917
(800) 622-7001


Dual Enrollment Courses*

Bryant University will award college credit to applicants who choose to enroll at the university with a C or better in the class from an approved and accredited college or university, and comes on an official transcript from the college or university the course is through.

Advanced Placement (AP) Scores*

Bryant University will award college credit to applicants who choose to enroll at the university with a 3 or better on the exam, and the scores will have to be sent in from College Board.

International Baccalaureate (IB) Scores*

Bryant University will award college credit to applicants who to choose to enroll at the university with a 5 or better on the IB HL exams, and the scores will have to be sent from International Baccalaureate.

Cambridge International A-Level Grades*

Bryant University policy regarding certain International A-level subjects states that students earning a grade of A*, A, B, or C are awarded advanced placement. Normally students will receive 6 credits or two courses for each subject area.

Caribbean Advanced Proficiency (CAPE) Exams*

Bryant University policy regarding the CAPE states that students completing Units 1 and 2 with scores of 1, 2 or 3 are awarded advanced placement based on individual department review of the exam. Normally students receive 6 credits or two courses for each subject area.

Test Optional Policy

The admission committee at Bryant has always prided itself on providing a well-rounded and holistic application review. While the high school transcript will continue to be the most important part of the evaluation of an application, we strongly believe that by allowing you to decide how to best present your academic potential, Bryant is also giving you the opportunity to take the first steps in taking ownership of your college education. Bryant is looking for bright students who are self-directed, passionate about the possibilities that higher education offers, and who want to make a difference in their communities and in the world. The test optional alternative allows us to consider your strengths that may be demonstrated in areas other than your ACT or SAT score.

English Language Proficiency Exams for non-English/International Students

Students from non-English speaking homes/countries will be required to take an English Language Proficiency Exam to show fluency in the language.  Acceptable exams include the TOEFL, IELTS, Duolingo or Pearsons.

Non-US citizens/International students who feel that their educational background warrants a waiver of Bryant’s English language proficiency exam requirement must submit a request to the Office of Admission. No waivers will be granted without a thorough review of the student’s academic documents. Additional documentation from a student may be requested attesting to their competency in English before granting or denying a waiver request.

Financial Aid

Applicants can file a free application for the Federal Student Aid Form (FAFSA).  You must be a citizen or a permanent resident of the United States, be enrolled or accepted for a full-time program of study, make satisfactory progress toward the completion of your degree program while enrolled, and not be in default on any federal financial aid program.  The application will be available beginning October 1 of your senior year.

Bryant is unable to offer need-based financial assistance to students who are not U.S. citizens or legal permanent residents. Bryant traditionally awards merit-based scholarships to international students, however, an offer of admission to international students is directly linked to their ability to meet all educational expenses. Applicants in need of financial assistance should understand that funding is limited and that in general, a financial award from Bryant will not cover all necessary expenses. Please review our Certification of Finances form that is required of all international students.

*Bryant will award up to 30 credits only for first-year students.

Division of Business Affairs

The Business Affairs Division establishes and embraces best corporate and educational business services practices to promote the effective and efficient management of Bryant’s human, physical, and financial resources. In a cost-effective manner, we provide timely, accurate, and meaningful information to support the enhancement of the University’s educational programs, student quality, external relations, and Bryant’s culture and values. We focus on the needs of our students and other stakeholders, manage our processes for continuous improvement, make fact-based decisions, and use fair and ethical business policies and practices in realizing the University’s mission and vision.

  • Vice President for Business Affairs/Treasurer
  • Associate Vice President for Business Affairs
  • Assistant Vice President for Facilities Operations
  • Director of Capital Projects
  • Director of Conference Services
  • Director of University Events
  • Risk Manager

Financial Services

Financial Services operates within the Division of Business Affairs. The mission of Financial Services is to provide timely and accurate integrated financial reporting and planning to campus constituents and top management, with a focus on customer-oriented service.

Financial Planning and Budgeting

The mission of the Budgets and Financial Planning area is to support the Vice President of Business Affairs and Associate Vice President of Business Affairs in executing the budgeting and financial policies of the University.  This involves detailed review, analysis, projection, and reporting of all revenue and expenditure line items with the goal of ensuring a balanced budget that reflects the priorities of the University. The Budgets and Financial Planning area assists budget managers and divisions in the development and monitoring of annual and long-term financial plans designed to avoid over spending, improve efficiency of financial operations and processes, determine fee revisions, and review feasibility of new and continuing programs.
Department Name: Financial Services
  • Director Budget & Financial Planning, Extension 6009
  • Budget Analyst, Extension 6467

Annual Operating Budget

Annual Operating Budget Process Overview and Scope

Each year, beginning in the fall the University begins to prepare the annual operating budget for the coming fiscal year. The budget, once prepared by the individual departments and reviewed by upper management, must ultimately be approved by the Board of Trustees. The University’s intent is to create a budgeting process whereby strategic resource allocations can fund mission critical activities and new initiatives.

The preparation of the budget, and any subsequent revisions is the Budget Department Office’s responsibility. The budget preparation process may be modified each year to reflect improvements in the process.

Annual Operating Budget Process:The process may be generally described as follows:During the fall semester, the VP for Business Affairs’ office and the Cabinet compiles information for the submission of proposed increases in tuition, room and board rates for the next fiscal year. Based on the information compiled and planned rates budgeted for in the University’s Five-Year strategic planning model, along with preliminary estimates of expenditures to be incurred for the next fiscal year, the University’s management presents its recommendations for tuition, room and board levels for the next fiscal year to the Board of Trustees at its Fall meeting.

The budget managers prepare their budgets online and submit them to their Budget Liaison/Vice President. The Budget Liaison or Vice President will forward the approved budget to the Budget Department Office by late February. Vice Presidents may determine that departments can send their online departmental budget files directly to the Budget Department office.  Additional time is allotted for the preparation of the Special Requests and the expense justification worksheets. Once budgets have been completed online, meetings will be set up in March with all the Vice Presidents to discuss and clarify issues regarding their submitted budgets and supporting documentation.

In early April after the VP meetings have taken place and all of the allotted changes have been made, the Budget Department Office will combine the departmental budgets for the entire university into a proposed budget. The department will also review estimated expenditures, estimated revenues, special request, expense justifications, and supporting documentation as it begins to prepare reports for the Cabinet’s review.

The Cabinet reviews the proposed budget in April, paying particular attention to special request with significant financial consequences. In its May meeting, the Board of Trustees is asked to review and approve summaries of the proposed operating and capital budgets. After the approval of the Board is obtained, budgets are loaded into the Banner GL module and by June, the Budget Department Office informs all departments that online reports are available for the upcoming fiscal year.

Click on the link below in order to view the timetable for the current/next fiscal year’s projection/budgeting process.

FY 2XXXX Budget Time Table

Annual Operating Budget Proposal Preparation

The online submission of the budget proposal and any subsequent revision is the individual departmental budget manager’s/liaison responsibility.  At the beginning of each budget process, the Budget Department office provides budget training for new budget managers. Budget managers who have attended in the past, and wish to attend as a refresher, are also welcome to do so.

In mid-December the Budget Department Office notifies the budget managers and liaison’s that the online budget system is available to input budgets and projections.  Below are items that need to be completed as part of the annual operating budget process.
1. Current year projection amounts
2. Proposed budget amounts for new fiscal year
3. Expenditure line justification file
4. Return of supporting documents
5. And occasionally special requests File (Item 5 is only needed if additional funds are needed and the organization or the VP’s reserves do not have sufficient funds for the expenditure(s). Below are instructions for the completion of each, as well as attached samples to assist budget managers/liaisons in the process.

How to obtain instructions on how to navigate through the online Budget module:

  1. Sign onto Banner Self-Service
  2. Select Finance Menu
  3. Select Budget and Forecasting Menu
  4. Click on  the blue question mark in the top right corner of web page
  5. Select the FY 2XXX instructions (This will walk you through the online budgeting process)

Special Requests File:  The actual forms are located on the online budget page in the lower left corner of the web page.

  • Enter the Organization and account code for each item that additional funding is being requested.
  • Please copy additional blocks if needed, to provide details for more than four records.
  • Please ensure that such amounts are not added in the proposed budget column of the Departmental Budget worksheet file.
  • If additional funding is required for operational purposes and other organizations or the VP reserve within this same area doesn’t have sufficient funds then a special request form will need to be prepared. Please fill out the worksheet and attach it to the organization that needs the special requests in the online module. Please also email special request to the Budget Department Office.
  • Select if the request is a one-time request or a permanent request.
  • Provide org name/number, account number, amount of request in Section I.
  •  Give a brief description and also report the dollar amount in Section II.
  • Input the current budget allocation in Section III.

Below is a link to the special request form and all areas of this form need to be filled in by the requesting department.


Expenditure Line Justification File: The actual forms are located on the online budget page in the lower left corner of the web page.

  • Separate written justifications are required for all part time salary (616xxx) and expense (7xxxx) account codes with proposed budgets over $10,000. This amount must equal the dollar amount that was shown as your proposed budget for the new fiscal year in the online Budget module.
  • We strongly encourage financial managers not to use the miscellaneous expense account code (#73201) to bundle expenses. If you do budget to this account, you must provide detailed justification for such items over $1,000.  
  • Please enter the organization and account code for each item that you are justifying.  Dollars justified should be entered in Column B.
  • Please copy additional blocks if you need to provide justification for more than six records.

Below is a link showing the areas that need to be filled out on the expenditure justification.

Sample – Expenditure Justification


Budget Projection Process

Bryant University undertakes a projection of its revenues, expenditures and capital project expenses twice a year in order to forecast its financial position for its fiscal year end. These projections are provided to the finance committee of the University’s Board of Trustees at its January and May committee meetings.  Such projections enable the University to obtain a better understanding and tracking of revenue and expenditure patterns for current operations and forecast its financial position on a continual current and outgoing fiscal year basis.

Process Overview:

As part of the University’s continuing efforts to accurately forecast its finances, budget managers are requested to provide a projection of departmental revenues, expenditures and capital project expenses (if applicable) for the June 30th fiscal year-end. The first budget projection cycle occurs in November/December.  During this cycle, only key departments are requested to provide an update for the year-end projections for revenues and expenses based on the format of data presented in the Five-year budget planning model.  Every individual department in the university will not be required to provide their updated projections during this first cycle.

The second budget projection cycle is incorporated within the annual operating budget process. During this process, projection information is included in the online budget module. Current year budget information is populated in the budget module. Budget managers are required to input amounts that they project to be the total year end spending for the current fiscal year

Based on existing revenue and expense patterns, budget managers should make estimates of their year-end revenues and expenses for part-time salaries, recharges, and discretionary expenses.   While developing projections, the effect of any deferment of revenues, prepayment of expenses and year-end accruals of revenues and expenses that would need to be made on June 30th should be taken into consideration. Also, due to the varying nature of the cycle of operations in each department, the revenues and expenses might not be always incurred on a smooth prorated monthly basis. In the projection section, all revenues and recharge amounts are entered as negative numbers and all salary and expense amounts as positive numbers.

For the budget manager’s reference, within the module, the system shows the prior year’s cumulative budgeted and actual year-end revenues and expenditures incurred by each department by organization number. This section is provided for informational purposes only, to assist budget managers with current fiscal year projections. This area is locked on the system so no inputting of data is allowed.

Please note that even if no changes are projected, the projected column still needs to be filled in and budget managers must return the information to the Budget Department Office as confirmation that budgets will not be overspent by checking the box on the online module. The budget liaison will need to also check their box approving this information which will forward the data electronically to the budget department.

Long-range Financial Planning

The objective of the long-range financial planning process is to plan for and monitor the financial resources that will enable the University to achieve its mission. The plan links the enrollment, academic, staffing, facilities planning, and capital improvements programs with the mission, direction, and strategic priorities of the University in order to determine the financial impact of these programmatic needs for the future.

Long-range Plan Overview:

The long-range plan tracks and projects financial and operational data of key operational aspects of the University such as: student enrollments, tuition pricing, housing, dining services, fund-raising, auxiliary operations, salaries and fringe benefits, staffing needs, utility costs, depreciation expenses, other revenues and expenses by natural classification, capital expense cash flows, long-term investments, and debt service. The plan also tracks and projects data on key strategic initiatives to ensure the financial feasibility of such initiatives. This detailed information is linked to a summarized pro forma income statement and balance sheet to enable the financial management of the University to review the impact of ongoing and future changes on the institution’s operating cash, other assets, liabilities, and fund balances. The long-range financial plan also monitors the impact of changes in future financial plans on the key financial ratios that the University is required to maintain for debt covenant and current debt-rating purposes.

Long-range Financial Planning Process:

The Vice President for Business Affairs, in consultation with the President’s Cabinet, sets the broad-based planning parameters for the Long-Range Financial Planning model. The long-range financial plan (also known as the “Five-year financial model”) is maintained and updated by the Director of Budgets and Financial Planning and Budget Analyst in the Budget Department Office. However, every major function within the University contributes towards the maintenance and update of this model, with information and ideas flowing in both directions between the Budget Department Office and individual departmental/divisional budget managers, divisional VPs, and the President’s Cabinet.

Updates are continually made to the model to reflect changes in existing assumptions and future outlook. The long-range planning, annual operating and capital budgeting, and projection process are interrelated and form a single planning and budgeting system. During each fiscal year, as the University undertakes a projection of its year-end revenues and expenditures, it requests certain departments to provide updates to the model for the current and the outgoing years. The Budget Department Office also periodically meets with certain budget managers to obtain clarifications and updates on the outlook for future periods. The Long-range planning model is also tied to historical financial reporting. The model has a unique “look-back” feature, which tracks past financial and operational data. This enables the University to review and examine past trends to compare against current budgets and projections, and to develop future planning parameters and assumptions.

The availability of funds required to finance the capital construction, facilities renovations, and information technology acquisitions of the University is tracked through the model. The Facilities Management and the Information Services divisions both provide periodic updates to the Budget Department Office on the costs and scheduling of current and future capital projects. Since such capital plans typically span across a longer time horizon, the existence of a five-year plan enables the University to plan out the financing needs for such capital expenditures and determine the ability of the University to fund them through internal fund-balance reserves or the issuance of debt.

Budget Maintenance Process

Budget Maintenance Process

Goal of the Budget Maintenance Process:

Annually, the Budget Department Office initiates the budget process in order to prepare for the upcoming fiscal year. Budgets should be submitted at that time in a systematic and thoughtful manner to reflect anticipated revenue and expenses, as well as any anticipated changes that may occur within the given department. However, there may be times throughout the fiscal year during which adjustments may need to be made in order to reflect changes in the day-to-day operation of the institution. It is the responsibility of the budget manager to submit a Budget Change Order to reflect such changes. By doing so, the Budget Department Office can update the financial system to reflect such changes.

Types of Off-cycle Adjustments:

There are a variety of circumstances that require budget amendments. They may include:

  • Reorganization or consolidation of positions or departments
  • An unanticipated change in specific revenues or expenses
  • Transfers between line items within or across departments to cover for overage/underage of revenues and expenditures
  • Award of a new grant or start-up of a new program/activity.

Budget Change Order Forms:

In order for any changes to be made to a budget, a Budget Change Order Form must be submitted to the Budget Department Office.

Required Information:

The following information is required on the Budget Change Order Form:

  • Transaction Date: This is normally the date on which the Budget is written up. This can be past or forward dated so that it is reflected in an appropriate month’s budget report in the General Ledger. This is different from the data entry date.
  • A Permanent Budget Adjustment is one whose effect is carried forward into a future year’s budget. ATemporary Budget Adjustment is effective only for that particular fiscal year. The effect of a temporary budget adjustment is not carried forward into future fiscal years.
  • A Detailed Narrative is required to provide additional background on the reason for which the budget changes are being made.
  • A Brief Description of the change is to be used to enter the information into the Banner Finance System. This is not to exceed 34 characters (this is what is entered in the Banner system in the transaction description field, which is limited in size).
  • Include the Organization number, account number, and activity code (if applicable) for which the changes are being made.
  • Enter the title of the organization and the account description for which the changes are being made.
  • Enter a plus ”+” sign if you are increasing the budgeted amount for a revenue (5xxxx) or expense(61xxx or 7xxxx). Enter a minus “-“ sign if you are reducing the budgeted amount for a revenue or expense.

If you are increasing a recharge account (68xxx), enter a minus sign; if you are decreasing a recharge account, enter a plus sign.

  • Enter the dollar Amount of the increase or reduction for the given Organization/Account number.
  • The name of the Director responsible for the department budget and the divisional Vice Presidentshould be filled in in the Approval section. The Director and Vice President’s signature must be obtained before forwarding the budget change order form to the Budget Department Office.
  • The name of the individual who prepared the Budget Change Order Form should be filled in the “Entry Written By” section in case the Budget Department Office needs further information regarding the changes.

The following fields will be filled in by the Budget Department Office:

  • Document #
  • Keypunched by
  • Entry date
  • Internal Approval signature


Financial Reporting

The mission of the Financial Reporting area is to support the Vice President and Associate Vice President for Business Affairs in the preparation of the financial statements of the University.  This involves detailed review and analysis of activity within the operating ledger in order to ensure the accuracy and completeness of the information that is summarized in the financial statements. The Financial Reporting area coordinates the annual audit and annual tax return preparation. The Financial Reporting area also supports senior management in the areas of financial reporting and analysis, and provides technical accounting assistance to other areas of the University.
Department Name: Financial Services
  • Controller, Ext. 6563
  • Assistant Controller, Ext. 6581
  • Accountants, Ext. 6351, Ext. 6725, Ext. 6005, Ext. 6247

General Accounting Policies


Goal of the Transfer/Recharge Process:

It is the goal of the Controller’s Office to provide budget managers with accurate and timely information. At times, it is necessary to move previously charged expenses or revenues to other accounts as the result of an incorrect account being used in the original transaction. In addition, some departments provide services to other departments on campus, which they then recharge for. It is the responsibility of the budget manager with authority over the original budget charged, or who receives the benefit from a recharge, to request transfers/recharges to be made by the Controller’s office.

Types of Transfer/Recharges:

There are a variety of circumstances that require transfer/recharges. They may include:

  • Invoice/monthly upload charged to incorrect organization or account
  • Activity Code needs to be added to a transaction
  • A department performs services for another department

Transfer/Recharge Forms:

In order for any reclasses/recharges to be made to a budget, an Expenses and Revenue Transfers and Recharges Form must be submitted to the Controller’s office. In addition, an expense or revenue transfer must be accompanied by either a screen print or a copy of a budget report showing the original charge to a specific budget.

Required Information:

The following information is required on the Transfer/Recharge Form:

  • Name: This is the name of the person requesting the reclass/recharge.
  • Today’s Date: The date the form is being filled out.
  • Department: This is the department of the person requesting the reclass/recharge.
  • Original Transaction Date: In the case of a reclass, this would be the date the original charge was made to a budget. In the case of a recharge, this is the date the services were performed for the other department.
  • The Purpose of the reclass/recharge is used to enter the information into the Banner Finance System.
  • Include the Organization number, account number, and activity code (if applicable) for which the changes are being made.
  • Enter the description to be used on the transaction. If this is a reclass, it should be the same description as the original transaction.
  • The Original Document Number would be the Banner- generated document number of the original transaction (this is only used for reclasses).
  • Enter the dollar Amount of the reclass/recharge for the given Organization/Account number.
  • Copies should be sent to any other department affected by the change. The CC field should contain the names of all parties receiving copies of reclass/recharge.
  • The following fields will be filled in by the Controller’s Office:

    Debit/Credit Indicator

    Keypunched by

    Entry date

    Internal Approval signature

    Document #

Fixed-asset Management

The purpose of this policy is to define capitalization and depreciation policies for all property, plant and equipment transactions. For financial statement and government reporting purposes, property, plant and equipment include land, land improvements, buildings and improvements, furniture and equipment, construction in progress, feasibility studies, and capitalized interest cost.

Fixed-asset Capitalization and Depreciation


  1. Requirements for Capitalization

(1) Acquisition of Equipment. To be considered for capitalization, and thus subject to depreciation, an equipment type asset must fulfill three characteristics: 1) the asset must be acquired (i.e., purchased, gift-in-kind) for use in operations, and not for investment or sale; 2) the asset (per individual unit) must have a useful life of at least three years(two years for laptops) ; and 3) the asset must have a cost value exceeding, at a minimum, $5,000.

(2) Acquisition or Construction of Buildings. These expenditures include the cost for renovations, betterments, or improvements that add to the permanent value of the asset, make the asset better than it was when purchased, or extend its life beyond the original useful life. To capitalize these costs, the improvements must fulfill at least one of the following three criteria: (1) the useful life of the asset is increased; (2) the productive capacity of the asset is improved; (3) the quality of units/services produced from the asset is enhanced. The total project cost must also exceed $5,000.

(3) Software and Computer Systems.  Please see separate capitalization policy.

  1. Definition and Classification of Capitalized Costs

The basis for accounting for property, plant, and equipment is cost. All normal expenditures of readying an asset for its intended use are capitalized. Donated property, plant, or equipment is valued at its fair market value and is also capitalized. The capitalizable costs for each asset class are as follows:

(1) Land and Land Improvements. This category of asset classification is used for all costs connected with the acquisition or improvement of land. This includes purchase price, appraisals, professional services, and title insurance. If land is purchased as a building site, certain expenses may be added to the cost: razing and removal, land or site improvements, utilities to site, and landscaping activity associated with new construction.

(2) Buildings and Building Improvements. This category of asset classification is used for all costs related to the acquisition, or construction of a building if over $5,000, including the purchase price, professional services, appraisals, test borings, site preparation, materials, labor, and overhead as a direct result of the project during construction. Also included are all costs associated with projects involving significant alterations, renovations, or structural changes (i.e., gutting a building and completely rebuilding the interior) that exceed $5,000, and that increase or amend the usefulness of the asset, enhance its efficiency, or prolong its useful life by at least three years. Building improvements may include interior or exterior construction of a building or building systems, such as electrical or plumbing.

(3) Equipment. This category of asset classification is used for all costs associated with the purchase of tangible property that has a useful life of more than three years and cost in excess of $5,000 in total. All bulk purchases of tangible property are included in this category. Charges may also include the cost of installation, transportation, taxes, duty, or in-transit insurance. Tangible property includes furniture, fixtures, computer equipment, and vehicles. In addition to the net invoice price of an asset, all costs associated with modifications, attachments, accessories, or auxiliary apparatus necessary to make the property usable for its intended purpose may also be capitalized, only if incurred at the time of initial equipment purchase. All subsequent costs of this nature, to maintain the equipment, will be expensed.

(4) Construction in Progress. This category of asset classification is used for those costs incurred in connection with the construction of a building prior to the building being put into use.

(5) Feasibility Studies. Costs incurred in connection with preliminary planning and testing of site adequacy or the preparation of site modeling.

(6) Capitalization of Interest. Interest cost shall be capitalized as part of the historical cost of acquiring certain assets. To qualify for interest capitalization, assets must require a period of time to get them ready for their intended use. (For example, assets the University constructs for its own use such as facilities). In situations involving qualifying assets financed with the proceeds of restricted tax-exempt borrowings, the amount of interest cost to be capitalized shall be all interest cost of those borrowings less any interest earned on temporary investment of the proceeds of those borrowings from the date of borrowing until the specified qualifying assets acquired with those borrowings are ready for their intended use. In all other situations, the interest cost eligible for capitalization shall be the interest cost recognized on borrowings and other obligations.

  1. Non-capitalizable Expenses

Costs that are below the $5,000 threshold for capitalization that neither significantly add to the permanent value of a property nor prolong its intended useful life are expensed. The following types of plant costs should be expensed:

(1) Maintenance. The recurring work required to preserve or immediately restore a facility to such condition that it can be effectively used for its designed purpose. It includes work done to prevent damage to a facility. Examples: Custodial services; repainting a room; recarpeting; fixing a leaky faucet.

(2) Preservation/Restoration Costs. Expenditures associated with maintaining special assets in, or returning them to, a level of quality as close to the original as possible. Example: Returning a stained glass window to its former level of beauty or acting to prevent any further deterioration.

D. Fixed Asset Module and Tagging

Beginning in July of 2010 Bryant University began using the fixed asset module in Banner to track all capital expenditures.  A separate balance sheet was developed to track capitalized assets and liabilities.

As mentioned above, if a project exceeds 5,000 dollars in total cost then the University will capitalize the costs of this project.  At this point in time, components of this project are entered into and assigned a tag in the fixed asset module.  By tagging each item we are able to track depreciation, cost, and various other attributes for each individual item that is associated with a particular project.

Construction expenses are moved into a capitalization account every month.  Each CIP item is booked to its respective expense account.  During this process a tag is generated. We do not assign depreciation information to the tag until the project is complete and the asset is placed in service. Any expenditure on an asset that is not in service as of June 30th is moved to the appropriate CIP asset account for year end.

Equipment Leases . Please notify the Controller’s Office regarding all equipment leasing to determine the proper accounting treatment.


A. Purpose

A provision for depreciation is recorded to reflect the net asset value of land improvements, buildings, and equipment throughout the useful life. Depreciation is not recorded on land, artwork, and books.

B. Depreciation Method

Land improvements, buildings, and equipment will be depreciated using the straight line method over the following useful lives:

Asset Category Years Useful Yearly Rate
Land Improvements
– General Land Improvement (prior to Jul 2010) 5 Yrs 20.00%
– Construction of Quadrangle (prior to Jul 2010) 33 Yrs 3.33%
– New Parking Lot Construction (prior to Jul 2010) 15 Yrs 6.66%
– Synthetic Turf Field (prior to Jul 2010) 10 Yrs 10.00%
– Campus & Infrastructure Improvements 15 Yrs 6.67%
– New Buildings 40 Yrs 2.50%
– Building Improvements (prior to Jul 2010) 10 Yrs 10.00%
– Roofs & Mechanical Equipment 20 Yrs 5.00%
– Building Modernization 20 Yrs 5.00%
– Building Renovations 10 Yrs 10.00%
Furniture & Equipment
– Plant F&E (prior to Jul 2010) 5 Yrs 20.00%
– Furniture & Equipment 7 Yrs 14.29%
– Athletic/fitness Equipment 5 Yrs 20.00%
– Automobiles (prior to Jul 2018) 3 Yrs 33.33%
– Automobiles 5 Yrs 20.00%
– AV Equipment 4 Yrs 25.00%
– Admin Enterprise System 5 Yrs 20.00%
-Computer Equipment and Software 4 Yrs 25.00%
– Student Laptop Computers 2 Yrs 50.00%

C. Basis of depreciation

Depreciation will be calculated based on the historical cost of acquiring the asset. Salvage value will generally not be utilized in calculating depreciation, unless the salvage value is specifically known.

D. Depreciation Timing

A half year’s depreciation will be recorded in the first fiscal year during which the capital asset is placed into service, with subsequent depreciation recorded over the rest of the useful life of the capital asset on a monthly basis. Construction in Progress will not be depreciated until the subsequent full year after the project’s completion.

Disposal of Assets

The University implemented a fixed asset module in Banner in July 2010 to track each individual asset capitalized in a project and its eventual disposal. A separate balance sheet was also created to keep track of the total amount capitalized annual to each fixed asset account. When an asset is disposed of, its tag in the fixed asset system is marked as disposed and based on the information on the tag pertaining to depreciation; an entry is posted in Banner to reflect the appropriate accounting. The University normally does not sell its used assets (except for laptops and automobiles – see accompanying explanations for such sales). In a case where an asset is sold, the fixed asset system in banner is again utilized to process the transaction; whereby the tag is updated to reflect the sale of the asset and the appropriate accounting in Banner is posted.

For those assets which were acquired before July 2010, the determination is based on the conservative assumption that these assets would be disposed of after they have reached 1 to 3 times of their useful lives (depending on the type of asset). The following descriptions provide further detail for each asset category of historical assets and how they are disposed.


Buildings are estimated to have a useful life of 40 years. Replacement of building systems and renovations to structure are undertaken through the building improvement accounts once a structure is erected.

Building disposals are to be undertaken only when the structure of the building is razed to the ground.

Building Improvements

Denote replacement of building systems and renovations to structure which are undertaken to elongate/enhance the life or usefulness of a structure. Useful life of building improvements is estimated to be 10 years. Building improvements will be written off from the general ledger after 3 times the useful life of the asset, i.e., 30 years. No calculation has been made to date.

Land Improvements Account Range (16611-16614):

The University has multiple rates of depreciation for land improvement as identified below.

Acct # Asset Type

Depreciable Life

Disposal Multiple

Disposal After:


General Land Improvements – Trees, Shrubs, Walkways, Parking Lot Improvements 5 Years


15 Years


Construction of Quadrangle, Land Clearance and Earth Fill 33 Years Blended Rate


33 Years


New Parking Lot Construction 15 Years Blended Rate


15 Years

Calculation of Disposal

The University has estimated the disposal of general land improvements to be written off after 3 times the useful life of the asset. These assets are considered to require replacement and renovation on a continual basis and, therefore are considered to have a shorter useful life.

Furniture and Equipment ( Account Range 164xx-165xx)

Calculation of Disposal

Average life of different categories of Furniture and Equipment and their disposal period is as follows:

Acct # Asset Type

Depreciable Life

Disposal Multiple

Disposal After:


Historical F&E 5 Years


15 Years


Historical Computer Equipment 4 Years


12 Years


Books 0 Years


0 Years


Artwork 0 Years


0 Years

Student Laptops are handled differently because they are on the books for two years, laptops in the possession of seniors will be gifted to them when they graduate and the laptops in the possession of sophomores will be sold at a market/reduced rate. Therefore, student laptops will not be written off. Any gain or loss on sale of laptops will be recorded in the non-operating section of the statement of activities.

Books and Artwork is not considered depreciable and is only written off only when sold or discarded.


The University estimates useful life of its automobiles to be five years.

Calculation of Disposal

The University maintains a list of vehicles for insurance valuations, added to this list were any vehicles used on campus as service vehicles. This composite list is summed up and any variation from it is removed from the vehicle assets through the contra account. Older automobiles are normally traded in for newer autos. The trade-in value of such autos are netted against the purchase price of a brand new auto. The new auto is depreciated at the net purchase price.

Capitalization of Asset remediation obligation

Financial Interpretation Number (FIN) 47 which was adopted by the University, effective July 1, 2005, requires the University to record a liability on the future value of all facilities which are legally required to be remediated when being renovated or replaced. The Present Value cost of the future liability must be capitalized and depreciated from construction date through estimated settlement date of remediation. Any changes in such estimates which were originally developed in Fiscal 2006, must be updated periodically. Once such assets are remediated, the capitalized present value originally booked/subsequently updated must be taken off from gross asset and accumulated depreciation totals.

Journal Entry to remove/dispose asset

New contra accounts within a range of the actual asset account have been set up so the University can maintain a clean history on our Banner system of gross capital expenditures. The journal entry will be to credit these new contra accounts and debit accumulated depreciation.

Software and Computer Systems Capitalization Policy

Capitalization, Depreciation, and Disposal of Software and Computer Systems.

  1. Policy Overview

The purpose of this policy is to communicate consistent guidance in this specialized area of accounting; promote University compliance with specific guidelines issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB); and promote proper accounting for University assets and expenses in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).

  1. Capitalization
  2. Non-capitalizable Expenses

Costs incurred during the preliminary project stage must be expensed as incurred. Preliminary project stage includes the following activities: Conceptual formulation of alternatives, evaluation of alternatives, determination of existence of needed technology, and final selection of alternatives.

  1. Definition of Capitalized Costs

Costs that have an estimable future benefit that are included on the Statement of Financial Position as assets, and amortized or depreciated over their estimated useful lives.

  1. Classification of Capital Costs

Software Development: Costs incurred for the development or acquisition of software for the University computer systems (such as procurement, payroll, student services, general ledger, and others), including software upgrades and new releases, may be capitalized if they:

  • Are an integral part of the system, or
  • Identifiably enhance the functionally of the system because of their direct relationship to it.

A major computer system becomes an asset of the University upon capitalization and will be recorded in the same manner as other assets and amortized over its estimated useful life. In addition, the total costs of a computer system must be reasonable and should accurately reflect the value of the system.

Computing Infrastructure Applications and Systems: May support multiple computer modules and integrated systems. These applications may be characterized as separate systems and therefore subject to the capitalization principles set forth in Software Development.

Implementation Stage: Costs incurred to implement the chosen technological solution, including planning, may be capitalizable if they relate to a system that fulfills the criteria for capitalization in accordance with this policy. This stage generally encompasses the following activities:

  • Design of chosen path, including software configuration and software interface;
  • Technical software coding
  • Installation of hardware
  • Testing
  • Data conversion (programs and tools only);
  • Other related costs; and
  • Equipment

Specific types of costs generally incurred during the implementation stage are:

  • Purchased Software:The cost to purchase software.
  • Personnel Costs: Large-scale computer projects may entail the use of both employees and external consultants to design and implement the system. (The costs of both directly allocable internal employees and external consultants who are directly dedicated to the development and implementation of the computer project may be capitalized.)
  • Travel, Lodging, and Other Similar Expenses:To qualify for capitalization, travel, lodging and similar expenditures will be directly allocable to a specific system or application that meets the University’s criteria for capitalization.
  • Interest expense: Interest expense will be capitalized on software development projects consistent with the University’s policy for interest capitalization on long-term projects.
  • Training:Training costs incurred to develop or implement internal-use computer software/applications during the application development stage can be capitalized. Training in post-implementation/operation stages should not be capitalized, since such training programs should be conducted on a continuous basis, and the related costs should be recognized as an integral component of the University’s operating budget.
  • General and Administrative Expense: General and administrative expenses are not to be allocated and capitalized as part of the cost of a software development project.
  • Maintenance, Service and Warranty Contract Costs: These are not considered as capitalized costs. Extended maintenance and warranty contracts entered into at time of purchase must be treated as prepaid assets and expensed over the time period for which the benefits of such maintenance and warranty contracts extend.
  • Software License Agreements: These are not capitalized unless ownership is indicated within the license agreement. Software license agreements not indicating ownership should be expensed.
  • Equipment: Equipment should be purchased, managed and capitalized in accordance with the University equipment policy. A major computer system implementation may have many smaller pieces of equipment that individually may not be capitalized but as a group form an integral part of a system implementation and can be capitalized as part of that system.

Useful Life of Software

In determining the estimated useful life over which the costs incurred for internal-use computer software will be amortized, departments should consider the effects of obsolescence, technology, competition, and other economic factors on useful life. Departments should consider if rapid changes are occurring in the development of software products, software operating systems, or computer hardware, and whether the University intends to replace any technologically obsolete software or hardware.

Amortization of Software

Amortization of the computer software should start once the software is put into live mode or active status. The software should be amortized based on the estimated useful life on a straight-line basis.


Impairment in the value of the cost basis of internal use computer software can occur when:

1) Internal-use computer software is not expected to provide substantive service potential;

2) A significant change occurs in the extent or manner in which the software is used or is expected to be used;

3) A significant change is made to the software program;

4) Costs of developing or modifying internal-use computer software significantly exceed the amount originally expected to develop or modify the software.


Endowment Management





The purpose of the University’s Endowment Fund is to support the educational mission of the University by providing a reliable source of funds for current and future use. The Endowment assets have an indefinite time horizon that run concurrently with the existence of the University in perpetuity. As such, the investment portfolio assumes a time horizon that extends well beyond a normal market cycle and will be invested in such a manner as to maintain the corpus of the Endowment and support the University via regular distributions. It is expected that professional management and portfolio diversification will reduce volatility and assure a reasonably consistent level of return. The Investment Committee is responsible for determining investment objectives and policies, asset allocation, selection of investment managers and advisors, and monitors the implementation and performance of the University’s Endowment investment program.

The Committee is supported by the office of the Vice President of Business Affairs and Treasurer, which, with support from an independent third-party investment advisor, will analyze investment policies and management strategies, make recommendations to the Committee and supervise operations and investment activities.

This Investment Policy should not change frequently. In particular, short-term changes in the financial markets should not require adjustments to this Investment Policy.  Both the Committee and the Investment Advisor may propose revisions in the guidelines at any time the existing guidelines might impede meeting the Fund’s investment objectives.


The overall financial objective of the Fund is to provide a level of support (as determined by the Fund’s spending policy summarized in Section I) consistent with the Fund’s purchasing power being maintained or enhanced over time.

The primary investment objective of the Fund is to attain a real total return (net of fees) of at least 6% with acceptable risk to preserve and continue to enhance the purchasing power of the fund assets.  Real total return is the sum of capital appreciation (or loss) and current income (dividends and interest) adjusted for inflation by the Consumer Price Index (CPI for All Urban Consumers, CPI-U).


The Asset Allocation Policy Table below defines the long-term policy ranges and present target asset allocation percentages of the Endowment portfolio.  The Committee will periodically review and recommend asset class allocation targets and minimum / maximum ranges.

Policy Range
Public Markets        NOT AVAILABLE FOR
International Developed
Emerging Markets
Private Equity/Venture
Fixed Income
Public Fixed Income
Private Debt          
Multi-Asset   (Hedge)
Real Assets
Public Real Assets
Private Real Assets


The Committee is responsible for overseeing the investment of the University’s Endowment Fund.  To meet this responsibility the Committee will:

  • Adopt and periodically review investment objectives and policies appropriate to the University’s financial goals and policies;
  • Appoint, review and, if necessary, replace investment managers and advisors;
  • Monitor the performance of the University’s investment managers and advisors as well as the investment-related duties of the Treasurer.

The Committee will regularly report on these matters to the full Board of Trustees and/or the Executive Committee. The Committee shall consist of at least five Trustees and the Vice President for Business Affairs.  Meetings will be held as required, normally three times per year.

The majority of the Fund will be managed by external investment managers.  Each investment manager shall have complete discretion to manage the assets in each particular portfolio to best achieve the investment objectives and requirements, consistent with their style and within the guidelines set forth in this policy statement.


  1. The total Fund shall be diversified by asset class (i.e. equities, fixed income, hedge funds alternative investments such as private equity, venture capital, natural resources, real estate, and cash equivalents) and sub structure (i.e. market cap size, quality, investment style, etc.).  The purpose of diversification is to provide (i) reasonable assurance that no single security or class of securities will have a disproportionate impact on the total Fund, and (ii) a well designed mix of asset classes which should result in reduced volatility for the overall Fund
  2. To achieve its investment objective, the Fund shall be divided into the following key asset classes:
      • Equities, including both public and private, US and non-US investments
      • Fixed Income Assets, which include public market bonds, private credit and cash and equivalents
      • Real Assets, such as public and private real estate, natural resources and commodities
      • Multi-Asset, including hedged equity and absolute return strategies

    Over the long run, the allocation mix across these key asset classes will be the most important determinant of the overall Fund’s investment performance.

    1. The purpose of the equity focused-asset classes such as (public equities, inflation hedging assets, hedge funds and private market investments – is to provide a total return that will provide for growth in principal sufficient to support spending requirements, while at the same time preserving the purchasing power of the Fund’s assets. It is recognized that the equity focused assets will exhibit greater market variability and risk than traditional fixed income assets. The purpose of the fixed income assets defined as bonds and cash equivalents is to reduce the overall volatility of the Fund, to produce current income in support of spending needs, and to provide a deflation hedge.


    1. The objective for the Equity Focused Assets is to outperform the broad global equity markets as defined as the MSCI All Country World Index.  Individual sub-components of the overall Equity Focused Asset class will have specific benchmarks (as outlined in Appendix A) against which performance is measured.
    2. The Equity Focused Assets will be broadly diversified according to market cap, investment style, economic sector, and other investment characteristics.  Decisions as to individual security selection, security size and quality, number of industries, holdings, current income levels, turnover and the other tools employed by active mangers are left to a broad manager discretion, consistent with their style, subject to the usual standards of fiduciary prudence.
    3. Unless otherwise instructed, an equity manager may at their discretion invest in cash equivalents, but with the understanding that performance will be measured against fully invested equity indexes as outlined in Appendix A. A portion of the Equity Fund, not to exceed 25% of the total market value of the endowment, may be allocated to managers specifically investing in non-U.S. common stocks.
    4. Alternative Investments involve investing in non-traditional asset classes and in traditional asset classes structured in a non-traditional manner.   The Committee may allocate a portion of the equity focused assets to alternative equity assets such as real estate; venture capital; private equity; oil and gas; distressed securities; and hedge funds.  These investments combined shall not exceed 52% of the total aggregate market value of the Fund.  Alternative managers are expected to use their specific investment skills to generate long-term returns that enhance the return profile of the Endowment through higher expected returns and/or reduced portfolio volatility.

    Due to the slow pace of capital calls in private partnerships, the Committee may need to over-commit capital above target levels. The investment advisor shall develop a strategic plan for private markets to help the Endowment maintain its target allocation and recommend commitment levels to each sub asset class on a regular basis.  Investments in alternative assets will be made primarily in partnerships where the University is a limited partner relying upon the expertise of experienced general partners.


    1. The objective of the Fixed Income Assets is to outperform the Bloomberg Barclays Aggregate Bond Index (net of fees).  Performance will be monitored on a regular basis and evaluated over a running three to five-year period.
    2. Money market instruments as well as bonds and derivatives tied to credit and fixed income markets may be used in the Fixed Income Asset class. Equities and convertibles (if the latter are bought at prices above their investment value) are to be excluded.  Fixed Income managers are expected to typically employ active management techniques with changes in average duration typically expected to be moderate and incremental.  The core fixed income managers are expected to maintain a minimum average duration and quality consistent with the Fixed Income Assets’ deflation hedge objective.


    Marketable asset classes that exceed policy ranges will be rebalanced to target levels periodically by the Treasurer.  The Treasurer will also utilize the quarterly spending rate draw downs to rebalance asset categories within target range.  Excess allocations intended for non-marketable asset categories will be carried, prior to their investment in non-marketable assets, in one or more other asset classes after consultation with the Committee.  New cash flows shall be allocated to investment managers in a manner consistent with rebalancing the portfolio to target.

    As a general guideline that should apply to all assets managed, transactions should be entered into on the basis of best execution, which is interpreted normally to mean best realized price.  Managers shall have the discretion to execute securities transactions with brokerage firms of their choosing, based upon the quality of execution rendered, the value of research information provided, the financial health and integrity of the brokerage firm, and the overall efficiency in transacting securities trades.  In the case of separate accounts, the Committee retains the right to direct brokerage commissions subject to best execution, in order to benefit from brokerage recapture programs.


    All objectives and policies are in effect until modified by the Committee, which will review these annually for their continued pertinence.  All managers are expected to observe the specific limitations, guidelines, and philosophies stated herein or in any amendments hereto, or other written instructions from the Committee or an officer of the University.  If at any time a manager believes that any policy guideline inhibits their investment performance, it is the manager’s responsibility to clearly communicate this view to the Committee.

    The Fund portfolios will be monitored on a continual basis for consistency in investment philosophy, return relative to objectives, investment risk as measured by asset concentrations, exposure to key economic sectors, and market volatility. Portfolio returns will be reviewed by the Committee on a quarterly basis. The Committee will regularly review each manager in order to confirm that the original investment factors underlying performance expectations remain in place.

    Each investment manager will report the following information quarterly:  total return net of all commissions and fees, additions and withdrawals from the account, current holdings at cost and market value, and purchases and sales for the quarter.  Regular communication concerning investment strategy and investment outlook is expected.  Additionally, managers are required to inform the Committee of any changes in firm ownership, organizational structure, key investment personnel, account structure / assets in strategy (e.g., number, asset size and account minimum), or fundamental investment philosophy. Managers for alternative investments shall provide in writing, the policies and procedures used in periodic portfolio valuation. At a minimum, the Manager will address the following:

    • Nature of underlying investments, including factors such as complexity, liquidity, volatility and frequency of trading
    • Methodology and assumptions used in valuation
    • Checks and balances in place to ensure a fair evaluation process

    Performance results will be evaluated relative to benchmarks (net of fees) assigned to asset classes and Managers.  These benchmarks are a vital element in the evaluation of individual and aggregate Manager performance within each asset class.  Performance of the Endowment (net of fees) , its component asset classes and managers will be measured against benchmark returns of comparable portfolios as outlined in Appendix A.

    Performance of the Endowment portfolio will also be compared to the endowment universe with similar investment allocations. It is expected that the total portfolio will perform above the median performance in the comparable fund universe provided by the Investment Advisor and the National Association for College and University Business Officers (NACUBO).  Managers are expected to equal or exceed the return of the agreed benchmark and generally perform in the top 40th percentile (40%) or better of their respective peer group over a market cycle (three to five years), as measured by a broad performance database that evaluates Managers as to style, risk and return.


    The Endowment’s spending policy governs the rate at which funds are released to fund operating and restricted spending.  The current spending policy shall be expressed as a maximum of 5 percent of a three-year moving market value average of the assets in the endowment funds (calculated for fiscal budgeting purposes on the asset’s valuations for the trailing twelve quarters as of March 31 of each year).  Such a policy will allow for a greater predictability of spendable income for budgeting purposes and for gradual steady growth for the support of operations by the investable assets.  In addition, this policy will minimize the probability of invading the principal over the long term.

    Since there may occasionally be situations requiring a higher percentage of spending from investable assets, in order to assure the short term economic viability of the University, the Committee is authorized to increase the spending rate, as necessary, on a temporary basis.  Such an increase should not be undertaken without a clearly justifiable cause, and in no case without explicit approval of the full Board of Trustees, since spending above this level result in an increasing probability of erosion of the principal value of investable assets in real terms and inter-generational spending inequities.  The spending rate will be reviewed annually by the Finance Committee for recommendation to and approval by the Board of Trustees.

    Approved and Updated: September 19, 2019

    Appendix A

    Endowment Fund Benchmarks

    Total Endowment Aggregated weighted return equal to the actual asset class composite market value as a percentage of total portfolio market value multiplied times the selected benchmarks for the asset class composites.
    CPI + 5%
    Total Equity Focused Assets MSCI ACWI Index
    US Equity Composite S&P 500 Index
    US Equity Large Cap      Indexed S&P 500 Index
    US Equity Large Cap Growth Russell 1000 Growth Index
    US Equity Large Cap Value Russell 1000 Value Index
    US Equity Mid/Small Cap Growth Russell 2500 Growth Index
    US Equity Mid/Small Cap Value Russell 2500 Value Index
    US Equity Small-Cap Value Russell 2000 Value Index
    Non-U.S. Equity MSCI EAFE Index
    International Equities (developed markets) MSCI EAFE Index
    International Equities (Emerging markets) MSCI Emerging Markets Index
    Developed Global Equities MSCI World Index
    Global Equities MSCI ACWI Index
    Multi-Asset HFRI Fund of Funds Composite Index
    Hedge Funds (Long/Short Equity Strategies) HFRI Long/Short Equity Index
    Hedge Funds (Absolute Return Strategy) ML T-Bill Index + 5%
    Hedge Funds (Commodities & Natural Resources) Bloomberg TR Commodity Index
    Hedge Funds (Event Driven) HFRI Event Driven (Total) Index
    Hedge Funds (Fixed Income-Asset Backed) HFRI Fixed Income-Asset Backed
    Hedge Funds (Macro) HFRI Macro: Systematic Diversified Index
    Private Equity, Venture Capital, Distressed Debt) S&P 500 Index + 2%
    Private Real Assets 50% Bloomberg Comm/50% MSCI World NR
    Private Real Estate 50% Bloomberg Comm/50% MSCI World NR
    Private Oil & Gas / Natural Resources 50% Bloomberg Comm/50% MSCI World NR
    Public Liquid Real Assets MSCI World Energy
    Fixed Income Public Barclays US Aggregate TR
    Domestic High Quality Bonds Barclays US Aggregate TR
    Tips Barclays US TIPS TR
    Fixed Income Private S&P 500 Index +2%
    Cash and Cash Equivalents 91-Day Treasury Bills

    All asset classes and managers will also be benchmarked against median performance tracked within the manager universe maintained by the University’s Investment Advisor.






Debt Policy and Interest Rate Swap Guidelines

General Policy on the Use of Debt


Bryant University (the “University”) provides a uniquely student-centered, business-focused education of the highest quality. In order to fulfill its mission, the University must maintain its physical plant, equipment, and infrastructure while investing in new buildings, equipment, and infrastructure. The University uses an array of sources to support these investments, including surplus generated from operations, donations, and external debt.

The utilization of debt and other financial resources to fund capital projects will be driven by the University’s strategic planning process. Capital needs will be considered in concert with the operations of the University. Debt and debt management will link capital budgeting to financial planning and operations.

Bryant University’s Debt Policy is intended to provide a framework for assuring that debt is managed and used strategically to advance the University’s mission.

Overall Principles for the Use of Debt

The General principles the University will employ for the overall management of debt include the following:

  • The University will incur debt to maintain and enhance the physical plant and infrastructure.
  • Debt will be used as a financial tool to maximize the University resources.
  • Long-term debt will not be used to finance current operations.
  • The University’s debt capacity will be governed primarily by its ability to support all incremental costs – principal, interest payments, and annual operating costs of new space – within the University’s operating budget and the trustee discretionary fund.
  • The University will seek to maintain a high-quality credit rating and will target a number of key financial ratios used by rating agencies to evaluate the University’s credit.
  • The University will seek to maintain an acceptable balance between interest rate risk and the long-term cost of capital.
  • The University’s debt portfolio will be evaluated in the context of all its assets and liabilities. Diversification within the debt portfolio may be used to balance risk and liquidity across the institution.
  • The University will consider the use of capital and operating leases, especially for the acquisition of equipment, to the extent such transactions are compatible with and help achieve its overall objectives concerning the use of debt.

Strategic Planning and Resource Allocation

The amount of external debt that the University has at any given time will be a function of its ability to service that debt through the operating budget without diminishing the resources necessary for other non-capital priorities and the desire to maintain a high-quality credit rating while sustaining overall financial health. Yet, at the same time, the University recognizes that in order to meet its mission and strategic objectives, investment in the form of capital is often necessary and such investment may necessitate the incurrence of debt.

Bryant University has engaged in a strategic planning process aimed at identifying ways to improve and enhance the educational product delivered to its students while recognizing that such endeavors generally yield more ideas than can be absorbed within the financial constraints in which the University works. This disparity forces the University to balance the appropriate allocation of financial resources between programmatic support and the University’s physical infrastructure in order to ensure the long-term health of the institution. In conjunction with the academic priority setting process, the University has developed integrated, comprehensive plans covering its academic, space, and fiscal needs. Members of the University community have provided significant input into these decisions through an integrated planning process. This process has considered all needs in the context of the entire academic enterprise, and participants have evaluated and compared competing demands for resources.

One end result of this process has been a five-year budget projection that includes all revenues, expenditures, and commitments that can reasonably be expected. In this context, the University develops its annual operating budgets, as well as the University’s capital budget and capital plan.

Donor-financed capital projects and other capital fund-raising activities will generally follow the priorities determined by the planning process rather than by donors. However, in certain instances, donor-specified projects that are consistent with the University’s mission and enhance the academic enterprise will be undertaken.

Debt Administration and Oversight

The University’s Board of Trustees is responsible for establishing an overall debt policy and approving the issuance of all external debt, including all short- and long-term obligations, guarantees, and instruments that commit the University to future payments. The Board will be advised by the Finance Committee on all debt-related topics.

The University’s Vice President for Business Affairs will manage the overall debt portfolio according to the University’s debt policy. The Vice President for Business Affairs will consult with the senior administration, Finance Committee, and the Board with respect to all financial matters associated with procuring, renovating, and managing capital assets.

The Vice President for Business Affairs will report regularly to the Finance Committee on the status of the University’s debt portfolio and its plans regarding debt. This review will include an assessment of the University’s credit rating and key financial ratios compared to targeted levels and those of peer institutions.

Debt Capacity

In general, the University’s debt capacity will be evaluated and determined by the consideration of the following three primary factors:

  1. Legal authorizations and limitations
  2. Current and pro forma financial operating performance
  3. Credit considerations including the University’s credit rating

The University’s legal debt capacity as specified in applicable debt covenants and statutory restrictions is the starting point for evaluating the appropriate level of new and total indebtedness.

The University covenants in the Letter of Credit and Line of Credit that it established for the 2008 bond issue that the following financial ratios be maintained:

  • Liquidity Ratio of at least 1.00. That is, the sum of cash, short term investments, and funds designated for long term investment, less balance of temporarily and permanently restricted net assets cannot be lower than the total operating expenses.
  • Debt Service Coverage Ratio of at least 1.25. That is, the sum of (i) change in unrestricted net assets from operations excluding any extraordinary, unrealized portfolio gains/losses, plus (ii) interest expenses, plus (iii) depreciation and amortization must be at least 1.25 times higher than the sum of (i) scheduled principal payments on long term debt, plus (ii) interest expense.

The University’s debt capacity is in part a function of current and pro forma operations, which, as reflected in financial ratios, is also one of the numerous factors that are reviewed in determining the University’s credit rating. The portion of the operating budget dedicated to debt service (principal repayment and interest) will vary over time as the University makes judgments about its highest priorities and needed investments. While a maximum percentage will be established, annual debt service (principal repayment and interest) as a percentage of the operating budget may vary over time as the University makes judgments about its highest priorities and needed investments.

Credit considerations encompass an array of factors that affect how the University is viewed by the financial and capital markets. Many of these factors are analyzed by the credit rating agencies in the determination of the University’s credit rating. As such, the University’s credit rating is an important reflection of the University’s operating, management, and financial strengths, and a significant determinant of both its access to and cost of capital. The University’s policy framework with respect to managing its credit rating is detailed in a following section.


Targeted Financial Ratios

Bond rating agencies use a host of metrics to assess an institution’s creditworthiness. Some of these metrics are quantitative; some are not. Financial ratios, therefore, are important criteria, but they are not the only ones used to evaluate the University’s credit and its debt capacity. The University’s credit strength is also highly dependent on maintaining its competitive advantages in higher education, the quality of its academic enterprise, and strong academic and financial management.

The University will set targets for several key ratios that assess the University’s overall financial health. These targets are set based on median ratios of similarly rated organizations published by Moody’s and Standard and Poors (S&P).

  • Unrestricted Resources to Debt of at least 1.5:1.

This is a measure of the University’s leverage on its assets. Unrestricted Resources are defined as unrestricted net assets less net investment in plant, property, and equipment, plus long-term debt used to finance net investment in plant, property, and equipment.

  • Expendable Resources to Operations of at least 1:1.

While this measure of liquidity is less directly affected by the issuance of new debt, it provides a useful indication of the institution’s financial cushion relative to operations and its ability to service debt. Expendable resources are defined as unrestricted net assets plus temporarily restricted net assets less net investment in plant, property and equipment plus long-term debt used to finance net investment in plant, property, and equipment. This ratio is also part of the covenants required by the University’s Letter of Credit arrangement.

  • Debt Service to Operations should be maintained within a range of 4.5-10 percent.

Debt Service to Operations is the typical measure used to evaluate an institution’s use of borrowed funds. The use of debt with bullet or balloon structures that defer principal payments until far in the future makes the calculation of debt service more difficult. The University will include not only required annual principal and interest payments in its definition of debt service but also an annual equivalent for sinking funds. The University will take into consideration the use of debt that has accompanying revenue when additional debt takes the University’s Debt Service to Operations to the higher end of this range.

Bond Ratings

External economic, natural, or other events may affect the creditworthiness of the University’s debt from time to time. Nevertheless, the University is committed to ensuring that actions within its control are prudent and appropriate to maintain a high-quality credit rating.

There is a direct correlation between an institution’s credit rating and its cost of borrowing. Therefore, the University seeks to maintain long-term bond ratings in the “A” category. More specifically, the pro forma issuance of debt, when supported by the full faith and credit of the University, will not result in a rating below the A3/A-level from Moody’s Investors Service and Standard & Poor’s.

Funding of Debt Service – General Criteria for Debt-financed Projects

In evaluating its capacity for external debt, the University will also consider what revenue sources might be available specifically to pay debt service. Housing, and student activity, facility, and parking fees will be considered when planning for capital projects and debt associated with these income streams. In general, the University will consider the level of self-support and external revenue support associated with capital projects in assessing debt affordability within the University’s operating budget. The University will also consider the trustee discretionary fund and its ability to leverage additional debt within the University’s overall balance sheet.

Use of Debt Versus Equity Financing

Fund-raising gifts are an important source of funds for the University to consider when determining the financing vehicle for capital projects. The University will give consideration to the benefit of investing endowment and other funds at a rate of return that would be higher than the cost of debt and applying unrestricted gifts to the endowment rather than towards financing capital projects.

Key considerations for determining an appropriate financing vehicle include the following:

  • Capital Fund-raising may involve uncertain timing of the receipt of funds.
  • Equity financing can minimize impacts on the University’s operating budget.
  • Equity financing can weaken the University’s balance sheet.
  • Fund-raising targeted toward unrestricted gifts to the University’s endowment afford the maximum financial flexibility to the University over time.
  • Unrestricted gifts to the University’s endowment can often be invested at higher yields than the interest rate paid on debt (especially tax-exempt debt available to the University).
  • Equity financed projects cannot be refinanced to take advantage of lower interest rate environments.

Procurement and Execution of Debt

The University will assess the benefit of accessing the capital markets on either a negotiated or competitive basis. The University will strive to utilize the services of capital market professionals and providers that are experienced in the type of financing under consideration.

General Principles for the Use of Debt

  1. Term of Debt

The University will determine the appropriate duration and the specific amortization schedule of each bond issue by evaluating its overall debt portfolio. Considerations will include the life of the assets being financed, interest rate costs, risk assessment, general market conditions, and the University’s future financial plans. If and when bullet or balloon payments are used, the University will budget appropriately over the life of the bond issue so that the bullet or balloon maturity payments do not unduly impact any one fiscal year.

  1. Refinancing and Restructuring of Debt

The administration will periodically review all outstanding debt to determine if refinancing opportunities exist. Refinancing or restructuring of current debt (within federal tax law constraints) may be used to save the University money or to change covenants to provide an advantage to the University’s financial or operating position.

In general, the University will consider refinancing when a current or advanced refunding of debt provides a net present value savings of at least three percent. Refinancing or restructuring opportunities that provide savings of less than three percent, or with negative savings, may be considered if there is a compelling objective such as: a.) realizing lower savings is appropriate given the results of call option analysis on a maturity-by-maturity basis, or analysis of current vs. historic interest rate levels, or b.) restructuring financial or legal covenants that prove disadvantageous to the University.

Where analyzing or pursuing the implementation of refinancing transactions using fixed rate swaps or other derivative products, the University should generate 2 percent greater projected savings than the savings guidelines the University would consider for traditional bonds. This threshold will serve as a guideline and will not apply should the transaction, in the University’s sole judgment, help to meet any of the other objectives outlined herein. The higher savings target reflects the greater complexity and higher risk of derivative financial instruments. Such comparative savings analyses will include, where applicable, the consideration of the probability (based on historical interest rate indices, where applicable, or other accepted analytic techniques) of the realization of savings for both the derivative and traditional structures. Such analysis should also consider structural differences in comparing traditional vs. derivative alternatives, e.g., the non-callable nature of derivative transactions.

  1. Use of Tax-exempt vs. Taxable Debt

In general, the University will look to avoid the use of taxable debt where other alternatives are available, including equity financing. However, the University may have to utilize taxable debt in certain situations where Federal tax law limits the use of tax-exempt debt for particular projects, especially those where use of the project includes both private and non-profit purposes. The University may also consider taxable debt under other circumstances where market conditions and debt flexibility make it an appropriate alternative. When utilized, the University will consider structuring taxable debt to shorten its term and allow it to be redeemed at the earliest possible date.

  1. Use of Call Options

The University will consider the use of call options to reduce the University’s overall cost of capital and to provide maximum flexibility in its debt portfolio. The use of non-callable debt beyond 10 years requires the approval of the Finance Committee of the Board of Trustees in that under certain circumstances the sale, disposition, or sharing of an asset financed with tax-exempt debt may require the repayment of such debt first. Moreover, in some interest-rate environments and because of potential future tax changes, long-term non-callable debt may be disadvantageous to the University.

Acceptable Approaches for Debt Structure

  1. Mix of Fixed and Variable Rate Debt, Derivatives, and Other Hedging Products

The University may structure its overall debt portfolio, using a combination of fixed and variable rate debt, to provide an appropriate and prudent balance between interest rate risk and the cost of capital as well as to integrate asset-liability management.

Variable rate debt can be a valuable tool for the University to use in the management of its assets and liabilities. Variable rate debt allows the University greater diversification in its debt portfolio and reduces its overall interest costs. However, the use of variable rate debt increases interest rate risk that the University must consider as the interest rate is subject to market fluctuations and tax risk.

In considering the use of variable rate debt, the University will assess the amount of short-term investments and cash reserves since the earnings from these funds can serve as a natural hedge, offsetting the impact of higher variable rate debt costs. In order to allow assets and liabilities to move in tandem, the University should also consider other strategies such as entering into interest rate swaps under appropriate circumstances, and in accordance with these guidelines.

In general, and as guidance to the appropriate level of variable rate interest-rate exposure as specified within these guidelines, the University should maintain its flexibility and continuously review new products and opportunities to allow it to take advantage of changing interest rate environments and new products or approaches as they become available. In low interest-rate environments, the University should consider ways to lock in low fixed rates through conversions, fixed-rate debt issuance, and either traditional or synthetic refundings. In high interest-rate environments, the University should consider ways to increase variable rate debt exposure and evaluate other alternatives that will allow the University to reduce its overall cost of capital.

The University should consider maintaining a portion of its portfolio in variable rate debt. In doing so, the University will attempt to increase and manage its variable rate exposure in a manner that takes into consideration its investment portfolio and stays within a range of 20 percent to 30 percent variable rate debt as it relates to all of the University’s outstanding indebtedness. Any synthetic fixed-rate debt, achieved through a swap transaction whereby the University swaps underlying variable rate for fixed rate, should not be counted toward this variable rate ceiling.

  1. Approach and Objectives to Interest Rate Swaps

Interest rate swaps and options are appropriate interest rate management tools that can help the University meet important financial objectives. Properly used, these instruments can increase the University’s financial flexibility, provide opportunities for interest rate savings or enhanced investment yields, and help the University manage its balance sheet through better matching of assets and liabilities. Swaps should be integrated into the University’s overall debt and investment management guidelines and should not be used for speculation or leverage.

The total notional amount of interest-rate swaps and options executed by the University will not exceed an amount equal to 50 percent of the total of outstanding debt of the University as a whole. The Vice President for Business Affairs/Treasurer will report to the Finance Committee as outlined in the Ongoing Reporting Requirements (page 16) of the Additional Interest Rate Swap Guidelines in Appendix A.

  1. Rationales for Utilizing Interest Rate Swaps and Options

The University may use interest rate swaps and options if it is reasonably determined that the proposed transaction is expected to:

  • Optimize capital structure, including schedule of debt service payments and/or fixed vs. variable rate allocations
  • Achieve appropriate asset/liability match
  • Reduce risk, including: Interest rate risk, Tax risk, or Liquidity renewal risk
  • Provide greater financial flexibility
  • Generate interest rate savings
  • Enhance investment yields
  • Manage exposure to changing markets in advance of anticipated bond issuances (through the use of anticipatory hedging instruments)
  1. Permitted Instruments

The University may utilize the following financial products on a current or forward basis, after identifying the objective(s) to be realized and assessing the attendant risks.

  • Interest rate swaps, including fixed, floating and/or basis swaps
  • Interest rate caps/floors/collars
  • Options, including swaptions, caps, floors, collars, and/or cancellation or index-based features

The instruments outlined above are only intended to relate to various interest-rate hedging products. They are not intended to encompass other derivative products that the University may consider.

Grant and Financial Contract Administration

This manual has been prepared by the Budget Department Office for the Bryant University community to use in the course of preparing, performing, or administering sponsored projects. It is our intent to accommodate inevitable changes in the sponsored project environment, and we would appreciate any comments or suggestions in order to make the Manual as useful as possible.

Its mission is to provide excellent service to those members of the University community involved in the application for and administration of sponsored projects, in order to protect the University’s interest and to comply with the sponsored project requirements. The Controller’s Office provides financial reports to federal, state, and local governments, and privately funded grants related to any area of the University. It is also this office’s responsibility to provide accurate and timely financial reports through proper financial controls and documentation; establishing guidelines in compliance with OMB, FASB, GAAP; Bryant University policies; and any regulatory requirements.

The Budget Department Office also provides assistance to those individuals seeking external funding. Although it is not this office’s responsibility to write the grant for the applicant, this office will provide guidance through the application phase, particularly in the area of budget preparation.

Department Name: Financial Services
Budget Analyst, Extension 6467
Director of Budget and Financial Planning, Extension 6009

Pre-award Proposal Process

Intent to Submit Form
Those considering applying for external funding should fill out the
Intent to Submit form to inform the Budget Department Office, Vice President of University Advancement, Vice President of Academic Affairs, Vice President of Business Affairs, and AVP of Business Affairs that there is the potential grant application. By submitting this form ahead of time, all parties involved will be made aware of the following:

  • What type of proposal is being submitted: a new application, continuation of a program that is already being funded, or a reapplication of a previous submittal that may have been denied?
  • Who is applying for the grant?
  • Which agency the proposal is being sent to?
  • How much is the proposal for?
  • What is the duration of the project?
  • What are the matching requirements?
  • Will the proposal allow for Indirect Costs?

Intent to submit template 2XXX

Getting Started – Considerations Before Developing A Grant Proposal

While external funds can enhance programs and provide resources not available in Bryant University ’s operating budget, it is important to consider several things before diving into the large task of completing an application. These areas of consideration are referred to as the 6 “Cs”.

Drafting The Proposal – Preliminary Steps

Communicating with Bryant University administration: When a faculty or staff member has plans to develop a research, curriculum development, or service project requiring external funding, she or he should discuss the project with the appropriate principal administrator and the Budget Department Office. Delays can be prevented by seeking advice on sources of support, proposal, and budget preparation, and internal procedures, in the early stages. Administration endorsements will be necessary to approve the use of any divisional space, funds, or reassigned time.

Contacting the sponsor: Preliminary contacts and discussions with a potential sponsor are usually helpful before preparing a proposal.

Reviewing proposal and project guidelines (RFPs): Many larger corporate and private foundations and all government funding sources will provide, on request, guidelines for proposals. Some private foundations offer only simple content requirements as guidance. Follow closely the instructions that are provided. State and federal programs publish Requests for Proposal (RFPs) which are often very detailed in their requirements. It is critical to follow these guidelines. The Budget Department Office will assist you in obtaining and interpreting current guidelines from private, state, and federal sources and share insight on proposals that have been funded in that initiative or by that sponsoring organization.

Developing the Budget

Funding sources require varying degrees of detail in the budget portion of the proposal. Most governmental funding sources require a great degree of detail and usually provide budget forms and instructions for their completion. Contact the Budget Department Office for assistance. Foundations and corporations are less structured in their requirements, but well-planned and complete budgets are critical to funding and to the smooth operation of the project. The Budget Department Office will help with the development of all budgets.

Determine What the Project Will Cost:

You should begin by developing a budget strategy. List the elements of the project that will bear costs, such as personnel, materials, equipment, facilities costs, supplies, evaluation, and travel. The Budget Department Office will work with you to assign specific costs to your list of needs. Most proposal reviewers are skilled at recognizing when budgets and project goals are out of balance. While you should never “pad” a budget with unnecessary or unspecified items, you should always be as thorough as possible in anticipating the real costs of your project and have a contingency plan if you receive less than you requested. Both inadequate and padded budgets will hurt your chances for funding. Inadequate budgets will hurt the project’s chance of success.

Create a Detailed, Accurate and Complete Budget:

Be specific and detailed in your budget. If you plan to purchase a piece of equipment, contact the distributor of the product to determine cost. Be certain to include shipping and installation charges in your equipment budget, and consider the cost of maintenance agreements. If your project involves printing a brochure, contact University Relations for a preliminary estimate of the work. If you must hire staff, be sure you are using the correct wage and benefit scale. The Budget Department Office will be able to help with the correct benefit rate, and wage amounts.

If there will be a time lapse between the application and the project or if the project is multiyear, include a 4 percent salary increase for each year of the project. The quality of thought that you give to the budget preparation will not only produce a better program; it will also increase your chances of obtaining the grant.

There should be no surprises in the budget for the reviewers; all cost in the budget should be tied to specific items in the narrative. Again, most federal and state guidelines contain specific budget categories and forms, and you should always work with the Budget Department Office in developing your budget.

Coordinating On-campus Approvals And The Timelines Involved

All proposals to external funding sources must go through an internal routing process. The proposal, budget, and the Bryant University Internal Approvals Form must be filled in by the Principal Investigator, and signed by the Department or Division Head, the Vice President for Academic Affairs, the Vice President for University Advancement, and the Vice President for Business Affairs, and filed in the Budget Department Office before the proposal is sent to the funding source. This required process applies to continuation grants as well. The purpose of the process and form is to ensure that all parties are informed about the project and approve any cost sharing and commitment of University resources. If you involve the Budget Department Office and the appropriate Vice President in the development of the proposal, this process should be perfunctory.

To facilitate the Bryant University proposal clearance process, please allow a minimum of THREE WEEKS for processing approvals.


It is important that grant proposals submitted on behalf of Bryant University, whether federal, state or private, be carefully reviewed in advance of submission to assure that the purposes of the grant are consistent with the mission of the institution, and that all costs, budget and personnel implications have been adequately addressed internally. Please allow THREE WEEKS for the approval process to be completed. Please contact the Budget Department Office if you have any questions.

internal approval form

Accounts Receivable

Mission Statement


The Bursar’s Office acts as a clearinghouse for various charges and credits that are placed on a student’s account by several different University departments. We manage the billing and collection of student accounts and provide customer service to students and their families. The Bursar’s Office is responsible for the administration and collection of the Federal Perkins Loan Program.

In addition, the Bursar’s Office is responsible for:

  • Departmental Deposits
  • Employee Petty Cash Reimbursement
  • TouchNet UStore Setup
Department Name: Bursar’s Office


  • Director of Student Accounts – (401) 232-6032
  • Assistant Director of Student Accounts – (401) 232-6033
  • Student Accounts Manager – (401) 232-6030
  • Accounting Clerk – (401) 232-6031
E-mail: bursar@bryant.edu
Phone: (401) 232-6030
Fax: (401) 232-6284
Payment Mailing Address: P.O. Box 835


Providence, RI 02901-0835

Location: 1150 Douglas Pike


Smithfield, RI 02917

Office Hours:


Academic Year: Monday – Friday: 8:30 a.m. – 4:30 p.m.

Summer Hours: Monday – Friday: 8:30 a.m. – 4:00 p.m.

Important Links

General Student Billing Information

Undergraduate students admitted to a full-time study program will enroll for 12 to 20 credits per semester with 15 credits being the norm, and they are required to pay the full-time tuition fee for that semester.

Those students carrying more than 20 credits pay the full-time tuition plus a surcharge fee equal to one-twelfth of the full-time semester tuition per credit for each credit over 20.

Traditional undergraduate students who enroll for fewer than 12 credits pay a pro-rata fee equal to one-twelfth of the full-time semester tuition per credit.

The student bill is an electronic, online bill that provides the detail activity for one particular semester. The process to run a bill in Banner is called TSRCBIL.

Prior to the generation of the E-Bill, the tuition fee assessment process (SFRFASC) is tested in audit mode to ensure accurate assessment rules are in place on the tuition billing rules form (SFARGFE). The Bursar’s Office coordinates with Office of the Registrar, Financial Aid, and Residence Life to ensure that registrations are complete, financial-aid packages are posted, and meal and housing assignments have been assigned in Banner. Without this information, a billing invoice is not accurate.

Students will receive E-Bills for payments that are due in August (for the fall semester) and January (for the spring semester) at least 30 days prior to the due date. The due date for the fall semester is August 9 and the due date for the spring semester is January 9 (or the first business day following these dates if they fall on a weekend). If there is a delay in the freshman information (registration, meal plan, housing, etc.) being entered into Banner, an extension is granted on the due date for the tuition bill to allow for a 30-day window between the initial E-Bill and the payment-due date.

The credits and anticipated credits listed on the billing statement include any cash, credit card or check payments, direct financial aid awards, private alternative loans, Federal Direct and/or Federal Perkins Loans, or the balance of the monthly, interest-free budget plan.

The remainder of the bill is shown as a “balance due.” All required financial aid forms, loan applications, and budget plan contract applications must be completed prior to the generation of the E-Bill in order for any anticipated credits to appear on the billing statement. If the necessary paperwork is not submitted at the time the bill is due, the student must pay the balance and request reimbursement after the receipt of financial aid.

Students interested in applying for financial aid are required to complete a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). The deadline for applying:

  • October 1 – February 15 – freshmen
  • March 1– continuing students
  • April 1– transfer students

If an incoming student is awarded a Federal Direct Student Loan, they will be required to complete a Master Promissory Note (MPN). The Direct Student Loan MPN applications are completed electronically via the Department of Education web site prior to the beginning of the academic year.

All federal-aid awards are disbursed as actual credits 30 days after the start of the semester as prescribed by federal regulations.

The Office of the Bursar sends updated E-Bills to students whose accounts have been adjusted since the initial billing statement. This is done every two weeks. All students who owe an outstanding balance as of October 1 for the fall or February 1 for the spring semester will receive a semester bill whether or not they have had any changes/adjustments made to their account. Students also have the option to view their accounts online at the Student Account Center.

Method of Payment

Wire Payments

Bryant University has partnered with Flywire to offer an innovative and streamlined way to make international tuition payments. Flywire’s mission is to save international students and their families money that would otherwise be lost on bank fees and unfavorable foreign exchange rates. With Flywire, you are offered excellent foreign exchange rates, allowing you to pay in your home currency (in most cases) and save a significant amount of money, as compared to traditional banks. In addition, the posting of the payment into your Bryant University account will be faster, you will be able to track where your payment is in the transfer process via a student dashboard and you will be notified via email when it is deposited into our account.  Additional information can be found at: https://www.Flywire.com/school/bryant

Credit Card Payment Policy

Bryant University does not process credit/debit card payments in the Bursar’s Office for student account charges, housing deposits or SIE deposits. A third-party processor (Touchnet) accepts all credit card transactions on behalf of the University via the Student Account Center on the web. The credit cards that will be accepted through Touchnet are as follows: AMEX, MC and DISCOVER. There will be a 2.85% convenience fee associated with all credit card payments.

Students/Parents have the option to pay online with a Web Check without being charged a fee. If a student/parent chooses to pay with a credit card, they will be required to pay via the web and will be directed to Touchnet’s secure network environment in order for the credit card to be processed.

Students and their families will not be charged a convenience fee while making purchases at the Bryant University bookstore, Athletics, Support Services or the Information Desk.

Cash Payment Policy

Students are allowed to make cash payments in person at the Bursar’s Office.  

Section 6050 I of the IRS Code requires that the University must report any cash payment more than $10,000 in one or more related transactions(IRS Form 8300 Filing).  

  • If a student, parent, or third party makes a cash payment in excess of $10,000 on behalf of a student, the University is required to obtain their name and social security number in case it is necessary to file an IRS Form 8300 at a future date.
  • If a cash payment or a combination of a cash payment and a cashier’s check in excess of $10,000 is submitted to the University, the Bursar must be notified.
  • The Bursar is required to complete an IRS Form 8300 and maintain a copy of the form for five years.
  • A copy of the form and a written notification will be sent to the parent/student/third party who made the payment or cumulative cash payments in excess of $10,000.
  • The following information should be kept for at least five years after the payment is made:
    • A copy of the 8300 form
    • A copy of the notification to the student/parent who made the payment
    • Account history for the term in which the payment was made
  • Each month a cumulative cash payment report will be run to ensure that a combination of cash payments/cashier checks do not exceed the $10,000 allowable maximum.

Check Payment Policy

All checks and money orders should be made payable to Bryant University. Envelopes should be addressed to the University’s lockbox address:

Bryant University

P.O. Box 835

Providence, RI 02901-0835

The University does not accept post-dated checks. A $40 fee is assessed to the student’s account if a check is returned from the bank as noncollectable.

A $3.00 fee is assessed to the student’s account for returns via online ACH.

Room and Board Policy


To reserve on-campus housing for an upcoming fall semester, each returning student is required to make an advance room reservation non-refundable deposit of $300 in February of the prior academic year. Housing deposits are made online at the Student Account Center. Students are required to complete an online Housing and Meal Contract to be submitted to the Office of Residence Life. Students are notified by Residence Life of the sign-up schedule.

All outstanding balances must be resolved prior to a student being eligible to participate in the housing lottery. If a student has a credit balance on his/her account, that student is also allowed to use $300 of that credit to pay the housing deposit.


The University requires that all students who reside in the residence hall village and residence halls 14, 15, 16, and 17 enroll in one of the meal plans that are offered. There are no exceptions to this rule except in the case of an extreme medical problem. All requests to forego the meal plan must be made in writing and addressed to the Residence Life Director. Since on-campus townhouses and senior apartments have kitchen facilities, these resident students are not required to purchase a meal plan but may do so if they choose. For further information please refer to the Room and Board Policy.

Students who have a credit balance on their student accounts are allowed to transfer that credit to their Bryant Bulldog Account. The student can do this by logging onto Banner and choosing the bulldog bucks transfer option under the personal information tab.

A student may also purchase additional Bulldog Bucks with cash, check or credit card in the Auxiliary Services Office or at www.bryant.edu/getfunds. All Bulldog Bucks purchased will remain on student accounts until graduation, transfer or withdrawal from the University. Any remaining Bulldog Bucks balance over $25.00 will be applied to the student’s account, and refund checks will be issued by the Bursar in accordance with their normal refund policies. Bulldog Bucks balances less than $25.00 will not be refunded.

Resident students who do not select one of the optional meal programs will be enrolled in the default 14-meal board program. Breakfast, lunch, and dinner are available Monday through Friday; brunch and dinner is served Saturday and Sunday. The standard 14-meal plan gives the student the option to choose 14 of the 19 meals available.

Students enroll in a meal plan when they complete a housing application form each spring.

IMPORTANT: Any change in meal plans must be made during the first week of classes each semester. Meal plan cancellations must be made by the first week of school or students may be charged for a portion of the meal plan cost.

Room and Meal Plan Assignments/Assessments

The Bursar’s Office provides Residence Life with a fee schedule for on-campus housing and meal plans. These fees are entered on the Room/Meal/Phone Code Rules Form (SLALMFE). The fees are associated with a detail code that is associated with the charge on A/R. The Banner system allows the University to charge a daily rate (base rate) or a semester rate (maximum charge). Both the base rate and the maximum charge are set up on SLALMFE. Currently, Residence Life is charging a per semester rate.

Once room and meal plan assignments are determined by the Office of Residence Life, they are entered into the Residence Life StarRez system. An interface is run nightly to upload the assignments into Banner.

To ensure that the appropriate fees will be assessed, the room and meal plan assessment process (SLRFASM) is run in audit mode in Banner. Assignments are verified to ensure that the proper amounts correspond with the appropriate assignments. Residence Life is notified if the fees require adjusting, and the audit fee assessment process is run again until accuracy is achieved.

Any and all changes to housing and/or meal plans must be made at the Office of Residence Life. The Bursar’s Office runs fee assessment every week so that these changes can be updated on the student’s account and an updated E-Bill notification can be E-Mailed to the student.

The residence hall room and board fees can be found at:Tuition/Room/Board Fees.

Payment Plan Options

Students and their families have two payment options available to them:


A family may pay the semester balance in full by the following due dates:

  • August 9
  • January 9


Bryant University offers a 10-month, pay-as-you-go payment, plan to help families budget their tuition and fee payments for the full academic year over a 10-month period rather than paying once per semester on the specified due dates. The plan is offered through:

Tuition Management Systems (TMS)

171 Service Avenue

Second Floor

Warwick, RI 02886

(800) 356-8329


The amount that is budgeted is based on the student’s total expenses minus any financial aid and loans awarded to the student. For an example of calculating a 10-month, interest-free payment plan, visit the Bursar website.

A family can make their monthly payment to Tuition Management Systems by check, money order, or credit card, by mail, telephone or the Internet. For convenience, automatic monthly payments may be made right from a family’s checking or savings account.

It is not Bryant University’s policy to grant extensions for tuition payments. If families are unable to pay under option I or option II, it is recommended that they contact the Office of Financial Aid to discuss borrowing alternatives.

Undergraduate Late Payment Policy

The Bursar’s Office assesses a late fee to any account that is outstanding after all financial aid is posted in October for the fall semester and February for the spring semester.

The late payment penalty is assessed accordingly:

Balance Outstanding
$25 $500 – 1,500
$75 $1,501 – $2,500
$100 $2,501 – $3,000
$150 $3,001 and up

This late fee penalty will also apply to any account that may have an outstanding balance due to a check being returned by the bank as uncollectible (i.e., non-sufficient funds).

The Bursar’s Office will process a one-time late fee waiver if a student or parent contacts the office offering a valid reason for the delay in payment, aid, or loan.

Withdrawal from the University/Tuition Refund Policy

Traditional Undergraduate Student:

A student withdrawing from Bryant must contact the Registrar’s Office and complete a voluntary withdrawal form in order for his/her withdrawal to be official. When leaving the University, students are required to remove all personal property. At the time of the withdrawal/dismissal, the University-leased laptop must be returned. Any damage outlined in the laptop contract will be automatically charged to a student’s account.

Tuition refunds will be calculated as follows:

If written notification is received by the Registrar’s Office by the:

1st week of classes: 80 percent

2nd week of classes: 60 percent

3rd week of classes: 40 percent

4th week of classes: 20 percent

After 4th week of classes: No Refund

Room: No Refund (charged by semester)

Board: Refund is pro-rated (based on days used)

Non-traditional students are also required to officially withdraw from any classes that they may be enrolled in through the Registrar’s Office. The refund rules above will apply when determining a tuition refund.

Students dismissed academically at the end of the first semester are entitled to a refund of all tuition and room and board fees that have been paid for subsequent semesters.

Return of Title IV Federal Financial Aid:

Regulatory guidelines associated with the return of Title IV federal funds require institutions participating in federal student aid programs to utilize very specific measures in effecting financial aid adjustments for students who withdraw from the University. The policy governing the Return of Title IV Federal Financial Aid applies to all federal grant and loan programs: PELL, SEOG, Direct Loans, Stafford Loans, Perkins Loans, and PLUS loans. It does not include the Federal Work-study Program.

In general, a student earns federal financial aid awards (which have been approved and verified) in proportion to the number of days completed in the term prior to the student’s complete withdrawal. The portion of the federal grants and loans that the student is entitled to receive is calculated on a percentage basis by comparing the total numbers of days that the student completed before he/she withdrew. For example: If a student completes 30 percent of the semester, he/she earns 30 percent of the approved federal aid that he/she was originally scheduled to receive for the term.

This policy determines the earned and unearned portions of a student’s Title IV Federal Financial Aid only. It does not affect the student’s charges. Bryant University’s withdrawal policy stated above makes that determination.

Requesting a Student Account Refund

A student’s account may have a credit balance as a result of an overpayment or a financial-aid disbursement.

Refunds due to students for over payment will be issued upon request, after a minimum of 30 days following the date a check has been deposited to a student’s account or a financial-aid disbursement has taken place.

A student can receive a refund by requesting a check or an Electronic Refund. A student is required to provide the University with their banking information by setting up their profile in the Student Account Center.

Graduate Students are entitled to a refund of Title IV overpayments within 14 days of those Title IV payments being credited to their accounts.

A Parent PLUS (Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students) Loan overpayment can also be refunded to the parent within 14 days that the parent PLUS loan was disbursed. The University is not allowed to refund a student for excess parent loan funds unless we have written permission from the parent to refund the student. If a parent would like to grant permission for a refund to be issued to the student, they can e-mail refunds@bryant.edu to make this request.

In order for a student to receive a refund, a refund request form must be completed. A student has the option to visit the Bursar’s Office and complete a form in person or a student can file one electronically by logging into Banner, selecting Student Services and Financial Aid and then Refund Request.

Miscellaneous Student Account Charges

In addition to the traditional tuition, room and board charges on a student’s billing statement, there may be additional miscellaneous charges that are assessed to a student’s account.

Fine: Assessed By (Department):
Alcohol Citation Charge Office of Residence Life
Fire and Safety Violation Office of Residence Life
Dorm Damage Fine Office of Residence Life
Parking Fine Department of Public Safety
Tow Fine Department of Public Safety
Library Charge Library
ID Remake Office of Campus Engagement
DPS Lockout Fee Department of Public Safety
Phone Charge Telecommunications
Non-return Laptop Charge Laptop Central
Laptop Clean-up Fee Laptop Central
Laptop Repair Fee Laptop Central
Laptop Insurance Deductible Fee Laptop Central
Non-return Laptop Component Laptop Central
Computer Printing Charge Information Technology
Audio Visual Charge Information Technology
Key Replacement Charge Facilities
FOB Replacement Charge Facilities
General Issue Fee Athletics

If a student desires to appeal any of these charges, he/she must contact the department from which the charge originated.

Residence Life Fine – Other Residence Life
Residence Life Educational Program Fee Residence Life
Fire Alarm Fee Residence Life



Insurance for Students

Optional Coverage for Students

Bryant University endorses the following optional insurance plans that are offered to students. Information brochures, and/or applications are mailed to resident students each year during the summer.

Student Health Insurance

The University requires that all students provide documentation of health insurance. Course registration cannot be completed without this information. Accident and illness insurance is available to all full time students who wish to purchase the University-sponsored plan through University Health Plans. The cost for the 2018-2019 academic year will be $2,011.00. The policy is in effect from August 15 through August 14, yearly.

Each year, students must log onto www.universityhealthplans.com to complete and submit online enrollment or waiver form. They may also download brochure describing student insurance coverage, look for participating doctors and hospitals, review frequently asked questions and e-mail questions to University Health Plans. Information on this insurance can be obtained at the Health Services Office.

Graduate School Financial Policy

Tuition invoices are E-Mailed to Graduate students once registration has begun for a semester. The student is E-Billed every two weeks throughout the registration period in order to capture any new registrations.

Graduate students are required to pay their tuition in full by August 9th for the fall semester and January 9th for the spring semester unless they provide the University with a third-party authorization indicating that a payment will be made directly to the University.The third-party authorization must be submitted to the Bursar’s Office each semester no later than the said due date.

If, by the said due dates, an account remains outstanding, a $75 late fee will be assessed to the account. A registration and transcript hold will also be placed on the account. The student will not be allowed to register for the following semester until his/her balance is resolved. For information regarding tuition Fees, seeTuition/Room/Board Fees.

For additional information, students should contact the Graduate School Office at (401) 232-6230.

Bryant University PA Program

Bryant University PA Program – The Physician Assistant’s program is a 27-month, 126 semester hour course of study leading to a Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies Degree.  The program consists of 9 twelve week terms.  The program must be completed within 5 years of initial entry/matriculation.

The Bursar’s Office is responsible for the billing and collection of your student tuition account.  All tuition and fee billing will be done through electronic bills through the Student Account Center.  A notification will be sent to your Bryant e-mail that your E-bill is ready for viewing approximately 30 days prior to the due date.    Term start dates are January, March, June, and September.

Bryant University’s Bursar’s Office will manage all refunds of tuition.    Fees are non-refundable.

A student withdrawing from Bryant University must contact the Office of the Registrar and the Physician Assistant’s Program Director in writing and complete a voluntary withdrawal form in order for his/her withdrawal to be official.

1st week –           80%

2nd week –          60%

3rd week –           40%

4th week –           20%

After 4th week – 0%

Due to the nature of the PA Program, single courses may not be dropped or added.   All coursework must be completed in sequence.

The Bryant University Office of Financial Aid will coordinate financial aid services for any student requiring student loans.

Students will be required to obtain health insurance through Bryant University.   The program includes the cost of these policies in the Student Fees.

Charges for Clinical Remediation and Repeated Clinical Term Rotation(s)

Currently, the total cost of tuition is divided equally among-st the 9 terms that a student must complete. Each term has a unique credit hour based on the class and the term.

Term 1:          14 credits                                                                        1/9 Tuition

Term 2:          19 credits                                                                        1/9 Tuition

Term 3:           22 credits                                                                       1/9 Tuition

Term 4:           23 credits                                                                       1/9 Tuition

Terms 5-9       48 credits (8-12 credits per clinical term)                 5/9 Tuition

Total:             126 credits

Clinical remediation is non-credit bearing for which fees are charged. Repeated clinical rotations are credit bearing and students shall be charged tuition based on per-credit cost of clinical term tuition (1/48th of 5/9 total program tuition) for the term for which they are registered. Each clinical rotation is 4 credits.

Clinical Remediation Scenario: A student must do remedial work prior to beginning the 12-week clinical cycle in order to improve their GPA and be ready for the clinical cycle.

Remedial Term Charges: Students having to do such remedial work will be charged $2500 which represents a Remedial Instruction Fee of $2000 and a Library and Computer Access Fee of $500. The remedial work is non-credit bearing and will delay the start of clinical rotations by one term.

Extra Clinical Term Charges: They then will be required to take 2 clinical rotations in an extra term at the end of their program to complete all degree requirements. The tuition charge for this extra term would be the per-credit cost of two 4-credit clinical rotations, or 8/48 or 5/9 total program tuition.

Repeated Clinical Rotation Scenario: A student must repeat a clinical that they have failed. This would add an extra term to the student’s program. For each clinical rotation that is repeated, tuition will be charged at the per-credit cost of the 4-credit clinical, or 4/48 of 5/9 total program tuition. Students may repeat a maximum of two clinical rotations for a maximum additional charge of 8/48 of 5/9 total program tuition.


Non-Traditional Student Financial Policy

Undergraduate Non-Traditional (Part-Time) students are notified via their Bryant University e-mail that an E-Bill is ready to be viewed once a student registers for a particular semester. E-Bill notifications are sent periodically throughout (typically every two weeks) the registration period in order to capture any new registrations and/or changes on the student account.

Undergraduate Non-Traditional (Part-Time) students are required to pay their tuition in full by the August 9 and/or January 9 semester due dates unless they provide the University with a third-party authorization indicating that a payment will be made directly to the University. The third-party authorization must be submitted to the Bursar’s Office each semester no later than the August 9 and/or January 9 due dates or the Late Payment Policy will apply.

While an account remains outstanding, a registration and transcript hold will also be placed on the account. The student will be prohibited from registration and will be unable to request an official transcript until their student account balance is resolved.

Student Account Collection Policy

Registered Students

Registered students are required to pay their accounts by August 9 for the fall semester and January 9 for the spring semester or by the first business day following these dates if they fall on a weekend. If the student’s account is not paid by the said due date, a late fee (see Late-fee Policy for additional information) will be assessed to the account and financial holds may be placed on the account.

Financial Holds

Transcript Hold – University policy states that an official transcript will not be granted to a student unless he/she has completelyfulfilled his/her financial obligation to the University.

Registration Hold – University policy states that if a student owes $1,000 or more at the time of pre-registration, he/she will not be allowed to register for a future semester until he/she has fulfilled his/her financial obligation for the current semester.

Schedule Cancellation

At the discretion/option of the University, a student’s schedule may be cancelled before classes begin if satisfactory financial arrangements have not been made between the student and the Bursar’s Office.

Inactive Students

Students who leave the University owing a balance must contact the Bursar’s Office within seven (7) business days of their departure to make payment arrangements for the debt owed to the University. A transcript hold and registration hold is automatically placed on a student’s account until his/her financial obligation has been fulfilled.

The Bursar’s Office will send two monthly invoices to a student for the balance owed. The Bursar’s Office will work with any student to arrange a monthly payment plan in order to resolve an account balance. It is important for anyone owing a balance to keep the Bursar’s Office informed of any change in address, telephone number, etc.

If there is no response from the former student, the University may find it necessary to send the unpaid fees to a collection agency for collection. If an account is assigned to an outside collection agency, the student loses the opportunity to deal with the University directly. The student will be responsible to pay any reasonable collection fees and/or legal fees associated with said collection of the amount owed to Bryant University. Also, once assigned to an outside collection agency, the account will be reported to a national credit bureau as a past-due debt.

Once an account has been assigned to a collection agency, the former student must deal directly with that agency.

Below is a list of collection agencies used by Bryant University:

General Revenue Corporation (GRC) (800) 234-6258
Williams & Fudge (800) 849-9791

IRS Form 1098-T

Enrolled students have online access to their 1098 form through Banner Self Service and are able to print the form if required. The Bursar’s Office will send a paper copy to all students who have graduated or who have withdrawn from the University and no longer have access to their online Banner Self Service account.

The 1098-T form is used to assist students and families in determining if you are eligible for an Education Tax Credit or a Tuition and Fees Deduction.  Bryant University is required to produce the 1098-T by IRS regulations.  The 1098-T form is provided each year on or before January 31.  The information contained in the 1098-T will help you determine if you may claim one of the two tax credits, the American Opportunity Credit or the Lifetime Learning Credit, or a Tuition and Fees Deduction.

1098-T and Social Security Numbers:  Per state, federal and IRS guidelines, Bryant University will request that all students provide their Social Security Number (SSN) for reporting purposes.  Failure to provide Bryant University with an SSN may result in a registration hold and/or being fined by the IRS in accordance with Internal Revenue Code Section 6723.

1098-T Data:  The data reported on the 1098-T is based on the tax year (not the academic year).  Box 2 displays the total amount the student was billed for qualified tuition and related expenses in the tax year.  Box 5 displays the total amount of any scholarships and grants administered and processed during the tax year for the payment of student’s cost of attendance.   PLEASE NOTE:  Payments are not reported on this form.

Students should refer all tax-related questions to their own tax counsel. Students may get additional information from IRS Publication 970, Tax Benefits for Higher Education, or visit the Internal Revenue Service web site:


Departmental Cash Receipt/Deposit Policy

Departments receive cash or checks for a variety of different transactions. Audit guidelines require proper internal control when handling cash receipts. Department managers are responsible for implementing an internal control system that ensures the following:

  • Proper segregation of duty where one individual is not responsible for both the billing and collections of cash.
  • Security procedures. The cash or check(s) must be locked in a departmental safe and in a secure environment.
  • Deposits are made in a timely fashion. Deposits should be made on a daily basis. It is not necessary to wait for the collection of several checks to make a deposit.
  • A deposit receipt will be issued by the Bursar’s Office at the time of the deposit to verify that the deposit has been received. After the deposit has been processed in Banner, a system generated receipt will be submitted to the department.
  • The Department manager is required to review the Banner Financial Reports and the deposit receipts to ensure the deposits are being recorded properly.

Departments should confirm that deposits being submitted include the following:

  • All cash should be counted and an adding machine tape should be run to verify the cash and check total.
  • A complete account number (FOAPAL) including organization and account number is required.
  • Verify credit card batch totals in the same manner.

Completed deposits, along with cash, checks and credit card batches, should be delivered to the Bursar’s Office. Important: Cash should never be sent via Campus Mail!

  • Departments should not accept or forward any foreign currency.

If a department receives checks via the US mail, it is important that the checks be addressed appropriately for faster delivery. The check makers must use proper and complete addresses. At present, many incoming checks are addressed only to “Bryant University, 1150 Douglas Pike, Smithfield, RI 02917.” Although all checks must be payable to Bryant University, the second line of the address can indicate a department or an individual where the check should be delivered.

The memo portion of the check should also indicate the department or provide a description of the transaction. Departments must supply this information to the payer in order to ensure proper routing once a check arrives on campus. On a personal check, the memo portion is the lower left corner of the check; on business checks, the memo portion is usually a separate sheet, often attached to the check. The more information provided, the faster the check is routed to the appropriate department.

When checks are received and are not payable to Bryant University, an authorized department designee must endorse the check(s) over to the University by hand. This is done by endorsing the check on the back. For example:

Pay to the order of Bryant University

Endorsements should be done at the very top of the check in order to leave sufficient room for the Bursar’s Office to endorse the check. Never, under any circumstances, should any additions or alterations be made to the front of a check.

Tips on handling cash, checks and credit card payments within your department:

All cash should group bills together by denomination and ensure that all bills are right-side up and facing the same way.

All checks should be carefully examined when received by a department. Please check the following:

  • Current date (check is less than 90 days old)
  • Text amount on the check agrees with numeric amount
  • Check is payable to Bryant University (see above)
  • Check is payable in US dollars
  • Check is signed by maker
  • Check amount is in compliance with any restrictions on the face of the check, e.g. “amounts over $10,000 require two signatures,” or “not valid for more than $5,000.00”
  • Check is written on a US bank, or, if a foreign bank, that the face of the check shows that it is payable at a bank with a US address.

All Credit Card Transactions must be secured and accessed by employees who are required on a need-to-know basis and it is necessary for them to perform their job duties.

The following information is required by the Cashier’s Office for credit card transactions:

  • A completed deposit slip for each credit card batch.
  • An attached credit card Detail Report and Settlement Report .

Please contact the Bursar’s Office at 401-232-6030 if you have any questions or need assistance.

Petty Cash Reimbursement

Petty cash is money that is kept on hand in the Bursar’s Office for minor departmental expenditures such as supplies or reimbursement of mileage that is job related. It is distributed between the hours of 8:30-11:30, Monday through Friday. The maximum reimbursement amount for each expenditure is $75.

Petty Cash Guidelines:

  • Green Petty cash vouchers can be obtained in the Bursar’s Office.
  • All petty cash forms must be signed by the required department head or authorized department director.
  • A complete account number is required. No petty cash is to be distributed unless the number is complete.
  • The petty cash limit is $75. Customers may not submit more than one petty-cash voucher for the same expense to meet the $75 limit. Any expenses over $75 will require a check request and reimbursement through the Accounts Payable department.
  • All receipts must be present at the time petty cash is given out.
  • When being reimbursed for mileage, it is necessary to attach a copy of the driving directions in order to provide an accurate mileage reading.


Federal Perkins Loan Program

The Bursar’s Office manages the Federal Perkins Loans once a student has left Bryant University or is enrolled less than half-time. Once a Federal Perkins Loan borrower ceases to be enrolled at least half-time, the Financial Aid Office will contact the student in order to set up an online exit interview. The exit interview is a federal requirement and its purpose it to review amounts owed to the University, to review the rights and responsibilities as a student loan borrower, and to sign a repayment schedule. A Federal Perkins loan is entitled to a nine-month grace period before repayment begins. During the nine-month grace period, a student borrower will be notified when the grace period will end and when repayment will begin. Repayment of the loan may extend over a 10-year period.

The loan bears a five percent interest rate on the unpaid balance of the principal. The interest starts to accrue at the beginning of the repayment period. Special deferment and cancellation privileges are available. Students are informed of the provisions and responsibilities associated with these loans in the first and final years of their enrollment through entrance- and exit-interview counseling.

The University uses a third party for Perkins billing: University Accounting Service. However, all questions regarding the repayment, deferment, cancellation, and record keeping of the Perkins Loan can be directed to the Bursar’s office.

If you are currently a Federal Perkins Loan borrower and would like to apply for a deferment, forbearance, cancellation, make a payment online, or check the status of your account online, please visit www.uaservice.com and follow the Student/Borrower link. The web site will provide you will the regulations governing your loan and allow you to download any forms that you may need to defer or postpone your payments.

Records Retention

Office Responsible
Minimum Retention Policy
A/R Aging Reports Bursar’s Office Retain for five years, and then transfer to University Storage Area
A/R Audit Files & Reports Bursar’s Office Retain for five years, and then transfer to University Storage Area
A/R Billing Files Bursar’s Office Retain for 10 years, then destroy (only if account PIF)
A/R Daily Reconciliation Reports Bursar’s Office Retain for five years, then destroy
Feeds to Finance Bursar’s Office Retain for five years, then destroy
A/R General Correspondence Bursar’s Office Retain for one year, then destroy
A/R Monthly Reports: Bursar’s Office Retain for five years, then destroy
A/R Reconciliation Bursar’s Office Retain for five years, then destroy
Tuition Revenue Bursar’s Office Retain for five years, then destroy
Collections Report Bursar’s Office Retain for five years, then destroy
Assessment Reports Bursar’s Office Retain for five years, then destroy
A/R Policy Manual Bursar’s Office Retain until updated
A/R Student Write-Off Accounts Bursar’s Office Retain permanently
Collection Agency Statements Bursar’s Office Retain for five years, then transfer to University Storage Area
Federal Perkins Loan Promissory Notes Bursar’s Office Retain for three years after paid in full, then destroy

Accounts Payable

Mission Statement

Accounts Payable (A/P) strives to ensure the expedient and accurate processing of all payables for the University while adhering to appropriate accounting practices and internal controls. We are also dedicated to providing quality customer service to Bryant departments and to our vendors.

Department Name: Accounts Payable
  • Accounts Payable Supervisor, Ext. 6019
  • Accounts Payable Assistant, Ext. 6569


General Procedures

  • All invoices received by A/P are date stamped and sent to the appropriate department for processing in banner.
  • Invoices may be sent directly to departments by the vendor for processing.
  • The Accounts Payable Office produces checks weekly.
  • A/P also processes SUA credit card payments weekly.
  • The Controller’s office funds wires and ACH payments weekly.

Submit To Information and Lead Times

All invoices are processed through Banner and must route through all approval queues. Payments are issued once the invoice clears the final approval queue, this includes the NSF (Non-Sufficient Funds) queue and the over $10K queue. Departments are responsible for payment due dates based on the University net terms. SUA e-payables vendors are reviewed with priority over paper check vendors. Paper checks are usually issued within our net 30 terms.

Any check that needs to be picked up by the department should use the “Check pickup address”.

All requests for rushes should be sent to AP@bryant.edu and include the Banner I# and vendor name.
Expense reimbursements, student refunds, e-payables invoices, wire payments and ACH payments are not aged.

Vendor Invoice Mailing Address

Bryant University
Attn: Accounts Payable
1150 Douglas Pike
Smithfield, RI 02917

Electronically submitted invoices should be sent to AP@bryant.edu or to the department’s electronic address.

Important: All Vendor invoices must reference Bryant University’s Purchase Order number, if applicable. If a Bryant University Purchase Order is not used, then a reference to the departmental organization number is required or the person’s name who placed the order.

State Tax Exemption

Bryant University is not liable for state sales tax as it is a tax-exempt organization. For purchases, employees should give all vendors the University’s corresponding state tax-exempt number. State exemption forms are available from the Accounts Payable Department. The exempt states and exempt numbers are listed below:

Rhode Island: 161
Massachusetts: 050 258 810

New York: EX 217806
Florida: 85-8012611632C-1
Connecticut: exemption by event contact A/P
Illinois: E99315092
New Jersey: 050258810000

Invoices containing sales tax must be returned to vendor for revisions and not amended (short paid) on an invoice..

Tax Reporting Requirements

The IRS requires the University to maintain a W9 Form/W-8BEN Form from all payees for year-end 1099 reporting purposes. The original W9/W8 form is kept secured in the A/P office and all information is kept in each vendor file (FTMVEND).  A/P uses the IRS tin check service to verify all W9 information.

Wire and ACH Payments

Wire and ACH payments are processed through Banner and set up by the Controller’s Office. ACH is the preferred method of payment over wires. Should the department choose to pay by wire, the department will incur an additional $25 for each wire processed. No fee will be charged to the department for ACH payments. The following needs to be provided on the indexed back up of each invoice.

Domestic Wire and ACH Information needed: Vendor Bank Name
    ABA Number (specify for Wire or for ACH)
Reference Number
Vendor Bank Account Number
Foreign Wire Information needed: Bank Name
     Branch Location
Account Name
Account Number
Swift Code

Payment of Purchase Order Invoices

The University’s process relating to the payment of purchase orders (PO) is as follows:

Departments process their own purchase orders that route through Banner approval queues. Once a PO clears the final queue, a copy of the PO is sent to the vendor by the Purchasing Department if required.

A purchase order is created.

A copy of the purchase order is then sent to the originating department.

After goods are received by Bryant, an invoice is sent by the vendor to Bryant University.

The invoice must contain the purchase order number.

The information on the purchase order must match the invoice. Any discrepancies require a change order.

Any invoice over 5k requires a purchase order.  All purchases of furniture, technology and software require a purchase order for any dollar amount.

Any invoice equal to or under $5k is processed as a direct expense.

Invoices are entered by the department into Banner and route through the approval queues.

Any invoice over $5K that does not have a Purchase Order requires an exemption authorization from the Vice President of Business Affairs (VPBA).

Direct Pay

All direct pay invoices are keyed into Banner by the individual departments.

  1. Mailing Instructions: If the check needs to be picked up, the keyer will use the “check pickup” address. Checks are picked up in the A/P department.
  2. Vendor Name: Vendor name on the invoice must match W9/W8
  3. Payment remit to address:  should be listed on an invoice.  Any request to change/add a remit to address must be confirmed by the A/P department and cannot be done via email.
  4. Invoice must be billable to Bryant University.
  5. Invoices should have preprinted invoice numbers.
  6. Invoices can only be processed once goods have been received or services rendered. If you have a deposit invoice please contact A/P.
  7. Invoices must contain a description of goods or services and must include a service period if applicable.  Terms such as monthly, quarterly, annually, etc. are not sufficient, specific dates are required.

Travel Advance, Reconciliation, Reimbursement

Preparing a Travel Advance Request (Accounts Payable will enter all travel advance requests)

PURPOSE: To request the University to advance monies for an upcoming trip or event.


  1. NAME: Enter name of person who will be receiving monies.
  2. DEPARTMENT:Enter department name. (Account numbers do not go in this area.)
  3. PURPOSE OF TRIP:Enter purpose of trip.
  4. ADDRESS:Enter address where Accounts Payable will mail check.
  5. PART 3:Provide details of Trip (Place, Dates, etc.) This information is required. Invoice numbers will be generated by the “keyer” based on travel/event/receipt dates.

Enter the amount of Advance requested.

  1. ACCOUNT DISTRIBUTION: Enter Fund Number 11020 and Account Number 14630. (This Fund and Account Number is used exclusively for Travel Advances and should not be used at any other time.)

Print the request.

Sign the form above the Signature of Traveler line.

Have the request approved by your departmental supervisor. Travel advances do not route through approval queues other than A/P.

**Future travel or business expense reimbursements will not be processed until outstanding advances have been reconciled. All travel advance reconciliations must be processed within 30 days of the return from trip.

Banner Navigation For Accounts Payable Inquiries




Query by Banner invoice number, purchase order number or payment number

  • Enter Document type INV – for inquiry by invoice (this is Banner generated document number)

Enter Document type PO – for inquiry by purchase order number

Enter Document type CHK – for inquiry by check number

  • “Tab”
  • Type Invoice Number, Purchase Order Number or Payment Number in the Doc. Code field.
  • Next Block Icon
  • Click on the area you wish to view

To view status of document, click on View Status Indicators in left column and match to the status indicators on the right of the Doc. Code numbers.

You may also research all invoices processed for a specific vendor by using FAIVNDH and inputting the specific vendor’s id number.  Please contact A/P for documentation on how to perform this process and any other Banner function.

Non-resident Alien Tax Policy Guidelines

Bryant University is required by the IRS to comply with specific federal tax withholding and reporting regulations when issuing payments to non-resident alien individuals. The types of payments affected include compensation, wages, honoraria, scholarships, fellowships, gifts, prizes, awards and, in some cases, reimbursement for travel expenses. The general IRS rule is to withhold taxes at a rate of 30% for all payments made to non-resident alien individuals performing services in the United States.

All payments to nonresident aliens or foreign vendors require a completed form W8.  A/P provides necessary information to HR for tax reporting purposes.

Moving Expenses

When an employee is relocated from one workplace to another or relocates to begin a new job, for certain positions and depending on circumstances, the employer may provide a moving allowance in consideration of costs associated with the move.  Reimbursements for moving expenses must be approved by the President or the divisional Vice President and be coordinated in advance with the Human Resources department.  Details on the University’s relocation policy are available as needed through Human Resources.


The Purchasing Department of Bryant University is responsible for overseeing the procurement practices, as well as the purchasing policies and procedures of the University that include travel and entertainment as well as the Procurement Card.

The Purchasing Department will provide superior Customer Service by strategically determining the needs of Internal Customers, finding qualified suppliers and selecting the supplier that will provide the best value to the University and University Community.

The purchasing process can be complex with its various guidelines and procedures. In an effort to assist the Bryant Community, brief training sessions and/or reviews discussing the purchasing process are available for new employees or entire departments.

Please feel free to or stop by the Purchasing Department with any questions or concerns regarding Purchasing procedures.  Job-aids on several topics are available to assist users with the process.

Strategic Sourcing — The Bryant Purchasing Department will take a strategic look at the needs of the entire University when conducting bids. This Strategic Sourcing strategy will not only provide value to multiple departments but will provide greater savings by increasing volumes utilizing common supplier purchases on behalf of the entire University.

Sustainable Purchasing – Whenever possible, items will be purchased which contain recycled content and/or are considered sustainable.  These sustainable suppliers will be required to provide Bryant with annual reports, showing the quantity and dollar value of products purchased.  Efforts will also be made to assure that suppliers of services operate on campus in a manner that is environmentally friendly.


Academic Year: Monday – Friday: 8:30 am – 4:30 pm                                                               Summer Hours: Monday – Friday: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm

  • Assistant Director of Purchasing, Ext. 6018
  • Purchasing Assistant, Ext. 6578

Purchasing Policy

Throughout the following sections, you will find detailed information that will help guide you through your purchasing experience both efficiently and thoroughly.

For further information concerning technology purchases (hardware and software), please consult the Information Technology Help Desk website – IT Help Desk.

Any time you have questions, please do not hesitate to call Purchasing at Ext. 6018, or feel free to stop by our office for assistance.


The Purchasing Department has significant experience in Supplier Management, and at any time, anyone may request assistance for the sourcing of qualified suppliers, the review of quotes, and/or the best value analysis of supplier pricing. The Purchasing Department is also available to assist with contract negotiation on behalf of the University.

Purchasing guidelines based on pricing are detailed below. In addition, please consult the commodity-specific purchase section.

Purchases $5,000 and under

Orders $5,000.00 and under do not require a purchase order.  An organization number should be given to the supplier and used as a reference number for billing purposes. Should a supplier require a purchase order, please follow the purchase order guidelines.

Purchases greater than $5,000 and less than or equal to $10,000

Purchases of goods or services greater than $5,000 and less than or equal to $10,000 require at least three (3) verbal-quote-form.  Please use Appendix 2 and attach the verbal-quote-form, along with the backup, to the purchase order.

Purchases greater than $10,000 and less than or equal to $25,000

Purchases of goods or services greater than $10,000 and less than or equal to $25,000 require at least three (3) written quotes. The requesting department provides written specifications of the required products or services to suppliers and acquires their written quote on company stationery or via business email.  (These quotes are maintained by Accounts Payable for 7 years and act as a permanent record for auditing purposes per IRS guidelines.)  A spreadsheet with an analysis of the quotes should be completed by the department and attached to the purchase order along with all quotes received.

The following items are excluded from the quote process:  (PO’s are still required)

  • Subscriptions to professional publications
  • Proprietary software licenses
  • Maintenance contracts for installed equipment when only provided by the manufacturer or Value Added Resellers (VAR)
  • Maintenance contracts for capitalized (Over $5,000 original cost) equipment
  • Conference fees and/or memberships for professional organizations
  • Legal services, specialized consulting services, and investment advisory services
  • Artists and performers
  • Architectural and professional engineering services

Purchases greater than $25,000

All purchases greater than $25,000 require a formal RFP.  Please refer to the RFP Process.

For any services greater than $25,000 that you wish to be excluded from the RFP/Bid Process, a Preferred Supplier Form or Sole source Justification Form may be utilized.  This form must be submitted to the Purchasing Office and approved by the Assistant Director of Purchasing prior to the commencement of services. Please refer to the Other Considerations or Preferred Supplier sections for information.


  • Purchases of goods or services greater than $5,000 and less than or equal to $10,000 require at least three (3) verbal quotes. Please use Appendix 2 and attach the verbal-quote-form along with the backup, to the purchase order.
  • For purchases greater than $10,000 but less than or equal to $50,000, three written quotes are required.
    • Construction related purchases only – For purchases greater than $10,000 but less than or equal to $20,000, no written quotes are required. If there are no quotes, costs must be detailed in the purchase order.
    • When a contractor is already on campus performing services, and similar type services of less than or equal to $25,000 become necessary within the University, Campus Management may request a supplementary written quote from the current contractor. This quote and a memo justifying continued contractor service must be sent to the VPBA for approval prior to the contractor performing the additional job(s). After approval, both the memo and quote should be submitted with a purchase order. (For additional jobs of over $25,000, 3 written quotes are required.)
  • For projects greater than $50,000 but less than or equal to $100,000, contractor services must be bid through an RFQ Form (Appendix 5).
  • For construction, major building repair, and upgrade projects totaling more than $100,000, an RFP must be done.
  • Furniture, fixtures and equipment associated with these projects must adhere to the standard $25,000 RFP threshold.
  • Time and Material Purchases: In cases where time or circumstance make competitive bidding of certain construction services impractical the Vice President of Business Affairs may authorize contracting for services on a time and material basis. In such a case, the project manager will submit a purchase order that clearly describes the project scope and the names of all contractors and subcontractors expected to be involved in the work. The purchase order generated by Campus Management should list the hourly rates for all significant trades including burden for general and administrative expenses as well as rental rates for equipment employed in the work. All Bryant standard terms and conditions will apply.The contractor will be required to provide a detailed invoice matching the work performed for each application. Each application will provide detail on labor hours, equipment hours, and material utilized. Backup must accompany showing actual costs for material and any markup. The project manager will be required to certify the accuracy of all claims as well as assuring that the contractor has worked diligently to complete the scope of work.

A Preferred Supplier or Sole Source Justification Form may be utilized for any specialized service.

Please refer to the Other Considerations, Preferred Supplier, RFQ Process, or RFP Process, sections for more information.

Emergency Building Repairs

Under the responsibility of Campus Management, emergency repair parts or services are exempted from the Purchase Order, RFQ and RFP process.  In this case, a check request is utilized for payment which must include an explanation of the emergency and repair.


Furniture – All furniture purchases made to supplement an existing office, regardless of cost, will be sourced by the Purchasing Department and will require a purchase order.  No furniture may be purchased with a Procurement Card (P-Card). Please contact the Purchasing Department at x 6018 for assistance.

Furniture related to office or building renovations are handled by a Project Manager in the Facilities Department.

Computer Hardware, Software and Maintenance Agreements – All hardware and software requests must be directed to the Help Desk.  All software maintenance agreements should be approved by Information Services prior to purchase.

Computer Equipment, Multifunctional Devices & Printers – All requests must be directed to the Help Desk.  Equipment will then be sourced and purchased through Information Services.

General Office Equipment – Office Equipment such as large capacity shredders, laminators, etc., will be sourced and purchased through the Purchasing Department.

Construction and Building Services – Please contact Campus Management.


Suppliers falling under the following three categories do not require bids regardless of amount.

  • Sole Source Supplier – A sole source supplier is exclusively able to provide a unique product and/or service required by the University.
  • Proprietary Supplier – A proprietary supplier provides equipment that will maintain, interface directly with, or attach to equipment of the same manufacturer, and no other manufacturer’s products or services will correctly interface with the existing equipment. Common examples are supplementation of existing classroom equipment, elevators, lab equipment, security systems, etc., which can only be serviced or supplied by the manufacturer or a single supplier.
  • Brand Name Specified – A brand name may be specified by an executive officer of Bryant University, or a designer or engineer who excludes consideration of proposed “equals.”

When using a Sole Source/Proprietary Supplier, it is necessary to include the sole-source-justification-form (Appendix 3) and attach it to the purchase order.  If the exception is found to be unwarranted, the Purchasing Department will research the item or service and provide the department with a list of additional qualified suppliers. Competitive quotes should then be obtained by the department. The sole source/proprietary documentation will remain on file as part of the official procurement documents and may be subject to audit or review by interested parties.


A preferred supplier status eliminates the need to obtain quotes for certain products and/or services but does not eliminate the need to create a purchase order.  Preferred Supplier status is valid for three years from date of approval; however if an approved supporting contract states the contract is longer than 3 years, then the contracted term will apply.

Please contact Purchasing for further assistance.

Establishing Preferred Suppliers

In order to establish a Preferred Supplier status, a supplier must meet the following criteria:

  • Competitive and consistent pricing
  • Timely delivery of product
  • Exceptional Service
  • Familiarity with campus needs
  • Adherence to University policies

Departments are then required to follow the steps below.

  1. Obtain three written quotes for three separate purchase requests with each request being over $5,000 or conduct an RFPs/Bid Process for purchases totaling over $25,000 annually.
  2. Complete the preferred-supplier-form, (Appendix 4).

All quotes and information should be forwarded to the Purchasing Office for review.  Supplier approval will then be determined by the Assistant  Director of Purchasing in consultation with the VPBA and departments will be notified once a vendor is approved. Suppliers may be removed from the Preferred Vendor list for low volume or lack of business transacted during any given 12 month period.

Preferred Supplier Renewal Process

In order to preserve the integrity of Bryant University’s purchasing practices, the status of all Preferred Suppliers will be reviewed every 3 years using the steps shown above.


It is the duty of anyone who comes in contact with quotes, specifications, drawings or any other materials submitted by a supplier to keep that information strictly confidential, not sharing any information with any outside company, agency or any Bryant personnel that are not directly connected with the bids or project.

**Exceptions to purchasing policy are made exclusively by the Vice President for Business Affairs**


Purchase Orders

A Purchase Order is a contract between Bryant University and a supplier and contains detailed information about the goods or services ordered. (delivery, price, payment terms, length of contract or services, etc.)  The purchase order also contains the Terms and Conditions required by state and federal laws and by University policy.

Please note:  An internal purchase order is used to encumber budgeted funds for the procurement of goods and/or services but the Purchase Order is not transmitted to the supplier.

If repeated purchases are to be made from the same supplier for the same type of commodity or service within a fiscal year, the originating department may request a Blanket Purchase Order (BPO) by indicating this within the body of the purchase order. The Purchasing Department encourages the use of BPO’s for goods or services where it is advantageous from a pricing point of view.  BPO’s are not exempt from the quote/bid process, however, they eliminate the need for multiple requisitions for items such as leases, rentals, cell phone, utilities, etc.

The purchase order, along with all required quotes or contract copies, is entered on-line into Banner and upon final approval, a copy is transmitted to the requestor and supplier, based on the delivery method.  The process also encumbers budgeted funds at the time of final approval.

Please note that all purchase orders immediately encumber the entire amount of the purchase order. If an order is canceled, any unused funds are released from encumbrance making the funds available to the department for other purchases.

General Purchasing Requirements
Amount Method Requirement
$5,000 and under P-Card or Check Request
Over $5,000 to $10,000 Purchase Order 3 Verbal Quotes obtained by Requestor (see exclusions) – shown on verbal quote form (Appendix 2)
Over $10,000 to $25,000 Purchase Order 3 Written Quotes – Obtained by Requestor (See exclusions)
Over $25,000 Purchase Order Full RFP / Bid Process (Except for Sole Source and Preferred Supplier)
General Purchasing Requirements – Campus Management Only
Amount Method Requirement
$5,000 and under P-Card or Check Request
Over $5,000 to $10,000 Purchase Order 3 Verbal Quotes obtained by Requestor (see exclusions) – shown on verbal quote form (Appendix 2)
Over $10,000 to $50,000 Purchase Order 3 Written Quotes – Obtained by Requestor (See exclusions)
Over $50,000 to $100,000 Purchase Order Full RFQ / Bid Process (Except for Sole Source, Preferred Supplier and Emergency Work)
Over $100,000 Purchase Order Full RFP / Bid Process (Except for Sole Source, Preferred Supplier and Emergency Work)


W-9 forms are required from all suppliers. When entering a purchase order, if the supplier of choice is found to be new or inactive, the requisitioner is responsible for obtaining a current W-9 from the supplier, which should then be forwarded to Accounts Payable.

Delivery Address

For all orders, please ensure suppliers use the “ship to” address below:

Bryant University
Attn: __________

1150 Douglas Pike
Smithfield, RI 02917-1284

Failure to provide complete shipping information could result in the delay or even loss of ordered merchandise.

The Purchase Order number should be clearly referenced on the packing slip or written on the outside of the package.

The Receiving Department signs for most shipments delivered to Bryant University. Upon delivery of merchandise, the user department is responsible for verifying the quantity and quality of each order.  If an order is not complete or if any goods need to be returned to the supplier, it is the department’s responsibility to notify the supplier immediately. If the order was placed using a Purchase Order, the department should also contact Purchasing so that 1.) A note may be placed on the purchase order to prevent payment for incorrect or incomplete orders and 2.) Purchasing may assist in the return and rapid replacement of any damaged goods or the quick shipment of missing goods.

Insurance & Licenses

All Suppliers performing services on campus must provide certificates of insurance prior to the commencement of work or service. This is in addition to permits and licenses applicable to their trade. It is the responsibility of departments to obtain this documentation.

Certificates of insurance should list Bryant University as an additional insured in accordance with minimum insurance requirements as determined by Risk Management.

All purchases with an aggregate amount over $250,000 require that the full Insurance Policy be obtained from the supplier.


The University should make every effort to avoid paying deposits to suppliers unless there is a significant discount or other benefit given as a quid-pro-quo.  If deposits are requested, refer the matter to Purchasing who may be able to negotiate a waiver or reduction of the deposit amount.

Open Purchase Orders

Twice a year, the Purchasing Department will run a list of open purchase orders that may have partial or full commitments remaining.  Purchasing will then look at individual PO’s based on transaction date, remaining balance, etc., and may notify appropriate departments of the open order(s).  The department is then responsible for verifying continued PO activity or voiding the outstanding commitments.

Purchase Orders at Year End

All blanket purchase orders will be closed at year-end and must be renewed every fiscal year. Regular purchase orders remain open and any remaining commitment will be rolled and encumbered into the next fiscal year.

Change Orders

A change order may be entered by the department to modify an existing purchase order. Change orders may incorporate an increase or decrease in the item quantity or dollar amount, a change in the account distribution, or any other substantive change. All change orders must be accompanied by appropriate documentation to verify the necessity for the change and will follow the level authorization grid for approval.

Purchase Order Overages

When an invoice exceeds the purchase order amount by more than $2,000, a change order is required.

Purchase Order Cancellation

To request the cancellation of a purchase order, send an email to Purchasing at purchase@bryant.edu

RFQ PROCESS – Campus Management Only

For smaller scope projects of $50,000 but less than $100,000, an RFQ Form (Appendix 5) may be utilized to solicit a minimum of 3 quotes for all good & services. Prior to generation of the RFQ form, an email will be sent from the CM Project Manager to the Purchasing Department and VPBA to inform them of the project and the suppliers that they anticipate to bid on the project.  Purchasing and VPBA will reply to this email with the suggestion of any additional vendors within 4 hours.  The RFQ form will then be generated by the CM Project Manager and sent out to the Purchasing Department, the VPBA, and to a minimum of 3 potential suppliers.  The bidder responses should contain, in exacting detail, a description of relevant parameters such as:

  • Quantities/Volumes
  • Description or drawings current
  • Quality levels
  • Delivery requirements
  • Term of contract
  • Quote Valid Until
  • List of subcontractors
  • Other value added requirements or terms

The RFQ form will specify a deadline date and time for supplier response.  Bidders will respond via E-mail to Purchasing and the CM Project Manager. If bidders communicate requests for clarification during the bid period, then a written or sketch answer/clarification will be simultaneously sent to all bidders as well as the Purchasing Department. Copies of all bids will be attached to the purchase order.

Upon receipt of quotes, a comparison and analysis of the RFQ responses may be done by the Purchasing Department and forwarded to the Campus Management department for their review.  This analysis will include pricing of service, review of relevant parameters, and overall best value for the University.  The supplier or provider of choice will be recommended by the Campus Management and Purchasing departments to the VPBA. Any request for documented projects or those greater than $100,000 require a formal Request for Proposal (RFP) process as described in this document. (page 14)


A Request for Proposal (RFP) is a solicitation to potential suppliers to submit business proposals for the procurement of a commodity or service.  An RFP is done through a bidding process which outlines the procedure, contract terms and provides guidance on how the bid should be formatted and presented. It is typically open to a selection of bidders which creates open competition between companies looking for work. All RFPs, with an attached list of bidders must be reviewed and approved by the Divisional Vice President prior to the release to the bidders by the Purchasing Office. Anticipated time to review and comment or approve is 72 hours from receipt.  Longer review times may be required due to the complexity of the subject matter, employee absence or other circumstances.

Soliciting Competitive Bids

All products and services (with the exception of medical and dental insurance) with an individual cost of over $25,000 or an annual aggregate cost of over $25,000 require the RFP/Bid process be completed in conjunction with the Purchasing Department.

The Campus Management and Project Management Departments RFP requirement begins at the $100,000 level, for costs associated with construction, major building repair, and upgrade projects only.  Furniture, fixtures and equipment associated with these projects must adhere to the standard $25,000 RFP threshold.

It is suggested that departments consult with Purchasing early in the RFP process. An RFP Package will be prepared by the department and forwarded to Purchasing for review. The requesting department is responsible for preparing a set of specifications and time lines that is sent to Purchasing for inclusion in an RFP Document.  The requesting department should also provide purchasing with a list of qualified suppliers. If at least three suppliers are not known, Purchasing will make best efforts to source additional suppliers.

Once the RFP package has been reviewed, Purchasing will be responsible for the distribution of the package to suppliers, whether electronically or by hard-copy.

When furniture, fixtures or equipment are needed, and expected to cost in excess of $25,000, three suppliers should be invited in to survey the area and allowed to measure if possible, and/or be given a set of floor plans. Each supplier would then present a proposal of furniture items under consideration. The most appropriate and cost competitive supplier would be given the award for the contract.

Some RFP processes typically include a period of time when suppliers are permitted to submit questions and/or requests for RFP clarification to both the Purchasing Department and originating department via email (see Table below). The department will forward a response to all questions via email to the Purchasing Office as well as to all bidders. This will be done in accordance with a time specified in the RFP documents. Answers to the questions will also be printed and attached to the bid evaluations matrix as part of the permanent bid record.

Bid results are expected to remain confidential.  The results of the bid submission are held in confidence to allow equitable treatment to all bidders and to assure that no supplier has an unfair advantage. Participants in the evaluation process should not disclose or share any information pertaining to pricing, trade secrets, contents, terms and conditions, or any other information collected during the RFP process with anyone other than University staff involved in the bid review process.

All bids and proposals must be returned to the Purchasing Office by the supplier(s) in hard copy. Email replies will not be accepted unless otherwise noted in the RFP. Bid packages will be opened and recorded by Purchasing on the date and time specified in the RFP.

Upon opening, copies will be distributed to the requesting department and evaluation will be done by Purchasing for adherence to the Terms and Conditions and Commercial Requirements.  The requesting department will evaluate based on the specifications. Departments are not required to choose the supplier based on price only. However, when the lowest bidder is not chosen, justification should be provided as to what factors contributed to the choice.

It is strongly recommended that the originating department prepare a bid comparison matrix; a copy of this matrix should then be forwarded to the divisional VP for review and approval. After a thorough review of the evaluation matrix and bid documents, and after all required signatures and approvals have been obtained, recommendations for bid awards will be made by the originating department. Purchasing and the sponsoring department will meet to discuss evaluations, and select the bidder providing the best value to the University.

If a Best and Final meeting or conference call is conducted, the Purchasing Department should be invited to clarify any issues regarding Terms and Conditions and possibly negotiate a more favorable price or terms.

Once the final award decision has been made, the originating department will prepare a purchase order. A copy of the bid evaluation matrix should be attached to the purchase order. The purchase order should be submitted to Purchasing with all pertinent documentation and approval signatures to validate the bid award.

Upon completion of the above, the bidders must be notified.  Please note that final bid award decisions are at the discretion of the Divisional Vice President.

Sample RFP Schedule
RFP and Specifications issued by the University January 15, 20XX
Deadline to submit questions on this RFP to Sponsoring Department and Purchasing by 12:00 Noon January 29, 20XX
Quotes due to the Purchasing Office at the University by 12:00 Noon February 12, 20XX
Review and Evaluation Complete February 21, 20XX
Final review and negotiation with selected final

suppliers visiting the University in Smithfield, RI

Week of Feb. 24, 20XX
Award         (no later than) March 7, 20XX


Pre-Bid Conferences

If it is determined that a Pre-bid conference is necessary for the overall success of the project, it is required that Purchasing and the divisional VP are informed/invited to the meeting. Pre-bid meetings, as a good business practice, should be held no later than five business days after distribution of the RFP documents. All suppliers involved will be invited to the Pre-bid and will be encouraged to attend, ensuring fairness in the bidding process. To expedite the process, typically one-on-one supplier meetings should not be scheduled during the RFP/Bid process. It will be at the discretion of the RFP sponsor to determine if supplier attendance is mandatory.  If attendance is mandatory, suppliers that do not attend the Pre-bid may be disqualified. If a supplier does not attend the mandatory meeting but is not disqualified, it becomes their responsibility to obtain any information and/or documents distributed at the Pre-bid meeting.


All vehicles will be acquired by the Purchasing Department in accordance with approved purchasing guidelines. Bidding shall be done, in bulk, when possible.

Vehicles that register at least 100,000 miles on the odometer and are at least six (6) years old from date of acquisition, are eligible to be replaced in the next fiscal year, depending on the condition of the vehicle.

Vehicles that are driven primarily on campus should be considered for replacement

  • After ten years of service
  • When they no longer can pass state inspection
  • When the cost of essential repairs is likely to exceed the book value of the vehicle.

In the case of special purpose vehicles (Campus Management Department Trucks & Heavy Equipment) the Campus Management Director and supervisor(s) will work with Purchasing and provide a list of required vehicle specifications and features needed.


The Purchasing Department is responsible for the renewal of all vehicle registrations. Purchasing will renew registrations online using the Procurement Card. Departments will see the charge appear on their monthly budget reports.

Departments losing registrations are required to send a representative to the Registry for a duplicate registration. Prior to going to the Registry, the representative needs to have the Registration Form signed by the Assistant Director of Purchasing, as well as a notary.

Insurance Cards must be carried in all University vehicles. Cards are issued on a yearly basis. If a replacement is needed, please notify the Risk Manager at Ext. 6006.

All vehicle titles are to be sent to the Assistant Director of Purchasing. When vehicles are being traded in, it will be necessary to have the title for that vehicle.


Most repairs to equipment can be paid as a direct expense. When equipment is in need of major repair (over $5,000), three quotes must be obtained before the work begins and a purchase order must be completed.


For departmental purchases made at any auxiliary on-campus vendor such as Follett, Subway, Dunkin, etc., a signed and approved 3-part departmental charge slip must be presented to the vendor and any applicable discounts will be applied. The slips are consolidated monthly by the vendor and forwarded to Accounts Payable (A/P) for payment.


Contractual purchases at Bryant University should be negotiated keeping the University’s best interest in mind. Contracts should be signed in accordance with the University authorized-signature-approval-grid shown in Appendix 1. Copies of all signed and executed contracts should accompany the purchase order. Questions regarding this policy should be directed to the Purchasing Office at ext. 6018.

If an agreement or contract has a Renewal Option, supplier performance should be reviewed prior to renewal.  The user department or Purchasing should review the terms of the renewal and make sure the existing supplier is meeting performance measurements as defined in the agreement.


The Bryant University Procurement Card (P-Card) is administered through JP Morgan Chase. This P-Card allows for ordering and payment in a more efficient and cost effective manner. Potential cardholders should contact the Purchasing Department at ext. 6018 for more details.

The P-Card may be used for purchase amounts up to the individual’s single transaction limit either on the internet or at stores and other establishments.  When purchasing online, keep in mind the University’s best interests and check local supplier pricing prior to placing your order.

Purchases on the P-Card will be monitored through daily and monthly procurement card auditing. Any abuse of general purchasing policies will be addressed and could lead to the cancellation of the procurement card.

Please see the Bryant University P-Card Manual for additional information.

DIRECT PAYMENTS – No Purchase Order Required

Most purchases under $5,000 do not require a purchase order. For these purchases, a check request must be prepared and approved in the originating department and submitted with the invoice to Accounts Payable for final approval and payment.


A limited amount of surplus furniture is available to the Bryant Community (at no cost to the department) for on-campus use only.  All furniture is allocated on a first come, first served basis.  Should the need arise to view the surplus furniture storage area, call Receiving at Ext. 6436 to make arrangements.


The University is currently under a contract for office supplies with WB Mason. All departments have access to the WB Mason website. Contact Purchasing at 6018 for user name and login information. Orders are delivered daily.

If you have items to be returned, need general ordering information or have any questions, log into the WB Mason web site and click on the Support tab and Support Requests in the drop down.  Choose the appropriate heading in the Select Subject dropdown and type an explanation in the message field.  Their customer service representative will respond to you via email.

Due to Bryant’s contract with WB Mason, purchases from outside suppliers (such as Staples) are prohibited.

Personal PurchasesFor added value to the members of the Bryant Community, WB Mason has extended its contract pricing to faculty and staff which is utilized with a personal login available from the Purchasing Department. These purchases are paid using the employee’s personal credit card, subject to sales tax, and delivered to the campus Post Office. The Purchasing Department is not responsible for any personal purchases made through a Bryant supplier.


All business travel arrangements may be made through the University’s approved travel agency, Donovan Travel (401) 885-3500.

When making reservations please give the agent your six-digit organization (department) number. Donovan will charge the University directly – a check request is not required. This is helpful for those that are not Bryant University p-card holders as although you may use your own personal credit cards to book travel, reimbursements will get paid to you through the Accounts Payable Department.

If you hold a P-card, you may prefer making your own travel arrangements through any major travel website.


Car Rental discounts for business and personal travels have been negotiated and are available for Enterprise and National Car Rentals.  Please call the Purchasing Office to obtain the discount codes.

Appendix 1 — Signature Authorization Grid

Final Authority Final Authority Final Authority Final Authority
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4
President / or VPBA ONLY VP’s and Assoc. & Assist. VP’s ONLY Deans, Exec Director, Sr. Assoc. Directors. Directors, Chairs, Business Managers & Dept. Managers Other Managers & Select Others
Revenue – Contracts $10,000+ <$10,000 None None
Revenue – Grants All None None None
Non Salary Related
Purchase Order  & Contract Commitments $100,000+ < = $100,000 < = $5,000 < = $1,500
Invoice Expenditures (w/o supporting contract) $50,000+ < = $50,000 < = $5,000 < = $1,500
Employee Expense Reimbursements $5,000+ < = $5,000 < = $2,500 < = $1,500
Purchasing Card Transactions (underlying policy limits documented) $25,000+ < = $25,000 < = $2,500 < = $1,500
Leasing Arrangements (excluding one-time rentals) VPBA Only None None None
Non P-card Travel Authorization; ( One over prior approval necessary) $25,000+ < = $10,000 < = $2,500 < = $1,500
Special Cases
Legal Expenses Student Affairs(student related), HR (employment related), and B&FA (General) Only – all litigation prior to commitment to be approved by President
Employee Benefits Payroll and Payroll Taxes HR Only
Employee Separation and Union Memos of Agreement HR Only
Sale of Assets Business Affairs Only
Check Signing and Money Transfers Business Affairs  Only (VPBA and Assoc. VPBA with President and VPAA as backups)
Stock Gift Acceptances and Sales Development and BA divisions Only
Debt Service Agreements and Payments Business Affairs Only
Donations to Non Profit Organizations above $5,000 President Only
Advanced written approvals need to be obtained for all travel (P-Card non-P-Card)
P-Card limits do not apply for certain individuals who approve transactions on behalf of others in specific offices.
All transactions for the Academic Affairs Division require the additional approval of the Academic Affairs Division Business Manager
All transactions for Grants require the approval of the Associate Director of Financial Planning & Budgeting (Controller’s Office).

Appendix 2 – Verbal Quote Form


Bryant University Verbal Quote Form

(For purchases over $5,000 and less than or equal to $10,000)


Item to be Purchased (Be as specific as possible)

Click here to enter text.

Quantity needed:    Enter Quantity Here

Date Needed:         Click here to enter a date.

Supplier Name: Enter Supplier Name Here
Supplier Contact Name: Enter Supplier Contact Name Here
Supplier Contact Phone or e-mail: Enter Supplier Phone or Email Here
Price Quote: Enter Supplier Price Here
Supplier Name: Enter Supplier Name Here
Supplier Contact Name: Enter Supplier Contact Name Here.
Supplier Contact Phone or e-mail: Enter Supplier Phone or Email Here
Price Quote: Enter Supplier Price Here
Supplier Name: Enter Supplier Name Here
Supplier Contact Name: Enter Supplier Contact Name Here
Supplier Contact Phone or e-mail: Enter Supplier Phone or Email Here
Price Quote: Enter Supplier Price Here

Is the chosen supplier in our database with a valid W-9?  If no, please obtain a W-9.

Does the chosen supplier have an up-to-date Insurance Certificate on file at Bryant University?  If no, please obtain.

Appendix 3 — Sole Source Justification Form

Bryant University Sole Source/Proprietary Procurement Request Form  

(Forward this form to Purchasing, along with the purchase order, for amounts exceeding $5,000)

DATE:                       Click here to enter a date.

TO:                            Purchasing Department

FROM:                     Click here to enter text.

VENDOR NAME:    Click here to enter text.

Check One:

_____   Is this a sole source procurement?  “Sole Source” is defined as a product or service which is practicably available only from one source.  Please answer the 4 questions below and sign.

_____   Is this a proprietary procurement?  A proprietary specification restricts the acceptable product(s) or service(s) to one manufacturer or vendor.  A common example would be specification by brand name which excludes consideration of approved “equals”.  Although all sole source specifications are proprietary, all proprietary specifications are not sole source.  Proprietary items may be available from several distributors.. Please answer questions 1 and 2 below and sign.

_____   Is this a Brand Name Specified procurement?

The following is a list of questions which will substantiate a Sole Source or Proprietary Procurement.  It will help expedite processing if you will provide thorough and sufficient detail to clearly answer each of these questions.  Please use additional sheets and attach all additional information to this form if necessary.

  1. Briefly, what is the aim of the project in which this product or service will be used.

Click here to enter text.

  1. Why is this the only product or service that can meet the University’s requirements? Uniqueness?  Compatibility?  Integral component?  Please explain in detail.

Click here to enter text.

  1. Why is this Supplier practicably the only available source from which to obtain this product or service?

Click here to enter text.

  1. What efforts have been made to obtain the very best price possible? Why do you feel this price is fair and reasonable?

Click here to enter text.

___________________________                 _____              _______________________

Authorized Departmental Signature   Date         Assistant Director of Purchasing                                    

Appendix 4 — Preferred Supplier Form

Bryant University Request for Preferred Supplier Status

(This form is also used for the Requalification of Preferred Supplier Status)



Vendor Name:      Click here to enter text.                  Date of Request:  Click here to enter a date.

This form should be used to request or re-qualify Preferred Supplier Status for those suppliers who perform above and beyond in meeting University expectations.  Please complete the information below, then forward to the Purchasing Office for review.

  1. Competitive and consistent pricing: The department must show the supplier proved best value pricing for three separate orders by attaching three competitive quote packages for purchases between $5,000 and $25,000 and/or an RFP/Bid result(s) (as per step 1 for Establishing Preferred Suppliers in the Purchasing Policy).
  1. Delivery of Product: Please explain how this supplier’s adherence to departmental deadlines has enhanced customer relations.

Click here to enter text.

  1. Exceptional Service: Please provide examples of how this supplier’s service to your department has enhanced customer relations.

Click here to enter text.

  1. Does this supplier offer discounts or other incentives? Please explain.

Click here to enter text.

  1. Please explain other attributes that exemplify how this supplier’s relationship with your department and the University make for a successful partnership. (Some examples would be follow-up both during and after the product/service)

Click here to enter text.

__________________________________                 ________________________________________ Authorized Divisional VP                                Date         Assistant Director of Purchasing                                            Date




Appendix 5 — RFQ Form










Bryant University

Request for Quotation

Due Date:   Enter Due Date Here

Request for Quotation:

  Name Bryant University
  Address 1150 Douglas Pike
  City, State, ZIP Smithfield, RI 02917
  Phone 401-232-6000
  Project Name Insert Project Name Here
1. Insert Supplier Name Here Insert Email Here
2. Insert Supplier Name Here Insert Email Here
3. Insert Supplier Name Here Insert Email Here
4. Insert Supplier Name Here Insert Email Here
5. Insert Supplier Name Here Insert Email Here
  INSERT PROJECT SCOPE HERE….EXAMPLE: This is going to be a mock project of building a large set of stairs.  We will use only 2×4 lumber, as well as joist brackets, to construct the frame. Stairs will be cut from the 2×4 material.  No less than 2″ screws will be used.  Any nails will be no less than 10 penny.  Design weight shall hold a minimum of 500 pounds per step.  Steps will be level with that of the house.  A running board will be fastened to the house. Contractor will take care of clean up




Paula Doyle, Assistant Director of Purchasing pdoyle@bryant.edu
Brenda DeForest, Purchasing Assistant bdeforest@bryant.edu
Insert Project Manager Name Here Insert Project Manager Email Here
The undersigned hereby offers to furnish all labor, materials, equipment and other facilities required, necessary or incidental to the work required in conformity with the Contract Documents for the project entitled:

Enter Project Name Here

Proposal of Enter Supplier Name Here (hereinafter called BIDDER), organized and existing under the laws of the State of Enter State Here doing business as (a corporation, a partnership, or an individual), to Bryant University (hereinafter called OWNER), in compliance with your Request for Bids, and in accordance with Bryant University’s Terms and Conditions, Bidder hereby proposes to perform all work for the construction of:  Enter Project Name Here

Total Bid Price    $   Enter Bid Price Here

Signature:                                                                    Date:

_____________________________________                      ____________________

Printed Name:



  1. ACCEPTANCE: This Purchase Order (“Order”) is an offer to purchase goods and/or services as set forth. Any of the following acts shall constitute acceptance of this Order: signing and returning a copy of this Order; delivery of any of the goods ordered; commencement of performance; or written or verbal acknowledgment expressly accepting the terms set forth. Any additional or different term or condition on Vendor’s acknowledgment form, or otherwise communicated by Vendor in accepting this Order, shall be deemed to be a material alteration of this Order and is hereby objected to by Bryant University. Acceptance of the goods or services covered by this Order will not constitute acceptance by Bryant University of Vendor’s terms and conditions to the extent this Order is in any way deemed to be an acceptance of a quotation or other offer by the Vendor. Any such acceptance is expressly conditional upon the consent of the Vendor to the terms and conditions of this Order.
  1. CONFIDENTIALITY: “Confidential Information” shall mean information in written or other tangible form specifically labeled as such when disclosed to the Vendor or Bryant University. Any Confidential Information transmitted orally shall be specifically identified as such at the time of its disclosure. All confidential information of the Vendor or Bryant University shall be held in strict confidence and shall not be disclosed or used without written consent, except as may be required by law. Both the Vendor and Bryant University shall safeguard any information with the other designates either orally or in writing, as proprietary or confidential, in this same manner as such receiving party may safeguard their own valuable proprietary information.
  1. DELIVERY: Time is hereby expressly declared to be of the essence. Failure to deliver within the time specified, or reasonable time when not specified, shall entitle Bryant University, in addition to other rights or remedies, to cancel this Order and purchase the goods elsewhere, in which event the Vendor shall be responsible for any increase in costs. Further, in such event, Bryant University, at its option, may be relieved of any duty to accept such items as are subsequently delivered pursuant to this contract.


  1. SHIP TO: To insure that delivery is made to the correct location, please address all shipments as noted on the face of this Order. All correspondence, packages, and invoices must indicate the Purchase Order number, department name, and delivery address as indicated on this Order. Direct all correspondence involved with this Order to:  PURCHASING, BRYANT UNIVERSITY, 1150 DOUGLAS PIKE, SMITHFIELD, RI 02917
  1. INSPECTION OF GOODS: Bryant University shall have a reasonable time after delivery to inspect the goods delivered or services rendered under this contract and to reject or revoke acceptance of any not conforming to the terms of this agreement. Rejected goods will be returned to Vendor at Vendor’s expense. Rejected services will be reworked and all costs associated with the rework will be charged to Vendor. Payment by Bryant University shall not waive the right of Bryant University to return goods found non-conforming and receive credit or reimbursement from Vendor. Failure by Bryant University to inspect and test the goods shall not relieve Vendor of liability or responsibility.
  1. IDENTIFICATION: Goods delivered under this contract shall be clearly labeled with the name and location of the manufacturer.
  1. SUBSTITUTION OF GOODS: Goods not conforming to this contract will not be accepted. Bryant University must approve, in writing, any substitution of non-conforming goods prior to shipment.
  1. RISK OF LOSS: Vendor assumes all risk of loss of or damage to all goods ordered and all work in progress, materials, and other items related to this Order until the same are finally accepted by Bryant University. Vendor also assumes all risk of loss of or damage to any goods, work in progress, materials, and other items rejected by Bryant University until the same are received by Vendor or accepted by Bryant University.
  1. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS: Vendor shall submit a Material Safety Data Sheet (OSHA form 20 or equivalent) for any chemical substances that are shipped against this Order, as required by any and all applicable federal, state, or local law or ordinance, rule or regulation. MSDS shall contain all the information necessary to comply with the Federal Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200) and all applicable state regulations.
  1. WARRANTY: Vendor herein warrants and covenants that the subject merchandise complies with all applicable federal, state, and local statutes, rules and regulations for the installation and use of said merchandise for the purpose for which said merchandise is being purchased or rented. Vendor further warrants that all goods shall be free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, good and merchantable title hereto being in the Vendor; and upon receipt by Vendor of payment good and merchantable title shall be vested in Bryant University. Vendor warrants that goods shall conform to all specifications and drawings on or incorporated by reference into this Order and shall be of good material and workmanship, free from any defect of material, labor, or fabrication.
  1. INSURANCE: Vendor shall maintain adequate insurance in any and all forms necessary to protect both Vendor and Bryant University against all liabilities, losses, damages, claims, settlements, expenses, and legal fees arising out of or resulting from performance of this agreement. At the minimum, Vendor will be required to supply evidence in the form of a certificate of insurance for: 1) comprehensive automobile insurance including non-owned & hired $1,000,000; 2) worker’s compensation statutory; employer’s liability $500,000; and 3) Commercial general liability including blanket contractual liability; premises-operations & completed operations $1,000,000 each occurrence, $2,000,000 aggregate. As allowed by law, insurance condition numbers 1 and 3 above will name Bryant University as an additional insured on a primary non-contributory basis. Nothing contained herein shall abridge, diminish or detract from Vendor’s responsibility for the consequence of any accidents, occurrences, damages, losses, and associated costs arising out of or resulting from performance of this agreement.
  1. LIMITATIONS: Bryant University shall not be liable to Vendor, its employees, representatives, agents, suppliers, or subcontractors for any anticipated profits or incidental or consequential damages. Bryant University’s liability on any claim for loss, damage or expense arising in connection with this agreement shall not exceed the price of the goods or services which give rise to the claim. Bryant University shall not be liable for penalties of any kind. Any action caused by any alleged breach of this agreement by Bryant University must be commenced within one year after the cause of action has accrued.
  1. ASSIGNMENT: No part of this Purchase Order may be assigned, transferred, or subcontracted by Vendor without Bryant University’s prior written approval.
  1. FORCE MAJEURE: Bryant University may delay delivery, performance or acceptance of the goods or services ordered hereunder in the event of causes beyond its control. Vendor shall hold such goods or refrain from furnishing such services at the direction of Bryant University and Vendor shall deliver the goods when the cause affecting the delay is eliminated. Bryant University shall be responsible only for Vendor’s direct and reasonable additional costs incurred by holding the goods or delaying performance of this agreement at Bryant University’s request; such costs shall be approved in writing before they are incurred. Causes beyond Bryant University’s control shall include, without limitation, government action or failure to act where required strikes or other labor trouble, dire or similar catastrophe, and severe weather or other act of God.
  1. PAYMENT: The Vendor shall only be compensated for performance delivered and accepted by Bryant University in accordance with the specific terms and conditions of this contract. All invoices against this order must be rendered to ACCOUNTS PAYABLE, BRYANT UNIVERSITY, 1150 DOUGLAS PIKE, SMITHFIELD, RI 02917, and must indicate the University’s Purchase Order number and the name of the “Ship To” department.
  1. THE RHODE ISLAND SALES TAX EXEMPTION NUMBER for Bryant University is #161. A copy of the certificate is available upon request. Bryant University is not liable for taxes, customs, or assessments in connection with the purchase and/or delivery of goods ordered, except as expressly set forth on this Order.
  1. CANCELLATION: Bryant University shall have the right to cancel this Order without cause in whole or in part or return any delivery not made or delivered within the date required. Its liability for such cancellation shall be limited to Vendor’s actual cost for work and materials applicable solely to this Order, which has been expended when Vendor receives notice of cancellation. Bryant University may, at its option, cancel this without liability to Vendor (except for conforming shipments Bryant University previously accepted), in the event Vendor ceases to exist, becomes insolvent, the subject of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings or shall commit a material breach in the performance of any obligation hereunder.
  1. INDEMNIFICATION AGAINST CLAIMS: Vendor agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and hold Bryant University, its members, trustees, agents and employees, harmless from all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, expenses and legal fees which may be asserted against or be incurred by Bryant University whether direct or indirect, foreseeable or unforeseeable, including, but not limited to, those resulting from injuries to any person or damage to any property, caused in any manner by any act or failure to act of Vendor in connection with the furnishing of the goods covered by this Order, or because of any imperfection or defect in said goods, or based upon any claim of product liability of strict liability in tort, or because of the failure of such goods to be in accordance with the description of such goods as may appear in any catalog, analytical report or other technical bulletin as is furnished or utilized by Bryant University, or because of the failure of such goods to be produced in compliance with the requirements of this Order.
  1. INDEMNIFICATION-PATENT/COPYRIGHT: The Vendor agrees to indemnify Bryant University and to hold Bryant University harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, loss, damage, and expense including legal fees arising from or due to any actual or claimed trademark, patent, or copyright infringement and any litigation based thereon, with respect to any part of the goods and work covered by this Order. The Vendor shall promptly defend any such litigation brought against Bryant University, failing which Bryant University may do to at the Vendor’s expense. The Vendor’s obligations hereunder shall survive acceptance of the goods and payment therefore by Bryant University.
  2. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR: If Vendor’s obligations under the Order require the performance of work by Vendor, its employees, agents, suppliers or subcontractors on Bryant University property or elsewhere, Vendor agrees that such work or services shall be performed by Vendor, its employees, agents, suppliers or subcontractors as independent contractors, and not as employees of Bryant University, and that such persons doing such work shall not be considered or represent themselves as employees or agents of Bryant University.
  1. NON-DISCRIMINATION: The Vendor agrees to comply with all applicable Federal and State statutes, rules, and regulations prohibiting discrimination in employment.
  1. DISPUTES: Any dispute arising under this order not disposed of by agreement shall be decided by a court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Rhode Island. Pending Settlement on final decision of any dispute, Vendor shall proceed diligently with the performance of this Order in accordance with Bryant University’s direction.
  1. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS: Vendor shall comply with all federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations concerning health, safety, and environmental standards and/or requirements in the manufacture and sale of the goods and performance of the services. Vendor will defend and hold Bryant University harmless from any loss, damages, or cost arising from or caused in any way by Vendor’s actual or alleged violation of any federal, state, or local law, ordinance, rule or regulation. At the request of Bryant University, Vendor will furnish certificates to the effect that it has complied with the same.
  1. USE OF THE NAME OF BRYANT: The Vendor shall not use the name, logo or trademark of Bryant University or of any Bryant University employee in its sales promotion, advertising, or any other publication without the express written permission of the responsible officer of the University.
  1. COMPLETE AGREEMENT: This order (including any referenced proposal, quote, and/or response to an RFP) embodies the complete and entire agreement of the parties, and replaces or supersedes any previous agreements, communications, or representations, whether written or oral. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Purchase Order, as preprinted herein on this form, and any differing terms and conditions entered by Bryant.
  1. WAIVER: Bryant University’s failure to insist on performance of the terms and conditions herein or to exercise any right or privilege, or Bryant University’s waiver of any breach hereunder, shall not or any portion thereof hereafter waive the same or other terms, conditions, rights or privileges, or affect any subsequent breach.
  1. SEVERABILITY: In the event that a court of competent jurisdiction determines, in a final judgment, that any provision of this Contract is void or unenforceable, the University and Supplier shall negotiate an equitable adjustment in the provisions of the Contract with a view toward affecting its purpose, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected.

Travel and Entertainment Policies


This document provides guidelines and establishes procedures for employees who incur business travel and entertainment expenses on behalf of Bryant University.

These procedures will be administered and enforced uniformly for all travelers. Each level of approving authority is responsible for making the policies readily available to subordinates and monitoring compliance when travel is authorized. Travelers should exercise sound business judgment in implementing these procedures. Exceptions will be monitored and inappropriate expenses will not be reimbursed.

Questions regarding travel arrangements may be directed to the University’s approved travel agency: Carlson Wagonlit Travel. 

Carlson Wagonlit Travel may be reached at 401-885-3500 

Questions regarding expense reporting may be directed to the Accounts Payable Office at Ext. 6019.


  • Ensure that employees have a clear and consistent understanding of policies and procedures for business travel and entertainment
  • Ensure that compliance with IRS regulations is maintained
  • Ensure maximum insurance coverage for the traveler and the University
  • Provide business travelers with a reasonable level of service and comfort at the lowest possible cost


This travel policy applies to anyone who incurs travel or entertainment expenses paid by Bryant University regardless of the source of funds. Departments may elect to impose stricter controls over travel expenditures than those required by this policy.

Responsibility of Traveler

The traveler is responsible for spending Bryant funds prudently. Business travel expenses will be paid by the University if they are reasonable, appropriately documented, properly authorized, and in compliance with this policy.

Travelers may not authorize reimbursement for their own travel expenses. In general, employees should not be asked to approve travel or entertainment expenses for an individual to whom they report. Any exception to overall University Business Travel Expense Policy requires approval by the Associate Controller and Vice President for Business Affairs.

Responsibility of Authorized Signer

The authorized signer should verify that expenses and expense reports meet the following criteria:

  • Travel expenses were incurred while conducting University business
  • Information contained on the expense report and attached documentation is accurate and in accordance with this policy
  • Expenditure is charged to the proper expense account(s).


Reservation Procedures

All University personnel who plan to travel at some point should contact the travel agencies listed below. In an effort to receive advance purchase discounts, travelers should make reservations as soon as travel plans are finalized. Employees who have the need to travel two or more times a year are encouraged to use the JPMorgan Chase Visa Procurement Card.

Carlson Wagonlit Travel
508 Main Street
East Greenwich, RI 02818
Phone: 401-885-3500
Fax: 401-885-5870

DOMESTIC AIR TRAVELWhen making your reservations, you are required to provide a valid Bryant University departmental organization number, a Purchasing Card number (for PCard cardholders), or another form of credit card payment (for travelers without the University-issued card).

Domestic travel includes travel in the United States and North America with the exception of Alaska and Hawaii. (Please refer to International Air Travel for Alaska and Hawaii.)

Airline Class of Service

All domestic air travel must be in economy class.

Travelers may use Business Class in the following instances:

• Employee has certain physical conditions/disabilities;
• It does not cost more than the lowest available Coach fare;
• Flight time is in excess of seven (7) hours.

When it is necessary to use Business Class, a letter of explanation along with a completed Travel Expense Report, must be forwarded to the President for authorization prior to travel.

Airline Frequent-flyer Programs

Bryant will not reimburse travelers for tickets purchased with frequent flyer miles because it is difficult to determine the dollar value of these tickets. Frequent flyer program participation should not influence travelers to select a flight that is not the lowest-priced flight available.

Airline Reservations using the Internet

Employees wishing to compare pricing for ticket reservations using the Internet are encouraged to do so. If a cheaper flight has been located, you may wish to ask the University’s travel vendor to match the price. The University encourages you to purchase flight tickets using your JPMorgan Chase Procurement Card.

Please research both the cancellation and rescheduling policy prior to making your purchase using the Internet.


When a trip is canceled after a ticket has been issued, the traveler should speak with the University’s travel agency about using the same ticket for future travel. Certain airline tickets can be reused if airfare eligibility requirements are met. Whenever possible, revalidation stickers should be requested from the issuing travel agency for future use.

Unused/voided Airlines Tickets

Unused airline tickets or flight coupons should never be discarded or destroyed as these documents may have a cash value. If at all possible, travelers should try to use any ticket that may still be valid for travel.

Air Travel Payment Procedures

When using the University’s travel agency to purchase tickets for travel and with prior departmental approvals, airline tickets may be purchased over the phone by giving the appropriate departmental organization number to be charged to our vendor representative. Air travel is centrally billed to the University’s JPMorgan Chase Visa account and paid by the Accounts Payable office. Air travel is recharged on a monthly basis.


Advance Planning for International Travel

Employees who anticipate travel to international destinations should notify the University’s travel agencies at least fourteen (14) working days prior to the proposed departure date. For purposes of this policy, international travel covers all destinations outside the U.S. (excluding Canada, Mexico, and the Caribbean). Bryant encourages the purchase of cancellation insurance for all international flights.

If traveling abroad on a Federal Research Grant, employees are required to fly on a U.S. Flag Carrier. If none are available, employees are able to use other carriers; however an explanation must be provided for grant accounting review.

Airlines Class of Service for International Travel

Travelers whose destination is within North America (Alaska and Hawaii excluded) should book the lowest price, non-stop, coach-class airfare available. For Alaska, Hawaii, and destinations outside of North America, business class airfare is allowed. North America is defined as Canada, Mexico, Puerto Rico, and the United States.

Employees may use Business Class in the following instances:

• Employee has certain physical conditions/disabilities;
• It does not cost more than the lowest available Coach fare;
• Total flying time is in excess of seven (7) hours;
• Coach Class is completely sold out, and no alternate flights are available.

When it is necessary to use Business Class, a letter of explanation along with a completed Travel Expense Report, must be forwarded to the President for authorization prior to travel.

Passports and Visas

The University’s travel agent can assist travelers with passport and visa applications.

International Travel Advisories

Employees should not travel to countries for which a travel advisory has been issued by the State Department.

Contact the University’s travel agent to obtain a list of current advisories.

Foreign Currency Services

International travelers can obtain foreign currency from any of the following locations:

• Foreign banks • Airport foreign-exchange counters
• Major hotels • Currency-exchange outlets
• Designated travel-agency offices

Because the conversion rate is usually better abroad, it is advisable to change local currency back to U.S. dollars before departing from the foreign country. Foreign currency conversion receipts must be attached to the Employee Travel Expense Report.


Payment Procedures

The preferred payment of choice for travel expenses is the JPMorgan Chase Procurement Card. If employees choose to utilize their own personal credit cards for prepaid trip expenses (i.e. airline tickets, registration fees, lodging, etc.), reimbursement will only be made when all trip expenses, along with receipts, are submitted to the Accounts Payable office after the completion of travel. A copy of the hotel bill, with charges clearly identified, should be attached to the Employee Travel Expense Report. The University will not reimburse for the following personal expenses incurred:

• Room service charges (beyond normal meal expenses)
• In-room movies, video rentals
• In-room alcoholic beverages
• Babysitting
• Recreational activities

Lodging in a Private Residence

The University will not issue reimbursements for any expenses incurred when staying in a private residence.


Travelers are entitled to stay in a single room with a private bath. Upgrades to suites or executive-floor rooms are permissible only if there is no additional cost to the University, and this should be explained on the Travel Expense report. With prior approval, travelers may stay in a suite if required to conduct business, (e.g., meetings, interviews, etc.)

Spending Guidelines

The University will reimburse an employee for hotel expenses incurred for business purposes. Travelers are expected to use negotiated or preferred rates whenever possible. Tips for hotel staff are reimbursable when confined to reasonable limits, as determined by the services required and received. Room service is reimbursable when confined to reasonable limits as determined by the meals guidelines. (Refer to the Meals and Entertainment section.)

Cancellation Procedures

It is the traveler’s responsibility to notify the hotel to cancel a room reservation.

Travelers should request and record the cancellation number and the name of the person responsible for the cancellation in case of billing disputes.

Travelers should note that cancellation deadlines are based on the local time at the destination hotel.

Travelers will be held responsible and will not be reimbursed for “no-show” charges unless there is sufficient proof that the billing is in error. Exceptions require the approval of a Dean or a Vice President.


Rental car reservations should be made directly through the rental car company, and employee should use their JPMorgan Chase Procurement Card.

When traveling out of the local area, it may be necessary to rent an automobile at the destination point. Car-rental reservations may be made through the University’s authorized travel agency.

When signing car-rental agreements, employees are to sign their name, along with the words Bryant University. When renting a vehicle for more than 30 days, contact the Risk Manager at Ext. 6006 for insurance information. Omission of Bryant University next to one’s name voids any University Insurance coverage on the rental.

Rental-car Agencies and Class of Service

When traveling on University business, travelers are authorized to rent cars up to and including the mid-size/intermediate-class size. Travelers are responsible for daily rental costs in excess of the approved car class.

The rental of 15-passenger vans is prohibited by the University.

Rental-car Guidelines

Travelers may rent a car to travel to their destinations when driving is:

• More convenient than airline or rail travel;
• Necessary to transport large or bulky material;
• Less expensive than other transportation modes such as taxis, airport limousines, and airport shuttles.

Rental-car Payment Procedures

Rental cars should be paid using the JPMorgan Chase Procurement Card.

Rental-car Accidents

Should a rental-car accident occur, travelers should submit a written accident report as soon as possible to:

• The rental car company
• Local authorities, as required
• The Risk Manager

The department will be charged the deductible in the event of any insurance claim.


The University will not reimburse travelers for the purchase of travel, life, or accident insurance.

Rental-car Insurance – Domestic

When renting a vehicle for more than 30 days, contact the Risk Manager at Ext. 6006 for insurance information.

Employees who travel on University business should decline the collision damage insurance (sometimes referred to as CDW or LDW), personal accident insurance, and any liability insurance.

The University provides coverage in the U.S. during business trips for the following:

  • Collision damage to the rental vehicle
  • Personal-injury coverage through Workmen’s Compensation Insurance
  • Liability Insurance

Liability Insurance

For more information on any insurance question, contact the Risk Manager at Ext. 6006.

Rental-car Insurance – International

Travelers should accept all insurance coverage, including collision damage insurance and liability-damage waiver coverage when renting cars in a foreign country. (This coverage is often referred to as DCW or LDW coverage.)

Insurance Coverage for Personal Use of Rental Car

Personal use of a rental car during a business trip is not covered under the University’s insurance. Travelers who choose to extend a business trip for personal reasons, either before or after business is conducted, should purchase insurance coverage for those days. This coverage is not reimbursable by the University.


Personal Car Usage Guidelines

Employees may use their personal car for business purposes when:

  • It is less expensive than renting a car, taking a taxi or alternate transportation
  • It is timelier than taking public transportation
  • The employee is transporting University goods for delivery
  • The employee is entertaining clients

It is the personal responsibility of the owner of a vehicle being used for business to carry adequate insurance coverage (a minimum of $100/300K bodily injury and 100K property damage) for their own protection and for the protection of any passengers. Frequent use of personal vehicles for business travel is discouraged.

Insurance for Personal Car Usage

When using a personal car for Bryant business, an employee’s personal car insurance is the primary insurance policy. The University’s insurance covers bodily injury or liability damage that exceeds the coverage limits of the personal vehicle.

Such accidents should be reported promptly to the employee’s manager and the University’s Risk Manager.

Employees are not covered by the University’s insurance when:

  • Commuting to and from work
  • Driving on and around campus

Travelers will not be reimbursed by the University for collision losses that occur during business use of a personal car.

Reimbursement for Personal Car Usage

Travelers will be reimbursed for business usage of personal cars at the prevailing rates set by the University. Tolls and parking fees are also reimbursable expenses that require proper receipts.

Expense reports submitted for reimbursement are to include the following information:

  • Purpose of the trip
  • Date and destination
  • Number of business-miles driven
  • Receipts for tolls and parking

Travelers will not be reimbursed by the University for the following, even if these costs are incurred during business travel:

  • Personal car repairs
  • Rental-car costs during the repair of a personal car (unless on University business)
  • Tickets, fines, or traffic violations
  • Annual membership dues in automobile clubs

The University reserves the right to verify the accuracy of miles submitted for reimbursement on the Travel and Expense Report.

Commuting Expenses

Employees will not be reimbursed for commuting expenses between home and the employee’s business location. However, employees reporting to a location other than their normal business location will be reimbursed for mileage in excess of their normal commuting distance.


Personal/vacation travel may be combined with business travel provided that there is no additional cost to the University. University-negotiated hotel rates can be used for personal/vacation travel. Rental-car rates may be used for personal/vacation travel; however, it is your responsibility to verify that insurance coverage is included at the time of reservation. The traveler should inquire about insurance coverage through their own personal car insurance carrier through their personal credit card.

The JPMorgan Chase Visa or American Express Corporate card is not to be used to pay for personal/vacation travel.


Personal Phone Calls

Travelers will be reimbursed up to 10 minutes per day for any personal telephone calls made while on a University business trip.

Cellular Phone Reimbursement

Travelers will be reimbursed for business calls made on cellular phones when:

  • Calls are reasonable and necessary for conducting business
  • An original copy of the bill is attached to the travel expense report

Travelers will not be reimbursed for cellular phone purchases, accessories, installation, activation, or repair costs.


Personal Meal Expenses

Travelers will be reimbursed for actual and reasonable meal expenses when accompanied by proper and original receipts.

Mini Bars (In-room)

Purchases for both soda and water beverages from a mini bar are reimbursable.

Business Meal Expenses

Business meals are defined as meals taken with students, colleagues, or donors during which specific business discussions take place.

Business Meals with Other Employees

Employees will be reimbursed for business-related meals taken with other employees only in the following circumstances when:

  • For confidentiality reasons, business is conducted off University premises;
  • Dining with other employees during an out-of-town trip such as a conference;
  • Authorized by the department head for reward, recognition, or other appropriate business purposes

Alcoholic Beverages

The use of alcohol for business entertainment purposes should be kept to a minimum. Employees should be aware that the purchase and use of alcohol places significant legal exposure on the University.


Entertainment expenses include events when a business discussion takes place during, immediately before, or immediately after the event.

Employees will be reimbursed for entertainment expenses:

  • With prior department approval, if required;
  • If the person(s) entertained has/had a potential or actual business relationship with the University;
  • If the business discussion will benefit the University.

The following entertainment expenses are not reimbursable:

  • Concert and theater tickets
  • Sporting-event tickets
  • Outings to nightclubs
  • Transportation to and from a non-reimbursable event
  • Meals and beverages consumed at a non-reimbursable event

Tipping for Meals

Tips included on meal receipts will be reimbursed. Generally, 15 to 18 percent is considered reasonable, with 20 percent being the maximum limit. Tips should be included with the cost of the associated expense on the travel expense report.

Payment for Meals and Entertainment

Meals and entertainment expenses should be paid for using the employee’s JPMorgan Chase Procurement card. Please check with Purchasing for information on the JPMorgan Credit Card Program.

Documentation and IRS Requirements

An original receipt should be submitted with the Travel Expense Report for individual meals and any entertainment expenses.

In addition, for business meal and entertainment expenses, the following documentation is required by the IRS, and should be recorded on the travel expense report:

  • Names of individuals present, their titles and organization name
  • Name and location of where the meal or event took place
  • Exact amount and date of the expense
  • Specific business topic discussed
  • In the case of entertainment events, the specific time when the business discussion took place (i.e., before, during, or after the event)


Purchasing Credit Card (PCard)

The University’s purchasing procurement card program is run through JPMorgan Chase. Whenever possible, employees should utilize their procurement card in accordance with current PCard policies.

We encourage you to review the PCard manual prior to travel. Items specifically related to travel would include:

  • Using the PCard when significant savings can be achieved by purchasing your travel tickets online.
  • Your University PCard is the preferred payment method for the daily expenses incurred when traveling.

The PCard is not to be used for personal purchases at any time.

Customer service is available by calling 24 hours a day at 1-800-270-7760. A JPMorgan Chase representative will assist you with:

  • Questions on monthly statements and balance
  • Emergency services
  • Billing disputes
  • Card-member benefits and services

Business Use of Personal Charge/Credit Card

The University encourages all employees to use the JPMorgan Procurement Card for travel; however, use of a personal credit card is allowed and expenses will be reimbursed when a completed Travel & Expense Report is submitted with appropriate receipts to the Accounts Payable Office.

Travelers will not be reimbursed for annual fees on personal charge cards or credit cards.


Advances will be issued for trips of two or more days. The amount of cash requested should be the minimum necessary to cover anticipated out-of-pocket expenses not chargeable to the employee’s Procurement Card. Request for advances should be made a minimum of 10 business days prior to the travel date.

Cash-advance Settlement

All cash advances should be settled on a travel expense report within seven business days after completion of the trip. Any unused cash advance should be returned immediately when a trip is canceled or postponed. Advances or reimbursements will not be issued to any employee who has an advance outstanding of more than 30 days.

Outstanding Cash Advances

Failure to properly account for cash advances may result in:

• Notification sent to employee’s supervisor/manager
• Suspension or cancellation of cash-advance privileges
• Non-reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenditures
• W-2 compensation reporting of outstanding advance


Timing for Expense Report Completion and Submission

Travelers should file a Travel Expense Report no later than seven business days after completion of each trip. Travel expense reports are available on the Controller’s Web site under forms.

To access the form, go to the Controller’s webpage.

Approval/Authorization Process

All requests for reimbursement of travel and related expenditures require the signature of the individual and his/her direct supervisor.

Accounts Payable will review each employee Travel Expense Report for:

  • Proper approval signatures
  • Identified business purpose
  • Correct totals
  • Supporting documentation and receipts
  • Policy compliance

Documentation Requirements

University policy requires receipts for all expenditures.

Documentation that travelers must submit with their travel expense reports include:

  • Air/Rail: Original passenger coupon
  • Hotel: Hotel folio issued at time of checkout, along with credit-card receipts
  • Car Rental: Rental car agreement plus credit card receipt
  • Meals/Entertainment: Credit-card receipt or cash register receipt (no restaurant tear tabs)

When a receipt is not available, a full explanation of the expense and the reason for the missing receipt is required on the travel expense report.

Actual bills/receipts should be submitted whenever possible. Receipts should include the name of the vendor, location, date, and dollar amount.

Disregard for University policy or altering of receipts can result in disciplinary action or termination.

Converting Foreign Currencies

To eliminate problems associated with the conversion of foreign currency, the University strongly recommends the use of the JPMorgan PCard.

Employees who travel internationally must provide supporting documentation for exchange-rate conversion with the Travel & Expense Report. When the rate is unknown, the traveler calculate the amount using the tables found at:

http://www.oanda.com/convert/classic or http://www.xe.com/currencyconverter/

  • Unknown conversion rates may be estimated for submission on the Travel Expense Report and, if necessary, Accounts Payable will adjust the rate to the billed amount when the voucher is processed.
  • Personal charge/credit cards will be reimbursed by using theWall Street Journal exchange rates unless supported by a personal charge/credit card statement.

A separate travel expense report page should be completed for each type of currency in which expenses are incurred. U.S. dollars may be combined with one type of foreign currency.

All expenses must be recorded in U.S. dollars, with the currency conversion rate clearly noted on the travel-expense report and on all supporting receipts.


Procurement Card Management

Procurement Card Introduction

In partnership with JPMorgan Chase, Bryant University offers the Visa Procurement Card Program to all eligible Bryant employees. The Procurement Card (PCard) is an efficient method for employees to make low dollar purchases, pay for travel-related expenses, and help eliminate the use of petty cash for reimbursement of purchases made with personal funds. The objective of this program is to provide Bryant employees with added convenience, security, and flexibility, as well as simplify the purchasing process.

Please click here to go directly to the Bryant University P-Card Manual.

Acquiring a Procurement Card

Any employee authorized to obtain a PCard must complete the JPMorgan Chase Cardholder Account Application. Once the application is complete and has been approved, the employee will be contacted to meet with a member of Purchasing to review the details, requirements and responsibilities of a cardholder for the PCard program. The informational session ensures that the Cardholder is familiar with the policies and procedures of the program and provides answers to any questions the Cardholder may have regarding use of the card. Each Cardholder will be given a copy of the manual to use as a reference guide. Upon receipt of the card, the employee will be required to sign a Cardholder Agreement Form.

The Cardholder must adhere to Procurement Card policies and procedures and may not send a proxy to the Procurement Card meeting.

When Can I Get My Card?

The PCard is sent to the Purchasing department in approximately 7 to 10 days after the application is entered online. Cardholders will be advised when their cards are available, and they must complete a PCard Training Session prior to receipt of their card.

NOTE: PCards will not be sent through interoffice mail and will not be made available until the appropriate training has taken place.

Procurement Card Renewals

All Procurement Cards are valid for three years and are automatically renewed during the month of expiration. Renewal cards are sent directly to Purchasing. Cardholders will be notified by email whe they are available for pickup.

Lost or Stolen Procurement Cards

In the event your PCard has been lost or stolen, please report it immediately to the JPMorgan Chase Bank at 1-800-VISA-911, and contact Purchasing at Ext. 6018.

Canceling Procurement Cards

When an employee leaves the University the departmental supervisor is responsible for notifying the Purchasing department and the supervisor is responsible for keeping the cardholder’s PCard records on file for seven years.

Auxiliary Services and Copy Center

Contact Info

Assistant Director of Auxiliary Services, ext. 6036

Auxiliary Services Front Desk, ext. 6035

Auxiliary Services Coordinator, ext. 6314

Copy Center, ext. 6357




All Copy Center services and Central Stores purchases are recharged to the appropriate department on a monthly basis and appear on departmental budgets by the 10th of the month. Contact ext. 6035 for current recharging pricing.

Job Submission

Copy jobs should be submitted electronically (by email) at copyctr@bryant.edu.  They should be sent as a .pdf attachment with copy instructions provided in the body of the email. Instructions should include:  due date and time, org. number to be charged, copy instructions, contact information, paper preference, etc. All copy requests will be printed double-sided by default unless otherwise requested.

Copy Center staff are unable to provide formatting or editing services; all work submitted must be copy-ready.  Copy jobs will be prioritized by due date and time with exams receiving top priority.


Copied exams are checked and wrapped in Auxiliary Services. Exams are then held in a secure area for pickup by professors or suite coordinators.  Student workers cannot pickup wrapped exams.

Student Organizations

Student organizations submitting a copy request must present a signed charge slip authorizing copying charges to their organization’s budget.  These forms are available in the CSLI Resource Center.

The Copy Center is unable to accommodate personal printing requests from students.

Copyright Laws

The Copy Center does not reproduce copyrighted material without the attached written permission from the copyright holder. The Douglas and Judith Krupp Library provides copyright guidelines for Course Reserves. Information Services provides guidelines on the Digital Millenium Copyright Act (DMCA). Refer to the Student Handbook for additional information on copyright policies and guidelines for students.

University Fax Line

Faculty and staff may receive incoming faxes at 401-232-6319.  Faxes sent to this number will arrive via email in the Copy Center and are electronically forwarded to the named recipient.


Post Office


Post Office Hours                                                                                                                                  Monday – Friday  8:30 a.m. – 4:30 p.m.

Window Hours                                                                                                                                       Monday – Friday  8:30 a.m. – 4:30 p.m.

(during the academic year)                                                                                                                     * Check with the Post Office for Summer Hours

  • Post Office Manager, Ext. 6995
  • Post Office Assistants, Ext. 6244

Incoming Mail Distribution

U.S. Postal Service Mail

All incoming U.S. mail is received and distributed daily.

Student Mail

Please have all student mail addressed as follows:

Student Name
Bryant University
Student Box Number
1150 Douglas Pike
Smithfield, RI 02917-1291

Whenever a student receives a package via the Bryant Post Office, they will be notified electronically that they have a package to be picked up. The Post Office will hold that package for 15 business days. During this period, the student will receive two separate notifications asking to come by and get their package. If the package is not picked up in that time frame, the package will be returned to sender.

Study Abroad Policy

Prior to leaving for your semester abroad, please be sure to notify all companies, vendors, ( i.e. phone bills, credit cards, bank statements, etc) and family members that you will be away for a stated period of time to ensure 1st class mail is routed to your permanent address. According to the Post Office package policy, any USPS packages will be forwarded to a domestic home address as noted in Banner from the Academic Records department. Any UPS, FedEx or DHL packages will be returned to sender. Please feel free to stop by the Post Office or contact us at 401-232-6244 if you have any questions.

Faculty/Staff Mail

Please have all faculty/staff mail addressed as follows:

Bryant University
Department Name
1150 Douglas Pike
Smithfield, RI 02917-1284

Interoffice Mail

Interoffice mail is sorted and distributed on a continuous basis.  Such mail should include the recipient’s full name as well as department or Bryant box number.


Outgoing Mail Procedures

Mailing Packages
Packages can be mailed through the Bryant Post Office from 8:30 a.m. to 4 p.m. To meet our daily pickup time, packages should be brought to the Bryant Post Office by 3:30 p.m. Packages must be properly wrapped and labeled, and weigh less than 70 pounds. Please note: According to FAA regulations, the sender of any package exceeding 13 oz., will be asked to disclose the contents as to whether it is Fragile, Perishable, Hazardous or Liquid. The Post Office will be happy to assist you in preparing your package for shipment. Feel free to call Ext. 6244 with any questions.

Proper Addressing
The delivery address is the most important information on your mail piece. Use the following format for your delivery address:

Name or Attention Line: JANE L MILLER
Delivery Address: 1960 W CHELSEA AVE STE 2006
City, State, Zip Code: ALLENTOWN PA 18104

Use the following guidelines:

  • All capital letters.
  • No punctuation.
  • At least 10-point type.
  • Always put attention line on top – never below the city and state or in the bottom corner of your mailpiece.
  • If you cannot fit the suite or apartment number on the same line as the delivery address, put it on the line ABOVE the delivery address, NOT on the line below.
  • If your address appears in a window, be sure there is at least 1/8 inch clearance around the address. Sometimes parts of the address slip out of view behind the window and mail processing machines cannot read the address.
  • If you are using address labels, make sure not to cut off any important information. Also be sure the labels are on straight. Mail processing machines have difficulty reading crooked or slanted information.

Restrictions on Interoffice Mailings
Federal regulations prohibit the filing of chain letters. Any mailings not affiliated with Bryant University will not be filed.

Mail Services

U.S. Express Mail
The daily deadline for this service is 3:30 p.m. Monday – Friday. Prices vary according to the weight and destination zip code of the article.

First-class Mail
Outgoing mail needs to be brought to the Post Office by 3:00 p.m. for mailing on that day. It is preferred that envelopes are addressed in all capital letters.

Bulk Mailings
A mailing of more than 200 identical pieces could be considered a bulk mailing. In order to receive discounted pricing on bulk mailings, departments must meet USPS regulations. Bulk mailings should be coordinated with the Bryant Post Office prior to mailing to ensure adequate funding on account.

It is preferred that envelopes are addressed in all capital letters. Departments must consult the Bryant Post Office prior to preparing a mailing to ensure lists are “cleansed.” For further guidance in meeting USPS regulations and other mailing alternatives, call the Bryant Post Office at Ext. 6244.

Mail Classification – International Mail
Before sending international mail, please check with the Bryant Post Office staff to ensure proper customs forms are completed.

Department Mail Requirements
Please separate all mail left at the window. Mail requiring postage should be mailed showing the organization number to be charged. If the Post Office window is not open, it is recommended that mail requiring postage not be left on the counter.

Methods of Payment
The Bryant Post Office accepts cash, checks and Bulldog Bucks.

Food Services

Bryant University has contracted with Sodexo to administer the dining program for faculty, staff, and students.
Sodexo offers board plan dining in Salmanson Dining Hall for all students living in residence halls, as well as retail dining options that include: Nick’s Place, Bulldog Bytes Café, Café a la Cart and Gulski Dining.

Sodexo also provides a full service catering department to meet the needs of students, faculty, and staff.

All Sodexo invoices are submitted directly to Auxiliary Services, where they are reviewed, entered, scanned and indexed.

Budget Managers may obtain a supply of Bryant University Charge Slips for use at all Sodexo dining establishments, as well as all other dining establishments on campus, the bookstore, the Fisher Center Information Desk and Auxiliary Services. These slips enable authorized individuals to charge food or supplies directly to the organization and account number indicated by their Budget Manager. Each slip must be filled out in its entirety and must include the business purpose of the purchase as well as the names of any people attending business meals. White copies of these three-part slips must be given to the cashier at the time of purchase. Auxiliary Services verifies and processes these charge slips for payment.

Bryant Dining Services is overseen by Auxiliary Services, Ext. 6036.

FOOD SERVICE LOCATIONS and HOURS OF OPERATION are available on the Information Directory.

Call the following extensions with any dinning-related questions you may have:
General Manager, Ext. 6865
Office Manager, Ext. 6584
Catering Office, Ext. 6493

Auxiliary Services, Ext. 6036

Residence Life, Ext. 6140

Auxiliary Services, Ext. 6036

IT Security Vendor Management



The purpose of this document is to describe the information security requirements to be followed in the selection and ongoing risk management of third party service providers for Bryant University and the privacy of confidential information of students/employees/alumni.  This document also defines the information security requirements for contracts with third parties that have access to confidential information about students/employees/alumni.


All engagements with service providers, having to do with security of financial data and University data systems, shall be in accordance with this document.  Arrangements involving third party access to university information, processing facilities or assets shall be based on a formal contract.  The contract will contain, or reference, all security requirements and assigned responsibilities to ensure that there is no misunderstanding between the university and the third party.  This document covers the following requirements for vendor management:

  • Vendor Management Recommendations & Guidelines
  • Outsourcing
  • Risk Management Process


Sponsors and owners of the business function to be outsourced shall exercise appropriate due diligence in the selection of the service provider, including the following consideration:

  • Service provider references and experience
  • Security expertise of service provider personnel
  • Background checks on service provider personnel

The university shall require by contract that the service provider implements appropriate security controls in accordance with university guidelines.  Services provided by the service provider shall be monitored (through the completion of annual self-assessment questionnaires/reviews) to confirm that they are according to these guidelines.

If the service provider provides confidential information, it is the responsibility of the sponsor to ensure that any obligations of confidentiality are satisfied.

The following terms shall be included in all third party contracts:

  • Non-disclosure agreements covering the university’s systems and data
  • That the services provide conforms to all federal and state laws and regulations.
  • The right to audit or review any recent SSAE 16 (formally SAS 70 ll) or equivalent independent audit report
  • Service Level Agreement (SLA) that includes, description of services, availability (including in the event of a disaster), and recourse if service levels are not met
  • Provisions that Service provider use adequate physical and logical controls used to restrict and limit the access to the university’s sensitive information
  • That the service provider has adequate incident response documentation and assurance that the provider shall communicate incidents promptly
  • The general guidelines on information security; i.e. “shall maintain compliance with all applicable federal and state guidelines…” and “ shall maintain security controls to protect the confidential information of the university …”
  • Asset protection, including:
    • Procedures to protect university assets, including information and software
    • Procedures to determine whether there has been any compromise of assets, e.g., whether loss or modification of data, has occurred
    • Controls to ensure the return or destruction of information and assets at the end of, or at an agreed point in time during, the contract
    • Provisions regarding integrity and availability
    • Restrictions on copying and disclosing information
  • A description of each service to be made available
  • The target level of service and unacceptable level of service
  • The respective liabilities of the parties to the Agreement
  • Intellectual Property Rights (IPRs) and copyright assignment and protection of any collaborative work
  • The right to audit contractual responsibilities or to have those audits carried out by a mutually agreed upon third party
  • A statement of outlining the existence and maintenance of third the party’s contingency plans to ensure that services are maintained in the event of a disaster
  • A statement ensuring the existence of logical and physical protection controls and mechanisms to ensure that the controls are followed
  • Any proprietary software and documents be kept in escrow to provide the university access to these resources in the event the third party is no longer a viable entity
  • An acknowledgement that the service provider is responsible for the ongoing security of the university’s confidential information
  • Any contract for these types of services must be reviewed for completeness by the University Data Security Officer and the Purchasing Department, prior to execution by either party.

1.4 Risk Management

Departmental managers will complete an annual contract review to assure that SLA and other deliverables and measurable are being attained and received.


            Role Responsibility
Departmental Managers Follows this document for contracts with third parties.  Appoints a point of contact for managing the relationship with the third party.  Will complete annual self assessments to ensure third party providers are compliant
IT Staff Assists departmental managers of the business function to be outsourced with the due diligence required as needed
ISPC Ensures the compliance with this document
Purchasing Contact Suppliers on behalf of User-Departments when requested

Obtain quotes or conduct RFP on behalf of user-departments when requested.

Review contract for conformance to Bryant Terms & Conditions prior to execution.


Campus Management

The Campus Management Department is dedicated to the creation and preservation of functional, safe, comfortable, and beautiful campus buildings and grounds, and support of the Bryant University Community in the pursuit of its educational and civic mission. It is composed of two areas; Facilities Management & Construction and Capital Project Management.

Facilities Management

Mission Statement

The Mission of Facilities Management at Bryant University is to effectively and efficiently provide services that support the faculty, staff, and students in pursuit of excellence in their individual and institutional, academic, and community objectives. This service is directed toward maintenance and operation of all facilities on campus.


  • Assistant Vice President, Ext. 6082
  • Director of Capital Projects, Ext. 6977
  • Senior Project Manager, Ext. 6055
  • Senior Project Manager, Ext. 6425
  • Senior Project Manager, Ext. 6050
  • Assistant Director of Facilities Management, Ext. 6912
  • Assistant Facilities Engineer – Carpentry, Paint, Locks & Keys, Ext. 6401
  • Assistant Facilities Engineer – HVAC, Electrical, Plumbing, Ext. 6984
  • Manager of Grounds Operations, Ext. 6189
  • Manager of Custodial Operations, Ext. 6562
  • Shift Supervisor of Custodial Operations, 1st Shift, Ext. 6276
  • Shift Supervisor of Custodial Operations2nd Shift, Ext. 6054
  • Shift Supervisor of Custodial Operations, 3rd Shift, Ext. 6436
  • Facilities Operations Manager & CMMS Administrator, Ext. 6052
  • Assistant Financial Director, Campus Management, Ext. 6302
  • Office Budget Coordinator, Ext. 6847
  • Junior Budget Analyst, Ext. 6057
  • Financial & Project Coordinator, Ext. 6312

Facilities Management Administration and Planning

Maintenance Department


  • HVAC – Responsible for all heating, ventilation, air-conditioning, and refrigeration needs throughout the campus. Maintains all control systems in order to ensure smooth and efficient operations.
  • PLUMBING – Responsible for all related plumbing needs of the University. This includes but is not limited to all bathroom facilities, showers, sinks, toilets, urinals, etc.
  • CARPENTRY – In addition to performing general infrastructure maintenance work to all buildings on campus on a regular basis, the carpentry shop, through the work request system (see Facilities Web site), makes timely repairs to all Resident Halls assuring Bryant University students the opportunity to have a safe and operationally conducive environment for learning.
  • ELECTRICIANS – Responsibilities include but are not limited to maintaining the indoor and outdoor lighting and power requirements throughout the campus including the fire alarms systems. Through the work request system (see Facilities Web site), all electrical problems concerning students, faculty, and staff are attended too in a timely manner.
  • PAINTERS – All interior and refurbishing painting functions are performed on an ongoing basis through the school year. As with all the other trade departments, resident-hall painting rehab is completed during the summer months. In addition, infrastructure painting needs are conducted during the winter break to minimize disruption to Bryant University students, faculty, and staff.
  • LOCKSMITH – The responsibilities of the locksmiths are to provide access through mechanical and electronic means to facilitate optimum use of the University facilities. They are also responsible to address access concerns, while maintaining an appropriate level of security on campus.

Key control policy for faculty and staff:

    • All keys must be issued by and returned to the Facilities Management Lock and Key Shop.
    • No deposits will be required.
    • No key will be issued by or turned in to any person or office other than the Facilities Management Lock and Key Shop.
    • No more than one key will be issued for the same area per person.
    • Lost and/or stolen keys must be reported immediately to the Department of Public Safety, Ext. 6001.
    • All keys must be returned to the Facilities Management Lock and Key Shop  before a person leaves the University’s employment.
    • No key will be issued without a properly completed Key Authorization Card.
    • Line of Authority for key authorization:
      • Grand Masters – By authority of the Vice President responsible for the area and the Director of Facilities Management.
      • Masters – By authority of the Director responsible for the area and the Director of Facilities Management.
      • All others – By authority of the Administrator responsible for the area and the Director of Facilities Management.
    • To control continuity and security over the campus key system, the only lock cylinders and keys to be used on any area of Bryant University are those authorized and installed by the Lock and Key Shop.

Custodial Department


The Custodial Services Department of Facilities Management provides routine services to all University facilities and infrastructure. Since most classrooms and administrative/faculty and staff offices remain open throughout day and evening hours, much of the routine cleaning of these areas must be undertaken during the overnight hours by the third (night) shift during the hours of (10 p.m. to 6:30 a.m.). In addition, custodians on first (day) shift during the hours of (6 a.m. to 2:30 p.m.) clean and maintain all residence halls, service restrooms and clean other areas that can be done without undue interference to staff. Additional services are also provided to the community through the Receiving Department from 6 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. daily.



  • All internal and external offices are vacuumed and trash/recycling removed daily.
  • Restroom, classrooms, and public areas (lobbies, entryways, etc.) are cleaned daily.
  • Residence Hall restrooms, hallways, stairwells, study rooms, and all common areas are cleaned daily.
  • Floor care, such as auto scrubbing, burnishing and/or refinishing, is performed nightly.
  • Window and wall cleaning are performed daily as needed.
  • Carpets are extracted (shampooed) by request (scheduling should be done through online work request at facilities Web site.)
  • Purchase and distribute all sanitary paper products, trash liners, and cleaning supplies to proper locations as needed.
  • Custodial services are provided for University events on an overtime basis as requested. (i.e. Commencement, Parents and Family Weekend, Spring and Fall Open Houses, etc.)
  • Overtime custodial services are provided for weekend trash/recycling removal and emergency situations that may occur on weekends during the overnight hours.

Trash and Recycling Removal

  • Trash and recycling are picked up daily outside the residence halls. (See facilities Web site for instructions as to how and where to bring the trash/recycling.)
  • Recycled materials in all other buildings are picked up on a daily basis.

Receiving/Delivery of University-related Materials

  • Receive and distribute UPS and Federal Express packages to administrative and faculty offices on a daily basis.
  • Receive the U.S. Mail and deliver to the University Post Office six days a week.
  • Deliver bulk U.S. Mail to the Providence, RI Post Office approximately twice a week.
  • Receive and distribute office paper products and all University brochures as needed.

Meeting Rooms and Event Setups

  • Perform athletic, conference, and special event setups on a daily basis as requested.

Furniture Relocation

  • Perform office and/or furniture moves as requested.

Weather related delays or cancellation information due to a snow emergency may be obtained by calling the Bryant University Information Line at 401-232-6002.

Grounds Department

The Grounds Department is responsible for the overall appearance and maintenance of the campus roads and grounds encompassing the entire campus. The University comprises 420 acres of land with several miles of roads, and over eight miles of walks. It is the goal of our office to enhance the University experience for students, faculty, and staff by maintaining a clean and safe environment. Specific duties provided in support of the University are as follows:

  • Maintain all horticultural materials such as turf, trees, evergreens, shrubs, vines, ground cover and flowering plants
  • Watering trees, shrubs and flower beds
  • Shrub pruning and tree trimming
  • Collecting and disposal of leaves
  • Maintenance of storm drains
  • Maintenance of fountain and irrigation systems
  • Maintenance of fire hydrants
  • Installation of special event signage
  • Litter and debris control
  • Snow and ice removal

The majority of Grounds department services are performed Monday – Friday between the hours of 7 a.m. and 3:30 p.m.

Financial Management

I. Facilities Management (FM) adheres to the polices written by the Bryant University Accounts Payable and Purchasing Departments.

  • Development of RFP’s – FM will develop all RFPs in accordance with the threshold requirements specified in the Purchasing policies and procedures. In addition, any work that is done on a regularly scheduled basis (i.e, monthly/quarterly service, trash removal/recycling, preventive maintenance procedures), will be awarded to a vendor through the RFP process.

II. Tracking Operations and Maintenance Accounts

At the beginning of each fiscal year, budgets are loaded into the University’s accounting database (Banner). Operating budgets and expenditures are subsequently tracked trhoughout the year using Banner general ledger reports.

III. Tracking Capital Accounts

All capital projects are monitored by their respective Project Managers. The Manager of Financial Operations will review each project with the assigned Project Manager on a monthly basis to confirm/create a cash-flow report that is published quarterly. When a project is completed, any remaining funds will revert to the Facilities Contingency Account for proper disbursement.

Fixed-asset Management

Condition Assessment

The purpose of this section is to set forth the policies, responsibilities, and procedures for conducting facilities condition assessments at Bryant University.

Residence Halls

The Facilities Group will conduct condition assessments in conjunction with a designee from Residence Life in selected residences during winter break. The assessment will determine whether additional repair/rehabilitation will be required to bring a unit up to the health/sanitary codes and livability for students. During the assessment, charges for repairs, if any, are determined and the billing is handled through the Residence Life group. Any necessary repairs will initiate the work-order process, and a work ticket is generated for each needed trade.

Administrative Areas

The Facilities Group conducts periodic checks of areas populated by administrative offices and classrooms. These assessments are conducted during the spring break and summer break timeframes. Any emergency repairs are conducted immediately. Any work requiring a major expenditure is forwarded to the Capital Projects Group to be entered as a candidate for a capital improvement.

Building Envelope

During the winter months, as a means of preventive maintenance, the Facilities Group conducts periodic inspections of the building envelopes to assess energy efficiency with regard to infiltration/exfiltration. The buildings are assessed via infrared scanner to determine if they are weather tight.

Campus Communication

The purpose of this section is to set forth the policies, responsibilities and procedures for providing campus communication at Bryant University between the Facilities Group and requesters.

The Facilities Management Group will respond to all Electronic work requests via e-mail directly to the requester. One e-mail will notify the requestor of receipt of the work order, and another will notify the requester of the status of the work order. For any requests made by telephone, the only confirmation communicated by the Facilities Management Group will be from the worker making the repairs.

Campus Management often conducts projects that adversely affect the flow of community activities. When this situation occurs, it is necessary to notify the community via e-mail of the affected areas and the period that the area will be affected. A global email is sent through the Vice President for Business Affairs, by the Director of Facilities, notifying the community of the start and finish of the work as well as the affected activities/areas.

Exterminating Services

The Facilities Management Department is solely responsible for administering exterminating services at a periodic rate to all buildings. These services may be performed by inhouse Facilities personnel who possess the proper licenses and training, or by outside contractors.

All costs of general exterminating services throughout the facilities will be annually provided for in the Facilities Management budgets. Exterminating services for food service areas and culinary instructional areas will be administered by Facilities Management, but charged to the respective department.

Any areas witnessing problems with rodents or insects should contact the Facilities Management Office immediately. Treatment services will be scheduled as soon as possible. Except in extreme situations, treatment will always occur at times when the buildings are least occupied.

Occupants’ Responsibilities

Although Facilities Management is responsible for the overall Facilities operations, it is the responsibility of each individual to see that fellow employees, students, materials, and equipment are in compliance with University, state, and federal policies and procedures. Department heads are responsible for the overall safety and security of their respective areas.

Campus Refuse Disposal

The Facilities Management Department is solely responsible for the collection and disposal of campus refuse. The Department will make every effort to ensure that disposal and collection of refuse is timely and in full accordance with all state and federal regulations governing this function.

Due to the excessive costs associated with disposal, the Department will make every effort to diminish the trash stream through recycling procedures and conservation.

All costs associated with refuse removal will be annually provided for, annually, in the Facilities Management budgets.

Roof Access

It is the policy of Facilities Management that University building roofs are strictly off-limits for experiments or any other activity other than Facilities Management construction or maintenance. Only authorized personnel are permitted on the roofs. Authorization to access any roof must be obtained from the Director of Facilities Management.

Sign and Poster Placement

Temporary signs, banners, posters or other types of signs advertising University events are permitted with the following restrictions:

  1. All student-related signs must be stamped for approval by Student Affairs and indicate “remove by” date. Material not stamped will be removed.
  2. Signs may not be attached to the interior or exterior of any building except at designated locations.
  3. Exterior signs will not be displayed on campus signage, traffic signals, trees, sign posts or lamp posts. Free standing signs may be placed around the grounds with the prior approval of the Center for Student Involvement of the Director of Facilities Management or his/her designee.
  4. Interior signs will be confined to bulletin boards or similar areas identified for said purpose. Adhering signs and other displays to walls, doors, railings, windows, or similar interior structures causes damage and therefore, is prohibited.
  5. All displays must be promptly and completely removed by the removal date or completion of the event.

Vehicles on Grounds and Paths

It is the policy of the Facilities Management Department that University and private vehicles are not permitted to be driven on the grounds or pathways without explicit permission from the Director of Facilities Management and/or the Director of the Department of Public Safety.

Uniforms and Equipment

The professionalism exuded by staff on campus may be strengthened not only by working smart, sensibly, and consistently, but also by the conspicuous presence of a uniformed, mobile work force. The University will provide all facilities personnel with uniforms and equipment necessary to project a professional presence on campus.

Emergency Closings

I. Purpose:

If hampering snow conditions, physical plant problems, or a national/state/local emergency develops, it may be necessary to close Bryant University.

In emergencies, employees are designated as:

  1. Faculty
  2. 12-month employees
  3. Essential staff

a. Security staff

b. All grounds maintenance and custodial staff

II. Procedure:

Essential staff employees, as defined, must report to work under all circumstances. There has been no attempt to equate the relative danger in travel conditions for students versus employees. It must be assumed that an employee, whose road/traffic situation prohibits his/her getting to the University, is within reason and right in determining not to endanger life and limb.

Recharge Policy

Residential Recharges

A work request is entered into TMA work order management system (either manually if from a custodian or online if from faculty, staff, or students). Once done, it is designated as a Service Call. The service call is given to the lead trades person.

Should the request involve residence hall, townhouse, or senior apartment repair/damage, the lead trades person returns the Service Call to the Facilities Work Control Coordinator and writes the recharge amount (from his/her copy of the Recharge Rates Chart), along with what was done to remedy the repair/damage. Technician labor costs are included in all recharges, along with the material cost to repair/replace the damaged item.

The Vandalism Report containing date of repair, location of repair, damage description, and recharge amount is saved (in the TMA Database), and a hardcopy is sent via interoffice mail to Residence Life. A sample of this TMA Vandalism Report can be printed two different ways depending on how much information you need to “see” on it.

  • Vandalism Detail Report
  • Vandalism Report


Every effort is made to perform routine predictable services required by the community during normal work hours. Organizations are recharged when it is necessary to have facilities staff or custodial, maintenance, or grounds personnel perform duties outside of their regularly scheduled work hours. As it relates to campus wide events, personnel requests are made through Central Scheduling with details of event time, location, setup, and staffing requirements. Account numbers for recharges are requested at this time.

  • On the weekly time sheets, department supervisors flag the employees, hours, and the name of the event that was worked.
  • A list is made each week of all overtime hours.
  • A worksheet is completed for each organization’s rechargeable hours.
  • A recharge form from the Controller’s Office Web site is completed and copies are sent to the organization being charged along with a copy to the Controller’s Office.



Once the weekly gasoline consumption is calculated and accounted for, we recharge the Director of Athletics, the Assistant Director of Fisher Center Operations, Conferences and Special Events and the Director of the Department of Public Safety for the gasoline used by their vehicles on a monthly basis. A recharge form from the Controller’s Office Web site is completed, and copies are sent to the department being charged, with a copy to the Controller’s Office.

Material for Work Performed:

The Facilities Department is tasked with maintaining all equipment and buildings on the Bryant Campus. Existing equipment is repaired on an as-needed basis. Maintenance and repair are the primary functions of the department. Requests for new installations will be charged to the department requesting a new installation. Examples of requests that fall within this category would be include additional electrical receptacles, or additional office shelving. Individuals who request items outside of those determined to be regular maintenance will have their requests reviewed on a case-by-case basis by the Facilities Department; a cost estimate for labor, material, and delivery time will be provided by the facilities engineer. The specific request should be addressed to the facilities engineer by the department manager, who must also provide a valid Bryant account number for the work. Upon completion of the estimate, the facilities engineer will provide a written estimate for the request. If the estimate is approved by the department manager, a work request will be generated, and the work will be scheduled.

The recharge dollar amount and account number to be billed is supplied on the work request, and then a recharge form from the Controller’s Office Web site is completed and copies are sent to the department being charged, with a copy to the Controller’s Office.

Facilities Management Maintenance Operations and Services

The Facilities Maintenance trades division consists of electricians, carpenters, plumbers, painters, HVAC mechanics, and locksmiths. These groups are responsible for all routine, emergency, and preventive maintenance on the University campus. They are also responsible for all summer resident-hall rehab work that is necessary for the quality of student life on campus.
Work Order Management

The purpose of this section is to set forth the policies, responsibilities and procedures for opening, closing, and initiating work orders at Bryant University. This section prescribes the procedures to accomplish these requirements.

I. User-initiated Online Work Orders

    • Users will visit the Facilities Management Web site at and select “Work Order Management.”
    • The browser will load the Facilities Management Web site.
    • The user will be prompted to click another link to get to the service window.
    • In the left-hand window of the iService Desk screen, the user will select “submit a work request.”
    • The user will follow the prompts and arrows to submit an online work request.
    • When completed, the system will generate an email to the user on the status of his/her work order at key periods during the process, should the user submit an e-mail address.
    • Online work orders are to be completed in non-emergency situations only.

Emergency Requests

The following items are considered emergencies and should be immediately called in to the Facilities Management Call Center at Ext. 6052:

      • Water Faucets, showers, or toilets that are overflowing and will not shut off
      • Electrical outlets that are sparking or have tripped the circuit breaker
      • No heat in a room or office
      • Vandalism relating to locks
      • Lock-outs
      • Lost access cards and/or Fobs
      • Food-service repair emergencies

II. Facilities Management-initiated Work Orders

Facilities management staff will follow the same guidelines set forth in Section I above.

Should a request come from an end user during the start of non-related repairs, the Facilities Staff member will encourage the user to submit a work request utilizing the aforementioned procedures.

Should a request come from an end user during the commencement of a related repair, the Facilities staff member will note the additional work on his/her work ticket and notify his/her supervisor of the action. Under no circumstances will a Facilities Staff member conduct work without proper authorization and recording of that work on a work ticket.

III. Opening and Closing Work Orders

The work request dispatcher will log onto a computer that has the appropriate maintenance management software installed and will follow the directions prescribed in the manual that is located with the Facilities Coordinator.

III. Reporting Work Orders

All reports that are communicated outside of the Facilities Management Department require the approval of the Director of Facilities or his/her designee.

Snow Emergency Plan

The Bryant University Emergency Snow Plan has been implemented to provide successful and responsive removal of snow from all campus roads, sidewalks, walkways, buildings, dorms, townhouse entrances, and parking lots. Snow removal is considered emergency work and therefore considerable overtime cost may be required. Careful planning and preparation prior to the snow warning is vital to minimize this cost. Variable conditions encountered, such as rate and accumulation, moisture content, temperature, and time of day, will activate the Emergency Snow Plan.

Emergency Snow Plan may be activated by the:

  • Department of Public Safety
  • Assistant Vice President for Campus Management
  • Director of Facilities
  • Manager of Grounds Division
  • Facilities Engineer
  • Assistant Facilities Engineer

Guidelines for activating Emergency Snow Plan:

  • Winter Storm Warning forecasting 3” or more
  • Winter Storm Warning for Severe Icing, forecasting freezing rain
  • Winter Storm Warning for Heavy Sleet, forecasting ½” or more

Guidelines for Response Activation:

  • Upon Emergency Snow Plan activation approval, the Manager of Grounds will begin to contact all Grounds and Custodial/Trades Snow Removal Teams at least two hours prior to forecast starting time.

Parking Ban:

  • Student parking is prohibited in the Faculty, Staff and Commuter parking lots. Fire Lanes need to remain open and accessible at all times. Grounds Workers will keep stockpiled snow away from sightlines at all intersections of the University. Students remaining on campus during winter break are encouraged to park their vehicles in front of the tennis courts during a snow emergency.

Emergency External Snow Removal Vendors:

  • External emergency snow vendors will be utilized when snow forecast exceeds 8.” Vendor notification will be handled by the Manager of Grounds.

Essential Personnel: All employees holding the Custodial and Tradesmen classifications are considered essential personnel and will be required to report to work during snow emergencies within their normal assigned working hours unless otherwise advised.

Athletic Field Complex Fall Maintenance and Winterization


 Baseball and Softball Fields

  • Final cut and clean
  • Add infield mix and conditioner for stabilization and preparation for early spring practice
  • Grade infield utilizing Laser Alignment
  • Sod Cut infield lip to level
  • Deep tine and aerify turf
  • Address pitcher mound and install new rubber
  • Address home plate and batters boxes
  • Apply dormant fertilizer to all turf
  • Install tarp on infield and secure for winter

Sutton Fields

  • Final cut and clean
  • Apply dormant feed to all turf areas
  • Spray application for snow mold

Varsity Practice Field

  • Final cut and clean
  • Deep tine and aerify
  • Apply top dress and over seed
  • Apply dormant fertilizer

 Intramural Fields

  • Final cut and clean
  • Solid tine fields
  • Apply top dressing and over seed
  • Apply dormant fertilizer

Track Field

  • Final cut and clean
  • Apply herbicide and dormant fertilizer

Field Hockey Field

  • Final cut and clean
  • Deep tine turf
  • Top dress
  • Address goal mounts
  • Apply herbicide and dormant fertilizer
  • Spray application for snow mold prevention

Stadium Field

  • Final cut and clean
  • Apply gypsum to fracture soil
  • Apply herbicide and dormant fertilizer
  • Spray application for snow mold prevention

Irrigation System

  • Blow down all lines and secure to prevent freezing


  • Remove all tarps
  • Inspect condition of all fields to access winter damage
  • Evaluate assessments, and report and program with Denis Brolin, Sports Turf Specialties
  • Initiate rolling of all areas
  • Initiate de-thatching of all areas
  • Initiate cleaning all areas
  • Spring fertilization program

Athletic and Outdoor Event Setups


Requests for Bryant University-sponsored events must be submitted by the sponsoring group. All requests must include a valid account number. Although there is generally no fee associated with an outdoor event unless labor is requested, the account number will be used should the space be damaged or improperly cleaned after an event. The request must be submitted a minimum of five business days prior to the date of the event. The business day ends at 5 p.m. so requests submitted after 5 p.m. will be received the following business day. Applicants are required to provide as complete a description as possible. If an event is planned that includes amplified sound, a tent, or catering, additional time for processing will be needed.

Athletic Fields

Recreational Fields and Practice Fields are designed to support Intramural and Club Sport activities, who hold first priority for the space. Therefore, fields that appear “available,” may actually be in use for sports programs. Any inquiries for athletic fields must be directed to the Athletic Director’s office to check for availability prior to submitting a request for athletic field usage. Tents are not allowed on any Athletic Fields.

Certificates of Insurance

When an outside vendor comes onto campus, the vendor must provide the University with a certificate of insurance that must be approved by the University’s Director of Risk Management. This certificate must show that the vendor has commercial general liability in the amount of $3 million per occurrence and must name Bryant University as an additional insured. Companies often add language that includes that the addition of Bryant University is for a specific date or the duration of an event.

Food and Alcohol

Alcoholic beverages must be supplied and served by a licensed caterer. The name of the caterer must be entered on the Request for Field Use. The organization may purchase and prepare (grill) food for an event provided that approval is given by the Facilities Management office.


Each event will be reviewed by DPS to determine if security is required. If it is determined that security is necessary, DPS will indicate the number of officers that are required to work the event and what specific duties the officers will perform. The event sponsor must arrange for security at least two weeks in advance of the event.


Events with tents require a Town of Smithfield tent permit. All fees and arrangements for inspections by the Fire Department must be made in advance of the Request for Field Use. A copy of the tent permit must be sent to the Facilities Management office in order to receive final approval for the event.


Facilities Management must have all electrical requirements a minimum of two weeks prior to an event in order to determine the staffing necessary for the event.

Car Washes

Requesters will need to request hoses and valve-control tools for use during a car wash. Use of the equipment is free; however, the account number on the request will be used for replacement of any damaged equipment or items not returned. Specific arrangements for the equipment can be made in advance by contacting Facilities Management at Ext. 6052.

Vehicle Accessibility

All Facilities-owned cars, trucks, vans, buses, and other motor vehicles will be controlled and kept in service by the Facilities Management Department. When available, they may be used by other departments/divisions for University-related purposes on a cost basis and on other terms as may reasonably be established by the Director of Facilities Management.

Grounds Equipment

These vehicles are solely for the use of the Grounds department at Bryant University. Under no circumstances are these vehicles to be rented, loaned, or taken off site without the express permission of the Director of Facilities Management.

Maintenance Vehicles

These vehicles are solely for the use of the Maintenance department at Bryant University. Under no circumstances are these vehicles to be rented, loaned, or taken off site without the express permission of the Director of Facilities Management, Facilities Engineer or Assistant Facilities Engineer.


Equipment Relocation Request FormVehicle Request Form

Campus and Environmental Planning

Campus and Environmental Planning consists of campus infrastructure assessment, building commissioning activities, Environmental, health and safety compliance, energy and utilities management and records management.

Commitment to Environmental, Health, and Safety

Bryant University is committed to protecting the health and safety of all members of the University community and our environment. The Bryant Policy is:

  • Provide facilities and operations that are safe and healthful;
  • Strive to prevent all occupational injuries and illnesses by emphasizing safety management, education and training, and safe work practices;
  • Comply with all applicable health, safety, and environmental laws and regulations;
  • Minimize waste, and reuse/recycle material when it is economically and environmentally appropriate;
  • Ensure that health, safety, and environmental protection is a principle consideration in the design, construction, and renovation of all buildings and facilities;
  • Communicate broadly our health, safety, and environmental activities and performance

All members of the University community, including students, faculty, staff, and contractors, are expected to be cognizant of, and conform with, University policies and procedures and share the responsibility for minimizing risks to health, safety, and the environment.

Faculty and supervisory staff must ensure that their employees and students work in a safe, healthful, and environmentally responsible manner and comply with all applicable laws, regulations, University policies, and procedures.

Construction and Capital Project Management

Construction and Project Management consists of construction management and execution, project development and management, design review management, estimating and forecasting, value engineering, and municipal code management.

  • Director of Capital Projects, Ext. 6977

Capital Project Planning (major projects)

Fulfillment of the academic plan is accomplished by creating a physical environment conducive to the goals of the University. The academic goals of the University are the primary impetus to all campus planning. As the academic and enrollment plans evolve, it is possible to define the individual physical development projects that address the academic and support requirements of the institution. At Bryant University the President, supported by the Vice Presidents and their staffs, plan and envision the course of campus development. All proposed initiatives are prioritized in support of the strategic plan. These initiatives can address maintenance and repair needs, renovation to upgrade facilities to a higher standard, alteration to convert existing space to serve a change in function and new construction that supports the ongoing University Mission.

The first step in the planning process is the development of a program statement that is the written description of the proposed physical development plan. The development of the program should be led by a professionally qualified leader, often a Project Manager (PM) with the Campus Management Staff. The PM brings together members of the community selected by divisional Vice Presidents architects, engineers and qualified consultants to define the project objectives.

In large capital projects, the architect is often the first professional engaged in the process. The architect develops a conceptual plan to satisfy the intent of the program. Often, at this stage, an estimator or Construction Manager (CM) is engaged to develop cost ranges and preliminary construction schedule. These are presented to the President and his cabinet for assessment. Projects that fit the financial and program requirements of the institution are allowed to proceed to the various planning, documentation, and bid stages.

Budget Development

A project budget includes all of the costs pertaining to the completion of a project; it contains so-called hard construction costs and the soft costs for planning and miscellaneous fees and expenses. In the early stages of planning, estimates of these costs are provided by professional estimators or construction managers. Early pricing is often based upon comparison with recent projects on a cost-per-square-foot of area or a cost-per-occupant. As the plan becomes more detailed, such as at the end of the design development and subsequent construction documentation process, then more precise estimates can be developed. Accurate cost control through the design process helps to ensure that the project will emerge from the bidding process consistent with program and financial objectives.

Normally the planning process culminates in the completion of a thorough set of construction documents that are distributed to a pre-approved list of bidders. The bidders are invited to submit competitive bids on or before a specified time to the Director of Purchasing. However, when a CM is engaged by the University to manage the project, the CM receives all subcontractor bids and provides the University with an analysis and recommendation of which subcontractors should be engaged on behalf of the University.

For smaller projects of limited scope, budgeting can occasionally be done by a University PM who may use historical cost records, published cost data, or advice from trusted subcontractors to establish a reliable estimate.

(Minor Projects) An annual capital request process provides department budget managers with an opportunity to propose specific capital projects for the consideration by the President’s Cabinet. A notice is issued by the Director of Capital Projects to Budget Managers who are asked to submit requests to their respective Vice Presidents. The Campus Management Staff often provides assistance in the preparing the cost estimates for these proposals. The Vice President selects projects to pass on to the entire Cabinet for review. Projects approved by the President and his Cabinet are passed on to the Board of Trustees for final approval.

Capitalization Policy

Not all projects qualify as a Capital Project. The following policy establishes the criteria for what can and cannot be capitalized.

Bryant University Fixed-asset Capitalization Policy

Contract Management

Capital projects involving the campus infrastructure are usually managed by the Director of Capital Projects and the Project Management Staff. Early in the planning process, the Director assigns a PM to the project. The PM follows established procedures for acquiring the services of the design professionals and arranging for meetings with the University Review Committee. When the design is complete, the PM procures the project in accordance with established University Procurement Procedures. For major Capital Projects, a construction manager is often selected during the early stages of the design process. The selection of the CM is normally made by the Vice President for Business Affairs and the President through a comparison of three or more competitive proposals. For exigent projects when the overall project schedule does not allow for a competitive bid process, the CM can be selected by a negotiated bid providing fixed percentages of Fee and General Conditions.

The nature of the project determines the type of contract document used to define the scope and obligations of each party. As a rule, the University provides a modified version of a standard American Institute of Architects Document.

The University PM provides leadership to the project team and manages the overall project schedule and budget. She/he reviews the quality of the work and ensures that the project is constructed in accordance with the construction documents. She/he reviews payment requests; acts as University liaison to architects, engineers and consultants, and the Campus Community, and guides the project through the regulatory approval process. The PM ensures that accurate records are kept of project costs, shop drawings, operation and maintenance manuals, written guarantees, inspections and closeout documentation. Finally the PM procures furnishings and equipment and oversees the final punch list, certificate of occupancy, and training for the building maintenance staff.

Bidding Process

Normally projects are bid competitively. Once plans and specifications are complete, the project is put out to bid. Contractors and subcontractors from Rhode Island and neighboring states are invited to fill a select list of bidders. The University has employed a variety of construction procurement methods, such as Lump Sum Bid, Fast Track, and Design Build but currently the most common method is Construction Management. In Construction Management projects, the construction manager divides the project into logical subcontract bid packages and invites multiple qualified subcontractors to submit bids for each package. Comparisons are made of the most attractive bids, and a scope review is conducted to ensure that the bidders have considered all elements of the required work. Once the CM has subcontracted a substantial amount of the project work on a particular project, he/she is normally asked to provide the University with a Guaranteed Maximum Price. This establishment of a GMP places the contractor in an “at risk” status, in that under the terms of the Contract the CM holds all the subcontracts and the only allowed changes to the contract cost will be through a properly executed Change Order.

In some cases, for example smaller projects, University PMs will perform the duties of CM and hire the subcontractors directly.

Master Planning

The master plan for the Bryant University campus has evolved along a simple consistent model for the three decades of its presence in Smithfield. The original campus architect, Robert Hillier, envisioned the campus with a simple compelling diagram that strategically placed the glass-walled classroom/administrative building (Unistructure) on a north-south axis along the crest of Memory Ridge. This afforded students and staff with a sleek contemporary learning environment replete with dramatic sweeping views of Smithfield’s Wionkhiege Valley. The original diagram for land usage placed support elements like the Dining Room and administrative offices within the southern half of the Unistructure and the academic elements of classrooms and library on the north side. By extension, the original thirteen residence halls were grouped to the south of the Unistructure and the Gymnasium and playing fields were placed to the north of the Unistructure. Large parking lots bordered each side of the entrance drive from Douglas Pike to the east.

Subsequent development has reinforced the original planning vectors. Additional residence halls were consistently grouped to the south while additional developments to athletic facilities have been placed to the north. The Academic and support core has continued to evolve in the center of the campus. Some of the original parking area originally required for a large commuter enrollment has given way to the growth in the academic and support core of buildings that better serve the predominant residential population. In recent years, this growing core of academic buildings has been arranged in such a way as to enclose a large attractive landscaped campus green and separate it from the vehicular access and parking. A long, patterned, brick walkway forms a pedestrian path that traverses the academic core from the residence halls in the south to the athletic fields in the north. Future development of the academic core is likely to have a strong spatial relationship to this walkway.

During the evolution of this plan, standards emerged for certain planning elements such as the width of roads and walkways, preference for a contemporary style in architecture, and a conservative evolution in the palate of building materials. This general trend was reinforced by formal master plan documents written by the Providence Partnership in 1988 and reiterated by the Stubbins Associates in 1998, and more recently by the team of Gwathmey Siegel and Sasaki Associates in the design of the George E. Bello Center for Information Technology and and the Hassenfeld Commons landscape completed in 2002. The Academic Innovation Center was added in 2016. The associated landscaping extended the campus green north along the Alumni Walkway.

A great deal of thought is given to the placement of each new campus element. Consideration is given to circulation patterns, the relation between building and landscape, utility infrastructure capacity location and distribution, the potential effect on future development, and a host of other relevant and important considerations. Traditionally at Bryant, the President and Vice Presidents are intimately involved in the formulation and execution of these plans. The best architectural talent is brought in to augment and support this team and the resulting attractive campus is testimony their consistent, careful, and imaginative efforts.

As important as the vision and planning is to the aesthetic and functional development of the campus, equal attention is required to ensure that the buildings and grounds are well maintained and even occasionally repurposed in response to the changing needs of the University. The Campus Management Department is charged with the task of performing an ongoing conditions assessment and maintenance plan for all the elements of the campus infrastructure. The inventory includes buildings, furnishings, mechanical/electrical and utility distribution systems, roads, walks, athletic fields, and landscaping. The resulting Bryant Integrated Facility Plan is an ever-evolving document used to prioritize and plan for addressing these issues. The fruits of the IFP is a long-term capital plan that presents a cogent assessment of the bricks and mortar resources required for the institution to fulfill this mission. The plan is presented annually to the Bryant Board of Trustees.

Contractor Safety Procedure

1. Purpose

The purpose of these procedures is to ensure the safety of the Bryant community.

Contractor work on the Bryant University campus is no different than other University activities in that they require planning, training, and supervision and care to minimize risks and achieve safety standards. University managers must show due diligence in selecting and awarding contracts to competent contractors who are trained to protect themselves from all potential and existing hazards and provide a safe working environment.

These procedures highlight the issues involved for all staff engaging contractors to undertake work in the University.

2. Definitions

Contractor: A person or persons contracted to provide materials and labor for a specific purpose within the confines of the campus.

Contract: A formal agreement to complete a service or carry out a specified activity. The type of contracts will depend on the level of financial risk, the duration of the contract and the value of the contract.

License: Official permission issued by the governing regulatory authorities. These include forklift licenses, rigger certification, etc. All licenses must be current and furnished on demand.

Permits: Official permission issued by the relevant authority in respect of prescribed activities. The relevant regulatory authority may issue permits or internal permits may be issued by the University for prescribed activities conducted on University premises.

Hazard: Situation with the potential to cause injury and / or property damage

Risk: The likelihood that a hazard will cause an injury and / or property damage and / or financial loss.

Risk Assessment: The process of identifying hazards and assessing and recommending methods of controlling those risks associated with a particular project.

Project Manager: This University employee is responsible for the management and coordination of the contract.

Construction Manager: This person or entity is responsible for the coordination of the various contractors and the successful completion of a designated construction project.

Safety Plan

The contractor must have a plan in place to train all workers on all safety and health hazards and provisions applicable to the type of work being done. This plan must be in place for all major and long term contracts. It is the contractor plan that outlines how environmental health and safety will be managed for the project.

3. Procedure

3.1 Authority to engage contractors

The authority to engage contractors is specified in the University’s Business Affairs website under policies and procedures. All University employees that engage and manage contractors must monitor the contractor’s compliance with the contract throughout the duration of the work.

3.2 Responsibilities

The project manager is responsible for conveying to contractors the importance of environmental health and safety through:

  • Specification requirements
  • Contractor selection, assessment and engagement
  • Obtaining and keeping on file MSDS sheets on chemicals that contractors are using

3.3 Pre Contract Stage

Designate a representative to coordinate all safety and health issues and communicate with the University’s designated representative.

3.3.1 Type of contract

The contract represents an agreement between the University and the contractor. It is essential that the contract clearly expresses the intent and scope of the work and covers the legal issues involved.

Minor contracts (to a value of $50,000)

The contractor must have a thorough understanding of hazards and risks associated with the contract. The contractor must have established environmental health and safety systems.

All operators must be appropriately licensed and authorized to use equipment registered as required.

A risk assessment must be undertaken for the work by the contractor and reviewed with the University’s project manager.

Major contracts (in excess of $50,000)

In addition to the above requirements, contractors must have a formal environmental health and safety management system. The health and safety systems will include a formal risk assessment for the contract, and require that the contractors report on environmental health and safety performance during the contract.

3.3.2 Selection of contractors

Selected contractors must be able to demonstrate that they are experienced and competent to carry out the required work with regulations and accepted safety standards.

3.3.3 Evaluation

One of the criteria on which bidders must be evaluated is the bidders environmental health and safety management systems.

This evaluation will establish the level of competency of the bidder with regard to health and safety in general and in particular to bidder requirements and all relevant information must be requested and provided before work commences on site.

The Safety Management Plan should include:

  • Responsibilities
  • Documented training that the contractor has undertaken
  • Safe Work Procedures
  • Risk Assessment
  • Safety Inspections
  • Safety Consultation, between Contractor Employees and the University
  • Personal Protective Equipment
  • Emergency Procedures Including First Aid
  • Incident Recording
  • EH&S Performance Monitoring

The contractors’ environmental health and safety management system must be evaluated by University management prior to the contract being awarded.

3.3.4 Indemnity

The contractor must indemnify the University, its board of trustees, agents and employees for any liability, loss damage, claim or proceedings resulting from any act, omission or negligence on the part of the contractor or the contractor’s agents, employees or sub-contractors.

3.3.5 Insurance

The contractor must submit proof of insurance and comply with the insurance clauses of the University’s contract documents. An independent contractor must complete a Notice of Designation as Independent Contractor Pursuant to RIGL 28-29-17.1 registering with the State of Rhode Island.

3.4 Contract Stage

At times, the contractor will perform its work while the University is operating, if necessary, and establish necessary safe practices to permit work under operating conditions without endangering the University’s employees, students or property. This includes but is not limited to barricading, sign-posting, and flagging and fire watches.

Make sure that any equipment, chemicals, or procedures used by the contractor to perform contracted work meet all OSHA requirements.

Be held responsible and accountable for any losses or damages suffered by the University and / or its employees or students as a result of contractor negligence.

3.4.1 Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment

The object of risk assessment is to identify hazards associated with contract tasks /activities. The level of risk will be determined and appropriate risk controls will need to be established by the contractor. The risk assessment must review all hazards that can be associated with the project. Hazards can be physical, chemical, ergonomic, psychological or biological.

The successful bidder in relation to the contract shall complete a risk assessment form and submit it to the contract manager for approval prior to commencement of work. The risk assessment shall take into consideration scheduling of work to avoid disruption of activities, areas not to be entered or services to be isolated as part of the work.

 3.4.2 Monitoring Contractors

The individual contractor is responsible to monitor their own performance with respect to adherence to all applicable ordinances and regulations.

3.5 Records

The University must retain contract records during the period of the contract and for four years after completion of contract.

Municipal Relations

Bryant University values the good will of the state and local communities The importance of successful public relations is critical in pursuing certain facilities projects. The institution depends on the soundness of these relationships for needs ranging from simple permits for building demolition to positioning public opinion in favor of major growth plans.

A healthy relationship is dependent on maintaining an open line of communications between local officials and a generally good public opinion of the role that the University plays within the community.

Bryant University, with its excellent educational programs and attractive campus is well positioned to be considered an important asset of the Town of Smithfield and the State of Rhode Island. However, maintenance of this impression cannot be taken for granted. A concerted, ongoing effort must continue to be made to achieve and maintain this image.

The overall responsibility for community relations is a multi-divisional team effort. The President and his office are often the first contact on matters of community concern. University Relations normally spearheads any public communication effort. Student Affairs is often involved in matters of Public Safety and student/community relations. Business Affairs is normally involved in matters of interest to specific town departments such as Building/Zoning, Fire Officials, and the Public Works Department. It is critical that the timing and content all important University communications with town and state officials be coordinated, open, and consistent. This critical role is managed by the University President, Vice Presidents, and University Relations.

Bryant hosts periodic meetings with town officials where University and community interests and initiatives are discussed. During these sessions, the University President briefs local officials on plans for upcoming projects that may be of mutual interest. The meetings allow for a strengthening of personal alliances and keep municipal officials current on nascent plans and objectives. These meetings also provide an opportunity for the University to present ideas about new initiatives that can further cooperation and community goodwill.

Bryant must continue to demonstrate an interest in the concerns and welfare of the local community. Occasionally the University is able offer the town the use of its facilities or the expertise of its faculty and staff. The community is invited to participate in cultural and sports events on campus. Each year scholarships are offered to Smithfield High School graduates. Bryant University students volunteer for local and state community charitable initiatives.

Periodic economic impact studies are conducted to demonstrate the substantial effect that the University has on the local and state economy. While the University maintains a tax-exempt status, it nevertheless provides significant contributions to the health of the local economy and through its support enables area businesses to offer a greater range of services to the larger community. Over the years, Bryant has also made substantial contributions to the development of the utility infrastructure.

The University strives to cooperate and maintain the respect of municipal officials who have responsibility for interpreting and enforcing local and state regulations. For larger projects, an effort is made to brief key decision makers early and often. Preliminary visits to the Smithfield building and engineering staff, as well as the Fire Department, help to surface technical and procedural preferences and gaining insight into the time that must be allowed to progress through the review process. It is critically important that the University continue to keep its commitments made verbally or in writing.

In addition to placing value on the relations with municipal authorities, Bryant takes particular care to maintain the trust and goodwill of its immediate neighbors who are most impacted by University activities. An effort is made to balance the interests of the University with the importance of having the community see Bryant as a friendly and caring neighbor. Neighbors should be invited to appropriate events and to enjoy the grounds. University officials invite residents to call should they perceive an issue that threatens that relationship. Every effort is made to address these concerns or at least explain when they cannot be addressed.

Records Management and Archive Policy

Project Records

Before a building is physically built, it is first constructed on paper. In order to insure the success of the building process, all of the materials, methods, spatial relationships, and functional outcomes must be described in great detail. The documentation takes the form of contracts, plans, written specifications, schedules, regulatory permits, product submittals, operation and maintenance manuals, test reports, photos. etc. For a particular building or project, the accumulated body of documentation is referred to as the project record. Much of this documentation that makes up a project record has value beyond the initial construction process. Maintenance operations for the life of the structure are dependent on accurate records of all elements of the completed project. These documents play an important part in the building commissioning process that sets the stage for the ongoing maintenance process. Accurate and accessible project documentation is particularly important to the cost-effective upkeep of the active mechanical and electrical systems and the modification and adaptation of these systems over the course of time.

At Bryant, the Project Manager (PM) assigned to a particular project is responsible for the assembly and care of the project record. At the outset of a project, the PM establishes a standardized filing format for all correspondence and documentation related to the project. The PM is responsible for the maintenance and distribution of documentation to all members of the project team within the University, from the inception of the project until project closeout. Following the project completion and closeout period, the original project record is transferred to a common archive for use by all members of the maintenance staff.

Major projects constructed after 2000 have included, as a standard requirement, that the architects and engineers must provide to the University an AutoCAD version of the project plans. These plans are to be included in the limited body of existing building plans that have been converted to the more durable and accessible digital format.

Environmental Records

Regulatory compliance requires extensive record keeping. EPA, OSHA, Fire Department, and other regulators have statutory requirements for documentation to verify the quality of ongoing compliance activities. Records are kept on such issues as; Asbestos Remediation, Air Duct Cleaning, Boiler Inspections, CFC Refrigerant Control, Department of Transportation Manifests, Elevator Inspections, Underground Tank Testing, Oil Spill Prevention and Cleanup, Right to Know Communications, Fire Alarm Inspections, and OSHA Training Records, to name a few. Much of this information is stored in the Facilities archives, and individual files are maintained by various staff members of the operations staff.

Technical Library

The Campus Management Department maintains a technical library consisting of engineering and architectural reference books, product literature, cost-estimating information, and code and regulatory reference books. Much of the library is located in the archives room, and some of the reference materials circulate throughout the administrative offices.

Furniture and Carpet Section Policy


Selection and purchase of University furnishings are done either by direct purchase by individual departments (small non-capital orders), or by the Campus Management Department (larger capitalized orders) on behalf of the end user.

Direct purchase by individual departments is limited to small orders confined to individual offices or to fill specialized needs. In this case, the Purchasing Department provides the purchaser with a range of choices that help set standards of quality and choice of pre-qualified vendors. Purchases are made directly by the end user and are usually funded by the department’s operating budget and with the approval of the respective divisional Vice President.

Capital purchases of furniture are often associated with new construction or renovations and require the assistance of the Office of Campus Management. Normally a Project Manager (PM) is assigned to assist a client department in the selection process. The PM may procure the assistance of architects or interior designers, who will offer the client department a range of options that address programmatic, functional, budgetary, and aesthetic needs. Once the programmatic needs are well defined, the PM or the consultant will author a Request for Proposals (RFP) to be sent to three or more of qualified vendors. The RFP will require itemized pricing on all acceptable choices of furnishings and may also allow vendor-suggested alternatives. The RFP will also list all other relevant terms such as prepayment limits, delivery/placement, insurance, warranty, schedule, etc. Vendors will be directed how and when to submit their proposals to the Purchasing Department, who will record the bids and forward them to the PM in Campus Management. The PM in Campus Management will analyze and compare the bids and initiate the normal approval and purchase procedures. The PM will work with the successful vendor(s) during the execution of the work to ensure that all bid requirements are met and that the client departments needs are met.


Carpet and floor covering is normally procured through or with the assistance of the Campus Management Department. For capital projects, the specification and recommended selection is made by architects or designers in consultation with the client department. Campus Management is responsible to see that selections are code acceptable and meet reasonable durability standards. Procurement is normally done by capital projects staff for new installations or renovations or by the Custodial Department for normal cyclical replacement. The PM is responsible for the observance of approved University purchasing procedures. Small-dollar projects that require immediate action are usually purchased from a preferred bidder. Larger projects that can benefit from competitive bidding are competitively bid. A PM will issue an RFP listing product specifications for the required carpet. The RFP will also list all other relevant terms such as prepayment limits, delivery/placement, disposal of old carpeting, insurance, warranty, schedule, etc. Vendors will be directed how and when to submit their proposals to the Purchasing Department, who will record the bids and forward them to the PM in Campus Management. The PM will analyze and compare the bids and initiate the normal approval and purchase procedures. The PM will work with the successful vendor(s) during the execution of the work to ensure that all bid requirements are met and that the client department’s needs are met.

Risk Management

Insurance Claim Filing Instructions

The investigation or settlement of claims against the university should not be undertaken by an individual, department or other unit. If you become aware of a claim, or if someone presents a claim against the university, the claim should be referred to the Director of Purchasing, Auxiliary Services, and Risk.

Reporting Instructions

When operating a facility open to the public, things can happen; people may get injured, and property may get damaged. When an incident does occur, you and/or your staff should report all accidents/incidents immediately to the Department of Public Safety (401-232-6911), which will submit an accident report form to Risk Management.

The accident/incident report is not an admission of fault by the university. It is a means of gathering information surrounding an injury or damage that occurred. The details provided assist Risk Management in conducting a further investigation of the incident.

Your Responsibilities:

Assess the situation and contact appropriate authorities as needed.

Document the incident using the accident/incident report.

Don’t make any promises or financial commitments on behalf of the university.

If possible, answer questions or direct them elsewhere. For example, if the harmed party asks, “What is the university going to do about this?” then your response would be, “My responsibility is to document the information.” Any questions should be directed to the Department of Public Safety and Risk Management.

Vendor & Contractor Insurance Requirements

All contractors/vendors should have the following minimum insurance limits, unless approved in advance by the Director of Purchasing, Auxiliary Services, and Risk.

  • Commercial General Liability – $1,000,000 per occurrence/$3,000,000 annual aggregate
  • Products Liability – $1,000,000 per occurrence/$3,000,000 annual aggregate. (This is only needed if a product is being purchased by the university).
  • Commercial Automobile Liability $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit
  • Workers Compensation – Statutory
  • Employers’ Liability – $1,000,000
  • Umbrella Liability – $1,000,000 per occurrence

These are the most common insurance requirements requested by the university; however, other lines of insurance coverage may be required for certain types of exposure and limits of liability may vary depending on the type of contract.  Examples of other insurance that may be required are:

  • Cyber/Data Breach (for any contract where a vendor has access to PII of students or employees): $1,000,000 per claim
  • Professional Liability (Architects, Engineers, Healthcare are examples): $1,000,000 per claim/$3,000,000 annual aggregate
  • Pollution Liability (for any contractor working with hazardous materials): $1,000,000 per claim/$3,000,000 annual aggregate

All insurance carriers listed on a certificate of insurance must have a minimum AM BEST rating of A or better. Ratings indicate the size and financial stability of the insurance company. The agent shown on the certificate can provide you with information regarding these ratings.

Bryant University should be named as an additional insured for General Liability and Umbrella Liability.  The additional insured status should be noted on the certificate

Please reach out to the Risk Management office if you have any questions about insurance requirements for a contract or if there are questions about a certificate of insurance meeting the requirements within a contract.

Document Retention Policy

Please see the chart below for the university’s document retention policy related to insurance records.

Document Type Retention Span
Certificates of Insurance, Indemnification Agreements, Hold Harmless Agreements, Contracts 7 years after expiration
Insurance Policies (Liability, Property, and Other Policies Permanent
Incident Reports, Accident Reports 7 years after expiration






Controller’s Office

Vehicle Use Policy

The University expects vehicles to be used safely and in accordance with appropriate laws, codes, and ordinances at all times. Human Resources and Purchasing maintain the records on all University vehicles and authorized drivers. Questions regarding the procedures can be directed to the Human Resource Office.

Conferences and Special Events

Mission Statement

The Office of Conferences and Special Events provides meeting and conference planning services to external businesses and organizations as well as the planning and management of signature University events, including Commencement. The office serves as a central point of contact for catering, housing, audiovisual equipment, and meeting space. Facilities rental results in non-tuition revenue and opportunities to showcase the University to prospective students.

Department Name:   Conferences and Special Events
The department is staffed by the Director of Conferences and Special Events (Ext. 6161) and the Assistant Director of Conferences and Special Events (Ext. 6061).

Conference Management

Requests for use of facility privileges by all alumni-related and external organizations should be directed to the Director of Conferences and Special Events, the designated University liaison to the external community with regard to requests for use of facilities.

Non-residential Meetings, Conferences and Other Events

The University’s Office of Conferences and Special Events should be contacted prior to planning Conferences, Workshops, Institutes, Sports Camps, or other non-academic credit programs that will attract guests from off campus. Written or verbal commitment of University facilities should NOT be made prior to clearing the date with University Scheduling. Parking, dining, and meeting resources are limited and must be taken into consideration. Presently, events that will attract more than 50 vehicles to campus Monday through Friday during normal business hours during Fall and Spring Academic Terms are not allowed.

Note: During the Academic Year, external usage of Athletic Facilities is contracted and managed by the Athletics Department.

University employees who are members of a professional organization (Example: NEACAC, ACUHO) may sponsor a group’s use of facilities on a space-available basis. Reservations may be made up to one semester in advance. Facilities fees will not apply if the employee handles all aspects of meeting coordination. Conferences requiring coordination services from the Office of Conferences and Special Events will be subject to facilities fees. A certificate of insurance in the amount of $1,000,000 naming Bryant as an additional insured for the duration of facilities usage must be provided prior to the start of the program.

External groups wishing to use Bryant’s facilities must contact the Office of Conferences and Special Events, who will coordinate usage, prepare a contract, and administer billing.

Employee Personal Events

Employees wishing to use University facilities for a personal event for immediate family such as a bridal or baby shower, graduation, or birthday party may do so on a space-available basis. Locations of such events are restricted to the Fisher Center and subject to approval. Please contact Fisher Center Operations to inquire about availability.

Catering must be provided by Sodexo, and no outside food or beverages may be brought in. Any alcoholic beverages MUST be served by Sodexo.

All trash must be removed from the facility and the furniture returned to its normal arrangement.

Summer Residential Conferences

The Office of Conferences and Special Events is responsible for all summer programs on campus. The office maintains the summer calendar and coordinates facilities usage based on projected facilities and resource availability.

Use of University Facilities for Summer Conferences, Workshops, Institutes, Sports Camps, or other non-academic credit programs, with the exception of New Student Orientation, must be coordinated with the University’s Office of Conferences and Special Events.

Both internal (University employees) and external clients must clear dates with the Office of Conferences and Special Events before publishing event dates or contracting with presenters.

The Office of Conferences and Special Events prepares the Summer Conference Calendar in the Fall. Any requests for new programs must be made by October 30 to be considered for the next Summer’s calendar. Requests made after that date will be filled on a space-available basis. Requests for Sports Camps from University Athletic Staff must first be authorized by the Deputy Director of Athletics.

Request for Dates  

Dates should be requested in writing to the Director of Conferences and Special Events. The request should include the requestor name and University affiliation (if any) and purpose of the event, expected attendance, number of meeting rooms, sleeping rooms and athletic facilities needed. A second choice of dates should also be specified.

Pricing Proposal  

Based upon the number of attendees and facilities required, a proposal will be prepared for the requestor. Food and beverage, lodging, and facility fees apply to internal and external groups. The proposal is valid for 30 days unless otherwise specified.


Once the dates and pricing proposal are accepted by both parties, a contract will be prepared by the Director of Conferences and Special Events.


A non-refundable space-holding deposit (amount varies based on projected revenue) is required upon contract signing.

New clients must pay in full prior to the first day of the program.

Returning clients must pay a 50 percent deposit of projected revenue one week prior to the program start date; the remainder is billed. Unpaid invoices in excess of 30 days will be charged interest at the rate of 18 percent per annum.

The client is responsible for any and all state, federal, and local taxes, fees, and dues that may fall due as a result of payments under this contract.  


Bryant reserves the right to terminate a contract without penalty for breach by the Client of any of the terms contained within the contract, or if it should become impractical to perform due to causes beyond control of Bryant. Such causes include acts of God, storm, fire, flood, earthquake, damage, or destruction to its facility, or discovery of any health hazard therein, labor disturbance, war, civil commotion, shortage or unavailability of labor, governmental law, ordinance, order or regulation, or other causes beyond the control of Bryant.


The client is responsible for damage caused by its participants to Bryant property.


A certificate of insurance naming Bryant University as an additional insured in the amount of $1,000,000 ($3,000,000 for full-contact football camps), including general liability auto and worker’s comp, is due to Bryant 30 days prior to the program start date. This requirement may be waived for internal events.


External Groups: The exact wording THIS IS NOT A FUNCTION OF BRYANT UNIVERSITY must be included as a disclaimer on the same page in which the name or photograph of Bryant is used in all advertisements, news releases, brochures and promotional materials publicizing the event or conference. All advertising and promotional materials should prominently list phone numbers and names for sponsoring organizations and should discourage interested participants from contacting the University for information.

Internal Groups: Follow the guidelines as set forth by University Relations. 

On-site Management

The Office of Conferences and Special Events will manage the food service, lodging, audiovisual, and facilities coordination. Live-in student conference coordinators are available 24-hours per day while a residential conference is in session.

Food and Beverage  

All food and beverage is to be arranged through the Office of Conferences and Special Events. A final guaranteed number of guests is due three (3) working days prior to the event. Food service is prepared to serve 5 percent above the guaranteed number. In the event that fewer guests actually attend, the guaranteed number will be billed. If more guests attend than guaranteed, the actual number will be billed for. Food/beverages may not be brought in from an outside source without prior permission.

Mealtimes will be determined with food service and based on total number of guests served during a meal period. Food and beverages may not be brought out of Salmanson Dining Room. Boxed meals are available for off-campus excursions.


Events where alcohol will be served require a Bryant DPS Alcohol detail to be present.  All alcohol must be provided and served by Bryant’s food service provider. Current staffing fees for DPS and bartenders will apply.

Food and Beverage Cancellation

Any food and beverage function cancelled less than 24 hours prior to the event will be billed at 100 percent. Cancellations 25 to 72 hours prior to the event will be billed at 50 percent.

Ice Machine

Client is not allowed unsupervised access to the ice machine. Ice for camps/conference use is limited based on needs for food service operations, and machines used will be designated by food service. Conference coordinators will assist clients with obtaining ice at pre-determined times.


Client must obtain permission from the Office of Conferences and Special Events to operate a store or concession in conjunction with a camp or conference and must obtain necessary permits to sell goods at retail in the State of Rhode Island. Beverages sold are restricted to Coca Cola products.

Facilities Usage Guidelines by Facility Type:

Classrooms: Seating to be used as is unless previously arranged through the Office of Conferences and Special Events. Furniture should not be moved by client. Tape/nails are not permitted on the walls. Usage restricted to reservation times only.

Meeting Rooms: Seating arrangements should be arranged through the Office of Conferences and Special Events. Furniture should not be moved by client. Tape/nails are not permitted on the walls.

Auditorium: Audiovisual equipment will be setup and operated by University staff. Unauthorized use of Auditorium audiovisual equipment is not allowed by clients.

Computer Labs: No software may be installed in any computer lab except by Bryant University Information Technology Staff. Any specialized software to be installed for clients must be approved by Information Technology and meet specified installation deadlines.

Fields: Bryant staff must designate field usage, monitor field condition, and advise clients of needed rotation to minimize repetitive wear. Failure to rotate fields or unauthorized usage of fields by client may result in damage charges. Bryant may assign an alternate field in the event of rain or halt play in progress due to rain. Vehicles may not be driven to or onto fields.

Fitness Center : The fitness center is available for camp/conference participants age 18 and older with prior arrangement with the Office of Conferences and Special Events.

Pool: The pool is available for camp/conference participants through prior arrangement with the Office of Conferences and Special Events. One certified lifeguard must be on duty for every 25 swimmers. Entrance is via the locker rooms and a pre-swim shower is required. Rowdy behavior will result in eviction and loss of pool privileges. Diving is not allowed.

Golf Carts

Bryant does not provide golf carts to clients.

Residence Halls  

Names of participants and room assignments will be provided electronically in a sort-able Microsoft Excel format to Bryant five business days before the start of the conference. Bryant will provide a blank Excel lodging worksheet file for use by client. Check-in/out times will be determined by Bryant based on building usage.

Each guest/participant must rent a bed space. Sleeping bags and/or bedding will not be allowed on the floors. Participants may bring portable cribs for infants, but only one crib per room is allowed.

Fire Alarms  

Buildings must be vacated during a fire alarm. Charges for any false fire alarm caused by either a prank-pulled alarm or conduct resulting in an alarm sounding and attributed to Client’s participant(s) will be the responsibility of the client.

Wireless Access  

Conference guests residing in University housing may register for up to eight hours of wireless access at a time at no charge.


Guests will be issued a key to their accommodations at check in. Keys remain the property of Bryant University and must be returned at check out. Missing or lost keys/fobs will be billed at $30 per key and $7 per fob. Keys not returned at check-out will be considered lost and will be billed for. Master keys are not available to the client. Lockouts are handled by University Staff.


A staff ratio of one adult chaperone per 12 minors is required for residential programs. Bryant University reserves the right to expel any guest without refund for violation of University policies. Client is financially responsible for repair/replacement of Bryant property damaged by the Client or Client’s guests.

Medical Release Forms

Client is required to have with them on campus an authorized medical release form from a parent (or guardian) for each participant who is a minor.


Bryant, its agents, or employees are not liable for any loss, damage, injury, or destruction of client property of any kind delivered to Bryant premises or placed in its custody either prior, during, or subsequent to the conference. All client property and/or property rented by client must be removed at the conclusion of the program. Advance materials should be shipped no more than seven days in advance to:

Bryant University

Attn: Conference Office

1150 Douglas Pike

Smithfield, RI 02917

Materials stored in excess of seven days in advance or one day following the program will be charged a $25 per day storage fee.

Summer Conference Season

The Summer Conference Season begins within two weeks after Commencement and concludes approximately three weeks prior to the first day of the fall semester.

Approved External Organizations Facilities Usage

Approval of requests will be based on the following guidelines.

Provided there are no conflicts with campus events, University facilities will ordinarily be available for use by the following types of off-campus organizations (no order of preference is indicated):

  1. Recognized public service organizations, e.g., Rotary International and Red Cross;
  2. Nonprofit education- and business-related organizations, e.g., American Library Association and Chamber of Commerce;
  3. Recognized religious organizations, provided their programs do not seek to proselytize the campus community, e.g., Methodist Ministers’ Convention and Rhode Island Diocese Meetings;
  4. Nonpartisan political organizations, e.g., League of Women Voters;
  5. Private corporations for seminars or training sessions, e.g.,Fidelity;
  6. Local, nonprofit, youth-oriented organizations or events that will increase the visibility of the University among potential applicants, e.g., state or regional athletic contests.

Acceptance of an approved group or event is conditional on the organization’s adherence to the law, to all Bryant University campus regulations, and to the specific Policy Manual rules governing fees, security, and liability. It must be noted that even though an applicant for a facility is in a generally approved category and satisfies all other requirements of the University, Bryant cannot honor requests for long-term continuing commitments, e.g., weekly or monthly business meetings, except, of course, in those cases when facilities are committed through the terms of contractual agreements entered into by the appropriate University officials.

Within the constraints of these guidelines, requests by residents of Smithfield will be given special consideration.

For internal groups and external University sponsored events, regulations and guidelines will be administered by University Scheduling/President’s Office/Provost. The regulations applying to external non-University events will be administered by the Director of Conferences and Special Events. Applications for the use of facilities should be made through the appropriate office.

Approval of a request for the use of a facility in no way constitutes either an official or an implicit University endorsement of that organization’s program or purpose.

Restricted Organizations

In general, University facilities are not available to the following organizations or for the following purposes:

  1. Strictly social events sponsored by persons not associated with the University, i.e., those persons not a student, faculty member, administrator, trustee, or alumni;
  2. All uncontracted, profit-making ventures;
  3. Any solicitation program not approved by the Director of Conferences and Special Events or other appropriate University official;
  4. Partisan political groups;
  5. Except for those types of organizations or events previously noted, any group or event that is unrecognized, profit-making, or not education, business, or public service-related;
  6. Any individual organization, including those types generally approved, which gives evidence suggesting its event might impede the educational function of the University.

Campus Scheduling

Space is one of Bryant’s most valuable assets and must be managed by policies that promote involvement from all constituencies in pursuit of effective and efficient use of space. Bryant’s facilities are owned by the University and may be assigned and reassigned in the interest of the institution’s overall priorities and needs. These spaces include, but are not limited to, all academic, administrative, athletic, residential, and student facilities.

Special Events Management

  • In addition to planning events and activities for external clients, the Office of Conferences and Special Events coordinates several special events for the campus community.
  • The staff provides the overall coordination and implementation of the University’s graduation activities, including Undergraduate Commencement, Graduate School Commencement, Baccalaureate Service, the Graduation Fair, and the various receptions throughout the week.
  • In conjunction with Human Resources, the staff works to develop both Team Day and the Holiday Party for University employees.

The office’s staff also provides assistance with major campus events such as the annual Women’s Summit. In addition to traditional campus events, the staff works to support non-traditional events, such as special speakers, large-scale banquets, and general campus celebrations.

Section 1: General Overview

Who Can Reserve Space

  • Faculty/Staff: for University-related meetings and events.
  • Students: through a recognized campus organization. Note: Students may reserve classrooms on a space-available basis for rehearsals of class presentations without campus organization membership.
  • External Organizations: Approved External Organizations through the Office of Conferences and Special Events. See Approved External Organizations Facilities Usage Policy

The responsibility and accountability for the management of campus events and activities rests with the sponsor of said activities. The event sponsor is responsible for enforcing compliance with state and local laws and University policies at events. Failure to enforce the aforementioned laws and policies may result in the sponsoring department or organization being restricted from use of University facilities in the future. A representative of the reserving organization must be present at all events.

How to Reserve Space

The first step in planning an event is confirming availability and reserving a facility that can adequately accommodate the expected audience. 25Live is a useful tool to determine if a space is available on a certain date and time. It can also be used to identify other events planned for the same date and time. To access the event calendar, type 25live.bryant.edu in the address line. Log in using your network credentials.  Click the calendar tab and modify the ‘Showing’ and ‘Dates’ fields. To check availability of a particular space, click on the Locations tab. Use the Search for Locations tab to search for a particular room. Modify the date as needed. Please note that although a facility appears available, you must still request it and it may not be available at the time the request is processed.

To request a space:


Use  25Live (all requests are processed in the order they are received), e-mail: schedule@bryant.edu or phone Ext. 6499 8:30 am – 4:30 pm Mon. – Fri. (4 pm during summer hours).

See 25live-v26-quick-start-guide for instructions on how to use 25Live to check space availability and to request a space.


Recognized Student organizations can request space using 25Live. (See 25live-v26-student-org-user-guide)

Each recognized student organization must have an @bryant.edu email address (for example, senate@bryant.edu). Email addresses can be requested from the Help Desk. The email address name becomes the 25Live contact name (minus the @bryant.edu). Student Organizations must follow the procedures for requesting space as outlined in the annually updated Student Organization Resource Guide. This guide is available at the Center for Student Involvement.

For individual/group class presentation practice space in the Unistructure: contact your professor’s faculty suite coordinator, who will create a 25Live request for the classroom or space in the Rotunda for information tables . During the summer, email schedule@bryant.edu with your request.

Reservations are not official until the requestor receives a confirmed Event Summary.

back to top

Building Hours

All requests for space must be within established building hours. (Building hours may vary during Winter, Spring and Summer Break.) Exceptions are granted by the Vice President for Student Affairs for Student Events, Building Managers for University Events, or the Director of Conferences and Special Events for External Events. Events must conclude at the agreed specified time.

back to top

Reservation Times/Tentative Holds

Facilities may be reserved for the actual event time plus set-up/tear down time as determined by Facilities Management. Reservation times may not be extended to avoid overtime set-up fees. See setup-time policy. Reservations are non-transferable, a group cannot release a room to another group. Any scheduling changes must be made through University Scheduling. Violations of this policy may result in loss of reservation privileges.

Organizations may tentatively hold rooms for events other than those approved on the major events calendar no more than six months in advance, and must confirm said dates no less than three months before the actual event. Failure to release unconfirmed rooms might result in future reservations being denied. University Scheduling is to be notified of specific hours of use three months in advance.

Set Up Instructions

Set up instructions for rooms requiring such, must be provided two weeks in advance of the event, even if final head count is not known. (Actual anticipated head count can be given to University Scheduling once it is determined.)


University internal events will not incur a facility rental fee; however, the requestor may incur costs related to the program for services beyond those normally provided by the University, for example:

  • If setups are required after the Facilities Management staff’s normal working hours, the requester will be responsible for overtime costs.
  • Any fees related to setup or overtime associated with failure to notify University Scheduling three (3) business days in advance of a canceled event.
  • Custodial wages for restroom coverage outside of Facilities Management staff’s normal working hours.
  • Building Managers.
  • Sound/lighting technician.
  • Expenses may also be incurred for failure to adhere to specific regulations.
  • Public Safety Detail Officers or Town Fire Marshal See DPS Detail Policy on Detail Coverage for Events.
  • The sponsoring department or organization will be responsible for any damages that may occur during an event.

External Organizations are charged facility rental fees based on facility requested.


Departments or organizations planning a meeting or special event within the academic year during usual business hours should keep in mind that parking is extremely limited. Business hours are Monday through Thursday from 7 am – 10:30 pm, Friday 7 am – 4:30 pm. Events requiring parking for more than 50 vehicles are strongly discouraged during these times. Special event parking arrangements should be made with the Department of Public Safety at least three weeks prior to the date of the event. Requests for number of parking spots needed must be included in your 25Live request.

Driving or parking on walkways is prohibited. Vendor delivery access is available through the loading docks of the Unistructure, Bello Center and Bryant Center. The MRC wing back circle is an option for short term unloading to the Unistructure.

Emergency Closing

If the University experiences an emergency closing due to weather, utility failure, or other unforeseen disaster, the event is considered cancelled.

back to top


The use of outdoor directional signage is prohibited, except by special permission of the President’s Office. If permission is secured, University approved sign holders may be signed out from the Office of Conferences and Special Events on an available basis. 72 hours notice is requested. Event sponsors are responsible for creating the signs and placing and returning the sign holders.  Signage that is not returned will be charged to the sponsoring organization at replacement cost.

Annual Review

This document is subject to annual review and updating by the Scheduling Committee. Proposed changes to be approved by President’s Cabinet.

Section 2. Space Classifications

Priorities and scheduling procedures have been established for spaces according the space classification assigned to it. In cases where an individual space may have more than one use, the classification was assigned according to the space’s primary use.

Classification Definitions:

Classroom: A room used for classes and that is not tied to a specific subject or discipline by equipment in the room or the configuration of the room. These rooms may contain multimedia equipment. A classroom may be furnished with special equipment (e.g. maps, software) appropriate to a specific area of study, if this equipment does not render the room unsuitable for use by classes in other areas of study.

Special Use Room: a space that is sufficiently specialized in its primary activity or function to merit a unique space category. Typically not scheduled through 25Live.

Meeting Room: A space characterized by a broader availability to faculty, staff and the general public. Not scheduled for classes

Conference Room: A space primarily used for Corporate and Community outreach programs such as Executive Development Training Programs and Corporate Meetings or Summer Residential Programs.

Student Meeting Room: All Bryant Center Meeting Rooms. Not scheduled for classes

Study Room: A room or area used by individuals to study at their convenience. Reservations not necessary.

Large Venue: Spaces with seating capacity greater than 150.

Athletic Facility: Spaces both indoors and out built for Athletic Competitions and Recreation.

Outdoor (Grounds): A place of assembly on the campus grounds that is not an athletic field.

back to top


Classrooms are either general use or computer lab. Classrooms are located in the Unistructure, Koffler, and Bello Center. Classrooms are provided on an “as-is” basis and should be returned to their original seating set-up after use.


Specific classroom allocation is determined by Academic Affairs for use by the three academic departments. Each department schedules their classes in Banner in their allocated rooms as follows:

  • Undergraduate Classes are scheduled by the Registrar/Director of Records and Registration.
  • Graduate Classes are scheduled by the Director of the Graduate School.
  • Executive Development Center Classes are scheduled by the Executive Development Center.

Schedules are submitted to University Scheduling by the three academic departments, to be entered into 25Live.


First priority is for Academic classes including Undergraduate classes, Graduate School classes and the Executive Development Center. When the semester’s undergraduate classroom assignments have been completed, faculty will be notified by the Director of Records and Registration. Faculty will be given a two-week window to review their room assignment via their Banner account and request a room change before the semester begins. After that window, available classrooms may be scheduled for non-academic class usage on a first-come, first served, space available basis and faculty change requests will be handled through University Scheduling.

Note: Summer Conferences have priority use of Classrooms not used by Undergraduate, Graduate, or Evening Classes scheduled in EDC designated rooms from June – August except during Orientation.

Computer Labs:

First priority is for Academic classes including Undergraduate classes, Graduate School classes and the Executive Development Center. Computer labs may be scheduled by faculty/staff for meetings requiring computer/software usage.

Use is subject to Lab Security Policies set forth in Information Technology’s Classroom Lab Policies and Procedures Food and beverage are not allowed in Computer Labs.

Special-use Rooms:

The following rooms have been designated as special use due to unique features of the rooms and may be used only with permission of the designated authority.

Room # Room Name Contact
PA Lounge Director, PA Program
376, 381 Science Labs Chair, Science Dept.
Bello 212 Financial Markets Center Finance Dept., Ext. 6343
Salmanson and Gulski Dining Rooms Ext. 6865
Faculty Suite Meeting Rooms  Faculty Suite Coordinator
Atrium Conference Room President’s Office, Ext. 6026
Campus Quad President’s Office, Ext. 6026
 M32 Banner Training Room Univ.Scheduling, Ext. 6499
Career Services Presentation Room Ext. 6353
Television Studio, Control Room, Editing Room, Koffler Ext. 6840

Meeting Rooms:

The following rooms have been classified as meeting rooms: Bello 214*, Bello 101*, Unistructure Room 355 and 279, Gulski Conference Room.

Meeting rooms may be scheduled one semester in advance.

* Both Bello 214 and 101 can be used as classrooms, but their main function is as meeting rooms.


  1. Faculty and Staff University-related meetings. 7 am – 6 pm, Mon. – Fri.
  2. Recognized student organizations for meetings after 6 pm, Mon – Fri.
  3. External Organizations that meet University requirements for facilities use. Note: Summer Conferences have priority use of Meeting and Dining Rooms from June – August except during Orientation.

Conference Rooms:

The following rooms have been classified as Conference Rooms: MRC 3, MRC 4.  Conference Rooms may only be booked two weeks in advance and are not available for Summer Orientation use.


  1. External Organizations that meet University requirements for facilities use. Note: Summer Conferences have priority use of Meeting and Dining Rooms from June – August except during Orientation.
  2. Faculty and Staff University-related meetings. 7 am – 6 pm, Mon. – Fri.
  3. Recognized student organizations for meetings after 6 pm, Mon- Fri.

Student Meeting Rooms:

The following rooms have been classified as student meeting rooms: Fisher Center Room 1, Fisher Center Room 2A, Fisher Center Room 2B, Fisher Center Room 2C, Fisher Center Room 3, the Heritage Room, and Papitto Dining Room.


  1. Students: All reservations must be made by or through recognized campus organizations. Recognized Student Organizations that hold weekly meetings may apply for meeting space one semester in advance. Students trying to organize a new group may meet twice to establish themselves and gain recognition from the Student Senate. Reserving space for classes or class-related presentations, study groups, etc. is prohibited.
  2. Faculty and staff: Student Meeting Rooms may be reserved by faculty/staff on a space-available basis for University-related meetings. Reserving space for classes or class-related presentations, study groups, etc. is prohibited.
  3. External Organizations that meet University requirements for facilities use may request use on a space-available basis through the Office of Conferences and Special Events.


  1. Recognized student organizations have priority for 3 – 11 pm, Mon. – Fri. during the Academic Year except during Spring Break. Events scheduled via the Major Event Calendar may take precedence in the larger meeting rooms.
  2. Faculty and staff University-related meetings on a space available basis, from 7 am – 3:00 pm Mon. – Thurs., 7 am – 5 pm on Fri.
  3. External Organizations that meet University requirements for facilities use.

Note: Summer Conferences have priority use of Bryant Center Meeting and Dining Rooms from June – August, except during Orientation.

Large Venues:

The following facilities are classified as Large Venues: Bello Center: Grand Hall, Unistructure: Janikies Auditorium, Chace: Multi-purpose Activities Center (MAC).

Stepan Grand Hall

The Grand Hall is a limited use facility. Permission from the President is required for use. Make sure the space is available and reserved BEFORE announcing the event to the public.


  • Students: Recognized Student Organizations must request the space via 25Live at least one month in advance of event date. Bryant staff member approving the event will generate a Grand Hall Request Form and submit it to the President’s Office.
  • Faculty and Staff: Determine space availability and request the space via 25Live at least one month in advance of event date. Complete a Grand Hall Request Form and Grand Hall Setup Diagram. Both of these completed forms must be returned to University Scheduling at least one month before the event. Please note that reservation times are determined by the type of event. Approved events are scheduled for event time plus set-up (minimum 2 hours) and tear-down (minimum 1 hour) time determined by Facilities Management.
  • External Organizations: Contact the Office of Conferences and Special Events at 401-232-6921.


  • Events approved via the Major Event Calendar process have first priority.
  • Events approved by the President.


  • For major events, it is the responsibility of the requesting individual, group, or department to provide set up instructions (including diagrams) to University Scheduling, Facilities, and AV.
  • For Grand Hall events, the requestor should physically view the space in order to be able to provide appropriate set up instructions (for example, which way chairs are to be placed)

Academic Innovation Center

The Academic Innovation Center is a limited use facility. Permission from the Provost is required for use. Make sure the space is available and reserved BEFORE announcing the event to the public.

AIC Use Policy

The Bryant University Academic Innovation Center is a canvas for innovative teaching. Designed to support activities that relate directly to the academic mission of Bryant University, it is a place to explore how processes, tools and methods can impact the learning process, and to develop new teaching strategies and methods and bring them into the classroom.
AIC spaces are designed to be responsive and flexible to the needs of students and teachers, and users of these spaces are expected to contribute to our exploration of innovative teaching and learning.

AIC spaces are used for:

  • Regularly scheduled Bryant University classes and associated activities such as office hours, tutorials, and study sessions
  • Individual and group study in classrooms, breakout rooms, and the AIC forum
  • Showcasing of student projects that are associated with undergraduate and graduate courses
  • Workshops and other group sessions that are sponsored by the Office of Faculty Development or other Academic units
  • Meetings and activities sponsored by an officially recognized student organization.

Events and activities that support the athletic, co-curricular, cultural and community initiatives of the Bryant University mission should continue to use the many other appropriate spaces in the Bello Center, The Fisher Student Center, the Ronald K. and Kati C. Machtley Interfaith Center, and the Unistructure.

For more information or to inquire about use of AIC space please email aicsupport@bryant.edu.
To request the use of an AIC space, please complete the AIC Request Form.

Janikies Auditorium

How to Schedule:

  • Students: Recognized Student Organizations must request the space via 25Live
  • Faculty/Staff: through 25Live
  • External Organizations: contact the Office of Conferences and Special Events at 401-232-6921

The Auditorium may be reserved one semester in advance. Exception: Events approved via the Major Events Calendar and external events that take place during Winter or Spring Break may be scheduled one year in advance.

Student Organization Theatrical/Musical Productions may request dates one year in advance; however, dates may not be confirmed until the University’s Major Event Calendar is approved. Dress rehearsals, also known as tech week, may be scheduled for five days prior to production dates. Sets may be installed no more than 5 days prior to the production dates and must be removed and properly disposed of no more than 36 hours after the final production.


Non-dress rehearsals may be scheduled from 7 pm – 12 midnight on Mondays and Tuesdays. Non-dress rehearsals may be “bumped” by the scheduling office for University events requiring Janikies that have no alternative dates/times. Every effort for a one week notice shall be given if dates will be “bumped.” Wednesday – Friday evenings from 7-12 pm may be used for rehearsal on a space available basis; however, it may not be reserved in 25Live.

Dress Rehearsals:

Dress rehearsals, also known as “tech week” may be scheduled 5 days prior to the first performance date. Sets may be built and erected on stage during this time. Janikies can be reserved 4 pm – 12 midnight, Mon. – Fri. during tech week.

Academic Block-out dates: During final exams and from 4 – 6 pm (Mon. – Thurs.) one week prior to mid-terms or finals.


  1. Events approved via the Major Event Calendar process have first priority except during Academic Block Out Dates.
  2. Institutionally funded events which enhance the mission of the University and development of the whole student.
  3. Meetings and institutionally funded events which support the community life of the institution.
  4. External events that meet University requirements for facilities use.

Note: Summer Conferences have priority use of Janikies Auditorium from June – August.

Room 279 may be used as a dressing room. Please request usage with the request for Janikies. Dressing room must be cleaned out within 24 hours of the final performance. The backstage hallway must be kept clear at all times. Room 279 should not be booked as a “musician’s warm-up room” prior to 5 pm on Monday – Thursday as classes are in session in adjoining rooms.

Audiovisual technician: Events requiring use of the sound, light or projection systems must have an audiovisual technician present. Operation of built-in equipment by anyone other than an audiovisual technician is not allowed without express permission of the Director of Instructional Media. Please contact instructional media to arrange for an audiovisual technician. Lighting and sound board adjustments must be returned to their default settings.

Chace Athletic Center & Outdoor Athletic Facilities

Athletic Facilities:

The following facilities have been classified as athletic facilities: Chace Center Gym, Beirne Stadium Complex, Strength and Conditioning Center, Conaty Indoor Athletic Center, Turf/Track Complex, Sutton Fields, Intramural Field, Varsity Practice Fields, Softball Field, Baseball Field, Lower Rugby Field, Chase Athletic Center Pool, Chace Center Multipurpose Activities Center.


  • Games and practices are scheduled by the Deputy Director of Athletics
  • Students: Recognized Student Organizations must request the space via 25Live
  • Faculty and Staff: through 25Live. Check the “specific facility” box and choose the desired facility from the drop-down menu box.
  • External Organizations: contact the Office of Conferences and Special Events at 401-232-6921. Requests for events occurring during the Academic Year will be referred to the Deputy Director of Athletics.


  • Events approved via the Major Event Calendar process have first priority
  • Athletic teams and club sports for games and practices
  • Student Recreation/Events
  • External Organizations that meet University requirements for facilities use.

Note: Summer Conferences have priority use of The Gym and MAC from Graduation through mid-August except during Orientation.

Outdoor Areas:

The following locations have been classified as outdoor areas: Fisher Center Patio, Picnic Area Outside Salmanson, Hall 15 patio, Parking Lot.

If a tent is to be erected, contact the Bryant Grounds Department regarding underground sprinklers and gas lines and the Smithfield Fire Department (949-1330) for a tent inspection. Tent inspections are mandatory. The tent rental company must provide certificates of flame retardence for all tents in advance.

How to Schedule:

  • Students: Recognized Student Organizations must request the space via 25Live
  • Faculty/Staff: through 25Live


  1. Events approved via the Major Event Calendar process have first priority
  2. Other events on a space-available basis

Human Resources

Office of Human Resources

Bryant University is focused on building the knowledge and character of individual students, so each can reach his or her personal best in life and their chosen professions.


As a member of our staff, the University is focused on your success as well. We believe that all our staff members are educators, regardless of a person’s position in the University. And we provide the opportunities, training, and support to help employees develop and use talent to help our students.

The Office of Human Resources oversees recruitment, compensation and benefits, training and development, employee relations and labor management, performance management, and payroll for the University.

Office of Human Resources

Unistructure – Administration Hall, 2nd Floor

1150 Douglas Pike

Smithfield, RI 02917

Phone:401-232-6010 Fax:401-232-6971

Important Links:  

Employee Handbook Policies

The Employee Handbook is maintained by the department of Human Resources. Several employment related policies are contained within the employee handbook, including but not limited to:

  • Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO/AA Policy)
  • Policy Against Alcohol and Drug Abuse
  • Protection from Harassment Policy
  • Solicitation Policy
  • Whistleblower Policy

Inclement Weather

Bryant University is a student-centered residential University, and therefore its activities continue despite inclement weather conditions. Bryant will close only in the most severe circumstances. In those circumstances, Bryant may delay opening, close early, or close for an entire workday.When a decision has been made to cancel classes and close administrative offices, employees will find that information on the www.bryant.edu homepage and the Department of Public Safety Information line at (401) 232 – 6002. Information about delays or cancellations will also be shared through Bryant Announcement emails and regional radio and TV stations in Rhode Island and Massachusetts. Every attempt will be made to post morning announcements by 6:15 a.m. and evening announcements by 3:00 p.m., but these times may vary depending upon changing weather conditions.

Use of Vacation or Personal Time During Inclement Weather

Employees and Bryant share an interest in protecting the well-being of faculty and staff while supporting the needs of our students. In this spirit, it is anticipated that employees will make every effort, consistent with their own safety, to be at work when needed.

When Bryant University remains open during inclement weather, employees who choose not to come to work because of travel conditions or family needs, or who decide to leave work before the end of their scheduled workday, may charge their time against available vacation or personal time. Employees, other than those who work in a position/department designated essential (see below), may ask their supervisor for a variation from their regular schedule due to severe weather conditions.

When Bryant closes due to inclement weather, non-essential employees will be paid for the hours they were scheduled to be at work. However, when an employee calls in sick or has planned a vacation day when the institution is subsequently closed for inclement weather, time off will be charged as previously scheduled, i.e. as sick time or vacation time.

Essential Operations

Due to the nature of Bryant University’s activities and the complexity of its operations, there are certain essential services that must be provided regardless of weather conditions. Essential services include those provided by Facilities, Public Safety, and Residence Life staff. Because these departments are expected to remain operational, employees within these departments are expected to report to work even when Bryant is closed. Depending on the circumstances, other personnel may also be required to report to work.

Supervisors have the responsibility to identify work roles deemed essential and to inform affected individuals in advance of their obligation. Essential employees who are released from work during an inclement weather event will receive their normal pay as outlined above.

Important Contacts: Department of Public Safety Info Line 401-232-6002

Moving/Relocation Assistance Policy


As part of Bryant University’s commitment to recruiting the most qualified candidates, the University may provide monetary assistance for the relocation of new employees and their families to the Rhode Island area.


Moving/Relocation assistance may be authorized for new employees who meet the following criteria:

  • The one-way commuting distance from the old residence to Bryant is 50 or more miles.
  • The principal individual being relocated will be a regular, full-time employee. Assistance is typically available for new tenure-track faculty and staff at the director level and above, exceptions will be handled on a case by case basis and will require approval of the divisional vice president.  There must be an expectation of the individual remaining in the position for longer than one year.
  • The move must take place within 12 months of the employee’s start date.
  • Should the relocated employee voluntarily terminate within his/her first 12 months of employment, the employee must refund to Bryant the full amount of the moving/relocation assistance. Utilization of moving/relocation assistance confirms your acceptance of the terms of this policy.

Allowance Amounts:

Hiring Managers and division heads must work with Human Resources to assist in determining appropriate moving allowances consistent with institutional practices.  Factors considered will include, but are not limited to, level of position, distance of move, and size of household.

Payment Method:

Employees who receive moving/relocation assistance as part of their offer of employment shall receive this assistance in the form of a moving allowance payable in their first regular paycheck.  Consistent with IRS guidelines, this allowance will be considered taxable income.

Exceptions to this policy may be approved, in advance, by the president or his/her designee.


Sponsorship Policy (Immigration)

Bryant University (“University”) Sponsorship Policy

H-1B and Permanent Resident Status

H-1B Status:

In its discretion, the University may file a petition with the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services (“USCIS”) for a nonimmigrant to come to the U.S. temporarily to perform services. Typically, the University will file the I-129 petition with the USCIS for H-1B status. Petitions may only be filed on behalf of a nonimmigrant who has accepted an appointment for tenure-track Professor, Associate Professor or Assistant Professor, full-time Lecturer or Instructor or other full-time administrative position at the University. Approval, from the President or Division Vice President, or his/her designee, is required to begin the I-129 petition process.

Based upon eligibility and approval, and as a part of the employment process, the I-129 petition is initiated and processed through the Human Resources Department.

The University will pay the required application fees when filing the I-129 petition, which currently include the base application fee plus the fraud prevention and detection fee. The University may, in its discretion, pay expenses associated with securing a written expert opinion or foreign degree equivalency. USCIS Premium Processing Service fees, attorney’s fees for representation of an employee or an employee’s dependents, or the fees associated with petitions/applications for an employee’s dependents, are not covered by the University. All approved expenses incurred by the University are charged to an employee’s division.

In connection with the filing of the I-129 (H-1B) petition on behalf of an employee, the University will comply with the terms of the Labor Condition Application for the duration of the H-1B employee’s authorized period of stay. If the H-1B employee is dismissed from employment by the University before the end of the period of authorized stay, the University will be liable for the reasonable cost of return transportation of the H-1B employee abroad if the employee provides proof, satisfactory to the University, of an intention to return home for a permanent or indefinite period.

Permanent Resident Status:

In its discretion, the University may sponsor employees (tenure-track faculty and full-time administrative staff) for Permanent Resident status. Sponsorship for Permanent Resident status is based upon the employee completing at least one-year of continuous employment with the University and achievement of a satisfactory level of job performance. Approval, from the President or Division Vice President, or his/her designee, is required to begin the Permanent Resident process.

Based upon eligibility and approval, the process to apply for Permanent Resident status (employment-based) is initiated through the Human Resources Department. The University and the employee will select an immigration attorney, from the University approved list, to represent both the University and the employee throughout the process.

The first step in the process to apply for Permanent Resident status is Labor Certification. The University will cover all expenses associated with the Labor Certification step, including, but not limited to, attorney’s fees and advertising expenses, if applicable. These expenses will be billed directly to the University. All approved expenses incurred by the University are charged to an employee’s division.

All remaining expenses associated with applying for Permanent Resident status will be the responsibility of the employee, including, but not limited to, attorney’s fees and all USCIS petition/application fees. These expenses will be billed directly to the employee.


  1. The Human Resources Department should be consulted for all immigration matters relating to new and current employees.
  2. Exceptions to this policy must be approved by the President or Division Vice President, or his/her designee.
  3. The University’s sponsorship of an employee for Nonimmigrant or Permanent Resident status does not constitute a guarantee of employment.
  4. The University reserves the right to modify this policy at any time, based upon, but not limited to, changes in applicable law.
  5. This version replaces all previous versions and does not apply to cases pending as of the version’s effective date.

Title IX and Sexual Misconduct

Sexual Misconduct & Title IX

Bryant University is committed to providing an inclusive and welcoming educational and working environment for all members of its campus community. Consistent with these values and applicable law, including Tile IX, the Clery Act and the Violence Against Women Reauthorization Act of 2013, the University maintains a comprehensive program designed to protect members of the University community from discrimination on the basis of sex or gender, which includes sexual misconduct such as sexual harassment and sexual assault, stalking and intimate partner violence.

Title IX Coordinators

Mailee Kue,  Assistant Vice President of Student Affairs
(401) 232-6448

Meaghan Trayner, Assoc. Director Human Resources
(401) 232-6015

Important Links

Office of Information Services

Bryant’s Information Services division is centrally managed through the Office of the Vice President of Information Services. The division is comprised of several distinct, functional departments that coordinate the delivery and support of technology services.

Information Services will be seen as collaborative thought leaders and adaptive innovators, promoting excellence through the delivery of unmatched resources, services and solutions for the Bryant community.

Infuse the learning environment with unmatched services to support an exceptional student-centered education.

Services, Polices, Security, and Support
Users must be aware of User Rights and Responsibilities, which outline liability for personal communication, privacy and security issues, and consequences of violations. Users should also be aware of the University’s Rights and Responsibilities. Detailed information on University services,  policies, security, and support is available on the IS Website.

Contact and Location
Bryant University
Office of Information Services
Unistructure – Administration Hall, 2nd Floor
1150 Douglas Pike
Smithfield, RI 02917
Phone: 401-232-6196 Fax: 401-232-6347

Student Affairs

Office of Student Affairs

The Mission of the Division of Student Affairs is to support and challenge students by offering resources, services, and co-curricular opportunities to enhance critical thinking, promote the appreciation of diversity, and encourage the practice of civility, inclusion, and holistic well-being.

We strive to engage students as active participants in the learning process, and create opportunities which will enable them to develop their unique identities as individuals of character and empower them to become positive change agents in a diverse, global community.

Departments in the Student Affairs Division include:

  • Amica Center for Career Education
  • Center for Student Leadership and Involvement
  • Counseling Services
  • Health Promotion/Nutrition
  • Health Services
  • Public Safety
  • PwC Center for Diversity & Inclusion
    • Campus Ministry
    • Intercultural Center
    • Interfaith Center
    • Pride Center
    • Women’s Center
  • Residence Life
  • Student Engagement
  • Student Events and Orientation Programs

All policies that impact students at Bryant University can be found in the Bryant University Student Handbook, updated annually:

Bryant University Student Handbook 2020-2021

For questions related to policies in the Student Handbook, please contact the Student Affairs Office at 401-232-6046.

University Advancement Mission Statement

University Advancement works to advance Bryant’s educational mission by effectively communicating with and engaging in the life of the University a wide variety of audiences including: alumni; parents; friends; current and prospective students; corporations; charitable foundations; and the general public.


University Advancement envisions a vibrant, thriving and energetic University that benefits at every level by the active involvement and support of committed alumni, parents, friends and institutions.

Contact Us

  • Development office: 401-232-6250; 877-353-5667
  • Alumni Engagement office: 401-232-6040
  • Advancement Services office: 401-232-6805
  • University Relations office: 401-232-6130; 401-232-6120
  • Development, Alumni Engagement and Advancement Services fax: 401-232-6514 or 401-531-6655
  • Vice President’s office fax: 401-531-6645
  • Alumni email address: alumni@bryant.edu

Office of University Relations

The Office of University Relations is responsible for the strategic positioning of the University to its key audiences. The department leads the creation and implementation of integrated marketing campaigns that support the University’s strategic plan. University Relations works with various constituents to ensure a consistent image across all marketing and public relations communications including publications, advertising, media relations, special events, internal and external communication, and interactive media.
For more information:

Office of University Relations
Unistructure – Administration Hall

Graphic Standards

Bryant University has a clearly defined University logo that will be used on all materials that represent the institution to particular audiences. In order to place that logo on materials or a Web site, an individual, organization, or department must contact University Relations to gain permission. There cannot be any alteration of the Bryant University logo.

There are two other accepted logos that fall within the Bryant University graphic standards. Individuals or organizations wishing to use either of these logos must also contact the University Relations Department for prior approval:

  • Bryant Bulldogs (athletic logo)
  • National Alumni Council Archway logo

The Bryant University seal is only used for formal academic materials. Anyone seeking to use the University seal must contact University Relations to gain permission.

Bryant University letterhead and business cards will remain consistent. A specific institutional image has been developed that supports the University’s graphic standards.

Media Relations

It is the policy of Bryant University that all media inquiries and contacts received by employees, faculty, and students in relation to the University, its services, or activities will be referred to the University Relations Department.

The Director of Public Relations and/or Executive Director of University Relations function as the University’s official spokespersons. The Director and/or Executive Director work with senior administrators to gain necessary information and communicate appropriate messages.

The Director of Public Relations will establish and maintain a cooperative relationship with the media. Media relations efforts are also organized through the Assistant Athletic Director for External Relations. The University will respond as soon as possible to requests from the media, recognizing that most requests involve deadlines.

Through a planned media relations program, the University Relations Department and Athletic Department will help develop a strong, positive image of Bryant University to support its endeavors and enhance communications with the external community.

All media must communicate with the University Relations Department or the Athletic Department before coming to campus. Reporters, photographers, and television crews may not enter the campus to interview or photograph staff, faculty, or students without approval by the Director of Public Relations, Executive Director of University Relations, or the Assistant Athletic Director for External Relations.

Employees should notify the Department of Public Safety (DPS) when they encounter reporters, photographers, or television crews on the campus who are unaccompanied by an escort from University Relations. DPS, upon investigation, will notify the Director of Public Relations of the media’s presence.

Unauthorized personnel who divulge confidential information to the media on matters pertaining to the University and its students will be subject to disciplinary action.

Employees identifying themselves to the media as representing the University, without specific authorization to do so, are subject to disciplinary action up to and including dismissal.

Office of University Relations
Unistructure – Administration Hall

Printed Material

To enhance the University’s integrated marketing efforts and assure that Bryant University is effectively communicating its image among its many constituents, University Relations will take the leadership role in supervising brand messaging and graphic standards across the campus. This affects brochures, advertising, newsletters, invitations, logo development, and special projects.

University Relations will work with all divisions to provide strategic direction regarding any materials that will be distributed to various audiences.

All printed materials that feature the Bryant University logo will be reviewed by University Relations before production to ensure that these materials meet the University’s brand messaging and graphic standards.

University Relations will work with all divisions to help them identify appropriate resources to achieve their marketing and communication goals.

Bryant’s Web Governance Policies

The Bryant University Digital Properties which include our high profile websites and primary  social media channels, are critical branding tools for the institution. Our online properties and presences serve to:

  • Manage relationships with incoming students, internal audiences (faculty and staff), alumni, business and community partners, and other key audiences;
  • Communicate the University brand and priorities;
  • Offer effective guidance to and presentation of key information.

Maintaining the content on Bryant Institutional websites and other digital properties is a substantive undertaking, and it’s imperative that we ensure clear, consistent communication across thousands of pages on an ongoing basis. Our success in achieving our core objectives is directly tied to the websites functioning at the highest levels of information quality and user experience, in line with best practices for digital content.

Bryant’s institutional websites and digital properties such as social media channels are often the initial touchpoint a student, scholar, or prospective faculty member has with the institution. Positive first impressions are critical to facilitating meaningful relationships. If our digital properties have inaccurate information, outdated design, conflicting brand messages, or an inconsistent user experience, we have made a poor impression. The user may abandon the site entirely, and key opportunities may be lost. Therefore, it’s essential that we work from common guidelines and policies in order to ensure that the quality of our online experiences reflects the high quality of our education.

Click here to access Bryant’s Web Governance Policies

Alumni Engagement

Educating and Engaging Alumni

Strategic Goal

The overall strategic goal of Alumni Engagement is to involve alumni in programs and to provide opportunities or professional and personal fellowship among alumni to advance the name, prestige, and educational excellence of Bryant University. It is our objective to educate alumni regarding their role as alumni and how they can have a positive impact on current students and the University.

Alumni Association

Members of the Alumni Association include all graduates of the University, all recipients of advanced degrees other than honorary, and anyone who has successfully completed at least two semesters or more at Bryant. All members are issued an Alumni Association membership card, which brings with it certain benefits and privileges. There are no dues required. The Office of Alumni Engagement at Bryant University does not discriminate against race, color, religion, sex, sexual preference or orientation, gender identity or expression, national origin, age, ethnicity, disability, veteran or marital status

Requests for Reports or Lists

Due to the Federal Privacy Act, any University Department requests for lists or reports containing information about Bryant alumni must be approved by the Vice President for University Advancement, the Director of Alumni Engagement, or the Associate Director of Alumni Engagement. The Office of Alumni Engagement does not provide any outside information on an alumnus/a of the University without permission from the party involved.

Degree Verification

All requests for degree verification and or transcripts should be forwarded to the Office of Academic Records, ext. 6080.

Online Alumni Directory

The online alumni directory is available to all alumni of the University. For information on accessing your own record, please contact the Alumni Engagement staff for assistance.

Death Notices

To report a death of an alumnus/a, please contact the Alumni Engagement staff via e-mail or letter, citing the source of the information. Alumni may also submit information via the on-line Class Notes by visiting https://alumni.bryant.edu and following the links to “Connect”.

Partnership (Marriage and Civil Unions) Notices

To report a new partnership for publication, we ask that the alumnus/a involved contact the Alumni Engagement staff via e-mail or letter with the date, location of the ceremony, and the name of the partner for publication. Alumni may also submit information via the on-line Class Notes by visiting https://alumni.bryant.edu and following the links to “Connect”.

Addition (Birth or Adoption) Notices

To report a birth or addoption for publication we ask that the alumnus/a involved contact the Alumni Engagement staff via e-mail or letter with the child’s name and birth/adoption date for publication. Alumni may also submit information via the on-line Class Notes by visiting https://alumni.bryant.edu and following the links to “Connect”.

Class Note Notices

We welcome information on classmates’ successes and achievements. Please feel free to contact an Alumni Engagement staff member via e-mail or letter with your information. Alumni may also submit information via the on-line Class Notes by visiting https://alumni.bryant.edu and following the links to “Connect”.

Development/Advancement Services

Development Office Giving Policy

Mission Statement: The Development Office’s mission is to increase the level of philanthropic support for Bryant’s strategic objectives and to develop and maintain positive relationships throughout the institution’s broad range of constituents. To this end, the Development Office plans, coordinates, and implements fund raising programs with Bryant alumni, parents, friends, corporations, and foundations. We ask that all faculty and student organizations seeking external support from businesses, foundations, or alumni check with the Development Office prior to any solicitations.

Related Policies

Because of IRS regulations, all gifts must be documented by the Advancement Office in order for Bryant to issue a receipt for tax purposes. Please contact the Advancement Office at 401-232-6250 for information on how to make a gift to or solicit a gift for Bryant University. A gift acceptance form must be filled out for all gifts of equipment, in-kind gifts such as artwork or merchandise, securities and cash gifts of $1,000 and over, and must be submitted with original documentation (including checks or cash) to the Gift Processing staff in Advancement Services.


Gift: A tax deductible gift (also an outright gift) is made to Bryant University when a donor transfers cash, stocks, bonds, real property, tangible personal property, or gifts-in-kind, and receives no direct benefits and requires nothing in exchange beyond an assurance that the intent of the contribution be honored. Bryant will issue the donor a receipt for tax purposes for all gifts in this category.

Quid-pro-quo contribution: A gift made to Bryant University where tangible goods and services have been provided to the donor. The Advancement Office must comply with strict substantiation requirements. A portion of these gifts may also be tax deductible, and, therefore, it is important to involve the Advancement Office early in the process to ensure that IRS regulations are met.

Pledge: A pledge is a commitment to give a specific dollar amount over a fixed time schedule, generally not to exceed five years.

Planned Gift: A planned or deferred gift is generally made to Bryant in the present with the benefit “deferred” to the University until a future date.

Receipt: Bryant University’s policy is to issue a timely written receipt to all donors. An appropriate quid pro quo receipt is issued when the donor has received a tangible benefit in return for support. Also a gift-in-kind receipt is issued to donors of personal property. These receipts do not reflect a dollar amount, just the description of the donated items.

Endowment: A gift of at least $50,000 to be invested for the purpose of producing present and future income that may be expended or reinvested with the original gift. The principal of the endowment is kept intact. Income is expended according to the donor’s stipulation and according to the University’s spending policy and may be unrestricted or restricted.